Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Proposed recast of Takeover Regulations

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

(1) The SEBI (Substantial
Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997 (‘the Regulations’ or
‘the Takeover Regulations’) are, at first impression, a set of Regulations that
has a fairly narrow applicability as they would seem to apply to the occasional
event of company takeovers. However, in reality, the scope of the Regulations is
far broader. They apply in a multitude of situations such as investments by
major investors, regular disclosures, inter-se transfers, sharing of control and
so on. The Regulations were originally notified in 1994 and then replaced by a
fresh set in 1997. Thereafter, there have been several amendments to them.

(2) However, particularly
considering the stakes involved and the wider application, many of the
provisions had to be tested and interpreted repeatedly and several times. This
required appeal to the Supreme Court. Further, the repetitive and sporadic
amendments made the Regulations complex. It was also felt that these amendments
were fire-fighting measures to meet rather than a considered overview of the
whole subject.

(3) SEBI thus set up a
Committee with very learned members from a range of background to reconsider the
Regulations in light of experience of more than a decade and in light of several
complaints and contentious issues. The Committee, after due deliberations and
inviting comments from all concerned, submitted its Report on 19th July 2010
making major recommendations for amending the Takeover code.

(4) The Report is quite
detailed and it not only contains the recommendations for amendments but also
provides a draft of the proposed and rewritten Regulations. Thus, even in legal
terms, it is possible to see what the exact proposed amendments and examine
their implications.

(5) It is worth considering
some important recommendations here since it would help us understand the
existing Regulations better and would also give a glimpse of things to come.
However, while the Report is quite detailed and makes numerous recommendations,
only certain important aspects are discussed here, though we can consider the
amendments in far more detail when they are actually made.

(6)
Increase of threshold limit from 15% to 25% :


(a) Presently, if a person
acquires 15% or more shares in a company, then he is required to make an open
offer for another 20%. Earlier, this threshold limit was 10%. Now, it is
proposed to increase it to 25%. Thus, acquisitions till such holding will only
require disclosures at various stages but no open offer. The increased threshold
would make things easier for large investors such as private equity funds. A
concern widely expressed, however, is that this will make it easier for
‘predators’ to increase their holdings to a larger extent and threaten existing
promoters. However, I do not see what is wrong in an outside investor increasing
his stake, even if the existing Promoters feel threatened. An existing Promoter
seeking to retain his control may well ensure that he invests sufficiently in
the company so as to retain control.

(b) The 25% limit is
apparently derived from the limit beyond which it may be possible to veto
special resolutions. Of course, this is only theoretically true. In practice, a
25% holding would be almost always more than 25% since at least some
shareholders would not come to the meeting and/or would not vote.

(c) A practical significance
of this increase in limit is that significant shareholders below 25% can now
increase their holding up to 24% without having to make an open offer.

(7)
Requirement of making 100% open offer :


(a) It is proposed that the
acquirer making an open offer should offer to buy 100% of the shares held by the
public shareholders instead of the existing just 20% of the capital from the
public shareholders. Thus, for example, if an acquirer acquires the Promoters’
holding of 40% of the share capital, then under existing Regulations, he would
be required to make an offer of another 20% of the share capital from the public
shareholders. If the public response is higher than the offered quantity, the
acceptance is on a proportionate basis. To give an example, if the response is
of 40%, then only half of the shares offered by every such public shareholder
would be accepted.

(b) Under the proposed
Regulations, the offeror would be required to acquire all the shares offered.

(c) This proposal is
strongly criticised on the ground that it would increase the cost of acquisition
since, at least theoretically, the offeror would have be ready to pay for 100%
of the share capital of the company. However, on another plane, it is not
difficult to see the logic and benefit of such a requirement. The existing
requirement allows the Promoters to sell the whole of his shareholding but the
public gets a chance to sell only a lesser quantity of their shares. Often,
takeover of companies are at a price that is at a premium over the ruling market
price. In such a case, the Promoters get the full price for their shares but
shareholders get a partial benefit only. The price of the shares in the market
often falls to the pre-takeover position.

(d) The proposed amendment
thus restores the balance and allows the public also to get the benefit of the
higher price.

(e) Skeptics have also
pointed out that the concern that there would be a higher response than the
existing 20% is theoretical and is not borne out of past experience. In other
words, in the past too, only in a few cases, the response from the public was
more than such 20%.

On the other hand, the
seamless delisting procedure may encourage multinationals to convert their
existing subsidiaries or new acquisitions into wholly-owned subsidiaries. If
this is not done at a fair price, then this could be an unhealthy trend and
deprives the Indian shareholder of sharing in the growth of the target. Thus
these provisions as well as related delisting and buyback provisions need to be
reconsidered.

(8) Voluntary open offer:


    If an acquirer triggers off any of the thresholds requiring a mandatory open offer, he has to offer to acquire 100% of the shares held by the public. However, in case the open offer is purely voluntary, then there is a special dispensation proposed. The acquirer can offer to acquire at least 10% of the equity share capital by way of a voluntary open offer. In such a case, the acquirer would acquire only that extent of shares that are offered within the limit he has proposed. In case of excess response, he would accept proportionately.


    Minimum public shareholding:

    An issue that comes up repetitively and is unfortunately covered by a diverse of provisions of law is that relating to the minimum public shareholding. It is worth reviewing the conceptual issue involved here. When a company makes a public issue, the law requires that a certain minimum percentage of the capital be issued to the public. This percentage has changed over a period of time and hence there are listed companies having differing initial public shareholding. In other words, different companies listed today on the stock exchanges have been subjected to differing initial public holding requirement. The matter is further complicated by the fact that owing to poor legal drafting and legal requirements, the holding of the public in numerous cases has fallen below even such initial public shareholding requirement. Where the public shareholding is very low, the purpose of listing may be lost.

    Over several years now, the government as well as SEBI has been making attempts to ensure that the companies, whose public shareholding is below a specified minimum holding, increase such holding to such minimum level. These attempts have been generally unsuccessful.

    However, while attempts continue to get all listed companies have a minimum specified public shareholding, in the meantime, steps are also taken to ensure that the existing situation does not get worse. That is to say, that existing companies do not cross this minimum shareholding limit and if they have already crossed such limit, they do not go further.

    One such situation where public shareholding can cross such limit is in case of a mandatory open offer under the Takeover Regulations. To take an example, if an acquirer acquires the Promoters’ holding of 60%, then he is required to make an open offer of 20%. The post-open offer holding could thus go to 80%. The Regulations thus provide that in such a case, since the maximum limit of 75% is breached, the acquirer should dilute his holding in the specified manner to at least 75%.

    Under the Report, the recommendation creates a situation where in every case, there is a chance of this limit being breached. The recommendation is that 100% of the public shareholding should be offered to be acquired.

    The Report suggests a better solution to the problem. Firstly, it states that in case the limit is breached, then the acquirer shall scale down his acquisitions from the Promoters as well as the public proportionately, so that the final share-holding of the acquirer is not more than the maximum permissible percentage.

    The alternative situation allowed is a case of delisting where the acquirer may actively pursue delisting of the shares. In such a situation he is permitted to acquire and retain shares beyond this limit. However, this is provided that he actually gets enough shares that are cumulatively beyond the 90% minimum holding required to permit delisting of the shares. If this limit is not reached, delisting is not permitted and the acquirer is required to scale down his acquisitions accordingly.

    A valid criticism against this proposal is that it permits direct delisting and to some extent circumvents the normal delisting requirements. Under the current Regulations, there is an elaborate procedure for delisting whereby the offer price has to be worked out in a certain manner and approval from the shareholders is also required as per the prescribed majority and manner. Further, though the proposal is well intended, it does not alleviate the existing complexity of multiple provisions of law dealing with the same issue.

    Having said this, in fairness, it must be also said that the Committee had to cover a situation where the maximum limit would be breached and within the scope of its mandate it has offered a reasonable compromise. However, ideally, SEBI should separate this issue and provide for a comprehensive solution at one place.

    Creeping acquisitions:

    Finally, an area that has seen numerous amendments in the past with the result that there is a complex set of provisions governing creeping acquisition. As readers may be aware, persons holding more than the threshold limit are permitted to increase their holdings by a specified percentage every year. In other words, they can increase their holding in a creeping manner without requiring an open offer.

    The Report seeks to simplify the provisions relating to creeping acquisitions considerably. Firstly, a uniform creeping acquisition of 5% per annum for all persons having holding between 25% and 75% is proposed. Thus, the elaborate set of existing provisions governing creeping acquisition at various percentages is sought to be dropped. Secondly, even the complications, explicit and implicit, relating to how this creeping acquisition would be counted, are clarified.

    Conclusion:

    It seems to me that the Takeover Regulations are given an importance in the media that is far disproportionate to its actual relevance. There are other serious issues such as insider trading, price manipulation, corporate governance, etc. that need more attention. Having said that, the Takeover Regulations also have relevance directly or indirectly in many areas. Rarely can any financial restructuring, investment, etc. in relation to listed companies be soundly worked out unless the provisions of the Takeover Regulations are kept in mind. Thus, the auditors and even other Chartered Accountants who have some or the other concern with listed companies would need to keep track of these Regulations and amendments thereto.

SEBI order on share warrants and amendments relating to creeping acquisitions

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

(1) In this article, two recent developments in the field of
Securities Laws are covered. One relates to clarifications issued by SEBI on
creeping acquisitions under the Takeover Regulations. The other relates to a
public interest litigation petition in relation to issue of Share Warrants
particularly to Promoters and SEBI’s order on the matter pursuant to directions
of the Bombay High Court. Let us consider the clarifications relating to
creeping acquisitions first.

(2) Readers may recollect that SEBI had amended the Takeover
Regulations in October 2008 and permitted an aggregate maximum of 5% creeping
acquisition of shares under the Takeover Regulations for acquirers who held
shares between 55-75%. It may also be recollected that in the normal course,
persons holding substantial shares in a listed company of more than 15% can
acquire another 5% shares in a financial year. However, this is possible only so
long as cumulative holding is 55%. SEBI had allowed in October 2008 what was
felt to be a temporary measure to allow holders to acquire another 5%, even
beyond 5%, considering the reces-sionary phase of the capital market at that
time. Ap-parently, there were certain areas where clarifications were needed and
now, after about 10 months, after the fact that the Sensex has almost doubled,
SEBI has issued a Circular dated August 6, 2009, clarifying on some issues
relating to the amendment. Some comments on the clarifications made :

(a) The clarifying Circular is issued under Regulation 5 of
the Takeover Regulations, which permits SEBI to, inter alia, issue
directions to remove difficulties in interpretation. S. 11 of the SEBI Act is
also relied on.

(b) It is seen that some of the interpretations given go
clearly beyond the plain wording and meaning of the dispensation given in
October 2008. It is possible that in the future, a legal issue may come up
whether such ‘clarification’ can go beyond the express and unambiguous wording
of the Regulations. An example of this is given later herein.

(c) It is clarified that the 5% acquisition may be made in
one or more tranches. Thus, the acquisitions can be made in one or more
tranches so long as the aggregate is not more than 5%.

(d) Further, the acquisitions need not be made in a single
financial year — it can be made any time in as many tranches as found
convenient.

(e) For calculating the 5% acquisitions, sales cannot be
netted off. Thus, only gross purchases would be counted. For example, the
acquirer cannot purchase 4%, then sell 3% and then acquire another 4% and
claim that the net purchases are within the 5% limit. This is not really
brought out by the plain reading of the amendment though, one must accept,
this is the well-accepted interpretation for other similar clauses.

(f) The cumulative holding of the acquirer cannot exceed
75%. Thus, a person holding, say, 73% can acquire only a further 2%.

(g) The cumulative holding limit of 75% is irrespective of
the minimum public shareholding that is required to be maintained under the
Listing Agreement. Thus, e.g., in respect of a company having a 10%
minimum public shareholding, the upper limit for this Regulation will still be
75% and not 90%.

(3) Public interest litigation relating to abuse of Share
Warrants and SEBI Order pursuant to the Bombay High Court decision :

(a) I had written earlier in the BCAJ issue of April 2009,
particularly on the inequity relating to Share Warrants. Essentially, I had
argued that Share Warrants were heavily being misused by Promoters. They
allotted, almost exclusively to themselves, Share Warrants at a price and
terms that appeared to be absurdly below their fair value. Had a really
independent Board been deciding the issue in each case, the Companies would
almost never have allotted Share Warrants to an outsider on such sweet
terms. Issuing Share Warrants to Promoters in this manner causes serious loss
to the Company and its non-Promoter, i.e., public, shareholders.

(b) Of course, while this issue was a concern for many
years, the article referred to earlier was in connection with the amendment by
SEBI of its DIP Guidelines in February 2009, whereby the upfront
non-refundable amount payable on Share Warrants was increased from 10% to 25%
of the Conversion Price.

(c) It did not help, hence promoters of numerous companies
gladly allowed their Share Warrants to lapse considering that the market price
had fallen far below the Conversion Price of the Share Warrants and thus
forfeited their 10% deposit. Many of them actually issued fresh Share Warrants
paying the higher 25% deposit but on a Conversion Price that was far lower.

(d) A public interest litigation was filed by Rajkot Saher/Jilla
Grahak Suraksha Mandal in the Bombay High Court and the Hon’ble Court had
directed SEBI vide order dated June 18th 2009 to hear the petitioner and pass
appropriate orders within 6 weeks of the order. SEBI has passed an order dated
July 30, 2009 on the matter.

(e) SEBI’s order dated July 30, 2009 is available on SEBI
website. In this 23-page order, SEBI has essentially concluded that there is
nothing wrong in the current law and safeguards :



  • if
    Promoters have allowed their Share Warrants and deposits to lapse, and



  •  if
    they acquired fresh warrants by paying higher upfront deposits.


(f) Readers may go through this 23-page order for more
detailed reasoning; however, I offer quick comments on some
observations/decisions of SEBI.

1. SEBI, justifying the low 10% deposit amount on Share
Warrants, says “I also note that in other jurisdictions, the option premium is
generally in the range of 10% to 15% for trading of long dated options.”. I
find this justification difficult to accept in the Indian context. The basic
important elements of the Black-Scholes option valuation formula (who, I
believe, got the Nobel Prize for this) are interest rates and volatility. Is
it plausible that interest, in India, is only 10% for a total period of 18
months? It is even less plausible — in fact consistently found untrue in every
option valuation I have come across — to believe that the volatility is 10%
over an 18 month period. And mind you, option value is at least the total of
the interest and volatility (and a few other factors).

2. Then, SEBI says that, from just 8 companies listed, a sum of Rs.1515 crores received as deposits from Promoters have been forfeited when they did not exercise the Share Warrants. SEBI seems to imply that far from the Company and the public losing, the Company has actually gained such a huge amount – it says – “it may be incorrect to argue that the Promoters stand to gain at the cost of the Company and its shareholders.” But is not the reality exactly the opposite? In fact, this shows that the companies granted options to exercise Rs. 15150 crores since the deposit amount is just 10%.

3. Further, of these Rs.1515 crores, effectively a significant portion goes back to the Promoters to the extent of their holding in the Company. If the average holding is, say, 50%, then Rs.758 crores goes back effectively to the Promoters!

4. SEBI then  goes on to say,

“It is also noted that of the 4934 listed companies, there had been 1108 preferential allotments since April 2007, of which only 360 were preferential allotments of warrants. Out of the said 360 cases, there were only 100 companies where promoters did not fully exercise the option on the warrants issued to them. Considering the total number of listed companies and number of preferential allotments made during the above period, it is seen that the instances of reissue of warrants to the promoters have not been significant or frequent.”

5. Again, I find it disturbing that as many as 360 companies allotted Share Warrants apparently to Promoters since April 2007. Further, in as many as 100 companies, the Promoters allowed their deposits and Share Warrants to lapse. While the 8 companies referred to ear-Her may be the larger of these companies, note that in just 8 companies, the amount lapsed was totally Rs.1515 crores!

6. On the issue raised by the petitioner that ‘issue of further securities should be only against full payment’, SEBI says, “the same would discourage the companies to raise funds through the allotment of warrants and also indirectly restrict the issue of capital to only shares of the company. Considering the nature of the said instruments (warrants) and the fact that only a few instances (as brought out in Para 10 above) were noticed where the warrants issued to the Promoters had not been exercised, it would be a retrograde step to disable a product which is accepted universally as a fund-raising tool. Such a restriction on issuance of warrants may also deprive the operational and capital structuring flexibility for Indian companies.” I find it difficult to believe that there would be anything wrong in prohibiting the issue of Share Warrants at a mere 10/25% deposit exclusively to Promoters – I find it even more difficult to believe it would be a retrograde step and would “deprive the operational and capital structuring flexibility for Indian companies”. What is wrong with a demand that if Share Warrants are to be issued, issue them to all shareholders – let each shareholder decide whether he wants to subscribe or not? Why are Promoters being preferred and given an exclusive deal and why banning such exclusive sweet deals will be a retrograde step?
    
7. In the end, SEBI does not find that the circumstances warrant any immediate ban and on a related aspect has stated that it “initiates a consultative process …. to suggest policy changes, if required …. “,

Conclusion:

All in all, while I personally feel SEBI has missed an opportunity to carry out a complete rehaul, it is also true that SEBI on its own cannot prevent mis-use of such instruments by the Promoters. The Promoters should remember that they would suffer in the long run if they lose their credibility and loss of credibility will eventually impact the capital market as a whole. Having said that, I raise a question:

‘Isn’t retaining and restoring the credibility of the capital market the function of SEBI?’

I feel SEBI has failed so far as the question of issue of Share Warrants to Promoters is concerned.

SUPREME COURT ON PUNISHMENT UNDER SECURITIES LAWS — Prohibition to access securities markets is only a procedural direction

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

(1) The Supreme Court has
recently laid down a principle in securities laws that can have far-reaching
effects for existing and future cases. Essentially, it has held that prohibiting
a person from operating in the securities markets is not a ‘punishment’, nor is
it a penalty. That being so, even if SEBI did not have power to so prohibit when
the act complained of took place, and though such power was derived many years
later, such prohibition can still be made for such act. Undoubtedly, this is
because of the peculiar nature of securities laws and their objectives.
Nevertheless, this decision requires us to view securities laws in a different
light and in a special way and hence this decision, though a few months old now,
is worth discussing.

(2) In an extreme sense (and
even to exaggerate a little), SEBI now does not need powers to punish. A change
in the law is sufficient to cover even old violations. Now, SEBI cannot complain
that it does not have enough teeth to deal with wrongdoers !

(3) Let us summarise the
issues involved first. The law gives powers to SEBI to issue various types of
orders against persons who are found to have violated any of the securities
laws. As it happens with experience, the Parliament modifies from time to time
the law and thus the powers may get enhanced or modified later on. Will SEBI be
able to use such enhanced powers even in respect of violations prior to such
amendment ? Will the constitutional protection under Article 20 against
retrospective amendment of law providing for punishment in respect of offences
be available in such a case ? The Supreme Court has answered this question in
the positive in the context of securities laws in the matter of SEBI v. Ajay
Agarwal
.

(4) A brief review of the
facts as stated in the decision is first made. The chronology of events would
particularly need to be noted, since they have direct bearing on the issues
raised and the final decision of the Court.

(5) It appears that the
respondent is the promoter of a company (Appellant is SEBI) that made a public
issue. Without going into more details, it can be summarised that, as per the
decision, there was a factual finding that there were certain material
false statements in the prospectus
for the public issue. Pursuant to this,
SEBI held inquiries and after proceedings SEBI passed the final order (‘the
Order’) in 2004.

(6) The chronology of
important events is as follows. The company issued a prospectus in October 1993
and the public issue was made in November 1993. Thereafter, certain incorrect
statements were found in the prospectus relating to disclosures of pledge of
shareholding of the promoters, dividends, etc. Apparently, these were not
disputed. Finally, SEBI passed an order debarring the respondent from buying,
selling, etc. in the securities markets for 5 years.

(7) This order finally
reached the Supreme Court. The essential issue was, since the order was passed
under certain provisions of the SEBI Act that came into force only in 2002,
whether an order could be made in respect of violations committed in 1993.
SEBI’s point was that the order was passed in 2004, i.e., after the law
was amended. It may be added that there were some prior proceedings and issues
but the Supreme Court was concerned with the final order passed in 2004.

(8) This raises a
fundamental constitutional issue (in the words of the Supreme Court) “the right
of a person not to be convicted of any offence except for violation of a law in
force at the time of the commission of the act charged as an offence and not to
be subject to a penalty greater than that which might have been inflicted under
the law in force at the time of commission of the offence”.

(9) The Supreme Court noted
that for this protection under Article 20 to be available, first, there has to
be an offence and, secondly, such offence should be subject to a
penalty.

(10) The Supreme Court noted
that the respondent was not subjected to any penalty. The Supreme Court first
observed, :

“In the instant case, the
respondent has not been held guilty of committing any offence nor has he been
subjected to any penalty. He has merely been restrained by an order for a
period of five years from associating with any corporate body in accessing the
securities market and also has been prohibited from buying, selling or dealing
in securities for a period of five years.”

(11) Then, the Supreme Court
turned to the issue whether the violation in respect of which SEBI had passed
the order was an ‘offence’ as defined in law. The Supreme Court held as
follows :

“The word ‘offence’ under
Article 20 sub-clause (1) of the Constitution has not been defined under the
Constitution. But Article 367 of the Constitution states that unless the
context otherwise requires, the General Clauses Act, 1897 shall apply for the
interpretation of the Constitution, as it does for the interpretation of an
Act.

If we look at the
definition of ‘offence’ under the General Clauses Act, 1897 it shall mean any
act or an omission made punishable by any law for the time being in force.
Therefore, the order of restrain for a specified period cannot be equated with
punishment for an offence as has been defined under the General Clauses Act.”

(12) The Supreme Court then
analysed the history and object of the SEBI Act and observed as follows :

“If we look at the legislative intent for enacting the said Act, it transpires that the same was enacted to achieve the twin purposes of promoting orderly and healthy growth of securities market and for protecting the interest of the investors. The requirement of such an enactment was felt in view of substantial growth in the capital market by increasing participation of the investors. In fact such enactment was necessary in order to ensure the confidence of the investors in the capital market by giving them some protection.

40. The said Act is pre-eminently a social welfare legislation seeking to protect the interests of common men who are small investors.

41. It is a well-known canon of construction that when the Court is called upon to interpret provisions of a social welfare legislation, the paramount duty of the Court is to adopt such an interpretation as to further the purposes of law and if possible eschew the one which frustrates it.

    42.Keeping this principle in mind if we analyse some of the provisions of the Act, it appears that the Board has been established u/s.3 as a body corporate and the powers and functions of the Board have been clearly stated in Chapter IV and u/s.11 of the said Act.”

    13. Then the Court considered the real nature of the powers that enabled SEBI to pass such an order of restraint. The Court held that this was a procedural Section and any procedural Section can apply to pending as well as future proceedings. The Supreme Court observed:

“Provisions of S. 11-B being procedural in nature can be applied retrospectively…  The Appellate Tribunal made a manifest error by not appreciating that S. 11-B is procedural in nature. It is a time- honoured principle if the law affects matters of procedure, then prima facie it applies to all actions, pending as well as future.”

    14. Thus, the Supreme Court upheld the order of SEBI restraining the respondent in the manner stated earlier.

    15. One observation of the Supreme Court, though may be held as obiter dicta, is still worth noting as it could be taken in an extreme sense by SEBI and applied in its proceedings. It is stated in paragraph 37 of the order of the Supreme Court that:

“Even if penalty is imposed after an adjudicatory proceeding, person on whom such penalty is imposed cannot be called an accused.”.

This statement is not taken further to a logical conclusion perhaps because this was not the issue before the Court. But it would be interesting to see how SEBI views this statement in its later decisions. One can imagine that even if power to levy penalties through adjudicatory orders is procedural, then the powers of SEBI would be even stronger and more discretionary and with lesser safeguards than one would expect.

    16. To conclude, the Supreme Court has laid an important precedent not just in terms of the subject matter of this decision, but also in the approach towards interpretation of securities laws and how securities laws should be treated differently. Securities laws, thus, is well on its way to becoming a special and very distinct subject by itself to which many general rules of interpretation may not apply.

Aiding investor litigation — SEBI provides financial aid to help investors obtain compensation

fiogf49gjkf0d
Securities Laws

(1) SEBI will now financially help investors to proceed
legally against companies to obtain compensation for losses they may have
suffered or to pursue other claims. Recently, on August 11, 2009, it issued SEBI
(Aid for Legal Proceedings) Guidelines, 2009. These guidelines should be read in
the context of the earlier SEBI (Investor Protection and Education Fund)
Regulations, 2009 (‘the Regulations’) notified earlier that form the base of
these Guidelines since it is from this Fund that SEBI would provide financial
aid for legal proceedings.

(2) Let us understand a little of the background of these
‘guidelines’ since not only it would help one appreciate the need and
eligibility of such legal aid but it would also hopefully clear some confusion
arising from certain over-technical reading of these ‘guidelines’ that has been
reported at various places. Views have been expressed on the basis of such
technical reading that these ‘guidelines’ are still-born and cannot help anyone.
I believe there are reasons to believe this is not so and I will try to explain
the reasons for such belief.

(3) Typically investors are small and scattered.
Individually, they do not have the financial motivation, expertise and finally
the morale to fight against huge companies. But just as five fingers make a
fist, investors could get together to fight for their rights. And a good way to
get going together is by forming investors associations or becoming members of
such associations. SEBI has encouraged formation of such associations by
providing recognition to them. It is reported recently that there are about 23
such associations though some are reported to have dubious/political background.
SEBI has also encouraged them further by providing, by these Guidelines, that it
will provide legal aid if such associations (‘Associations’) propose to act
against the companies at fault on behalf of investors.

(4) These Guidelines read with the Regulations lay down
certain types of matters such as misstatements in connection with sale of
securities, non-payment of dividends, non-delivery of securities and so on. If
certain specified conditions are specified, SEBI would grant legal aid for legal
proceedings.

(5) But, you may ask, why should investors be made to take
legal action even if through Associations and even if aided? Why should not SEBI
take action itself — because investor protection is raison d’être for SEBI (to
use a fancy word — J — to mean SEBI’s reason for existence)? And I think the
answer to this, as explained in more detail later herein, also should clarify
the confusion that these Guidelines are ineffective and are not required.
Briefly, I think the intention is that SEBI would typically take penal action to
punish legal violations. It may even take action in appropriate cases to ensure
that losses to investors are compensated. However, there may be cases where
direct action by investors against companies is more appropriate and it is this
category of cases for which legal aid is proposed to be given.

(6) Let us now review these Guidelines in some detail and
before doing so let us summarise them first. There may be some cause for action
by investors because of defaults, omissions, etc. by companies. Associations may
seek to take action against such entities on behalf of investors. If at least
1000 investors are affected and if the defaults, etc. are of the specified type,
then SEBI may grant a limited legal aid for the specified expenses for such
legal proceedings.

(7) What type of defaults, omissions, etc. are covered ?



(a) The Regulations lay down various such defaults and it is worth reviewing them directly as so laid down in these Regulations :

‘legal proceedings’ means any proceedings before a court or tribunal where one thousand or more investors are affected or likely to be affected by :

(i) mis-statement, misrepresentation or omission in connection with the issue, sale or purchase of securities;

(ii) non-receipt of securities allotted or refund of application monies paid by them;

(iii) non-payment of dividend;

(iv) default in redemption of securities or in payment of interest in terms of the offer document;

(v) fraudulent and unfair trade practices or market manipulation;

(vi) such other market misconduct which in the opinion of the Board may be deemed appropriate;

but does not include any proceeding where the Board is a party or where the Board has initiated any enforcement action;

(b) The Investors and the Associations would have to review whether their grievance is covered by the above list. Of course, such grievance should also give a cause for action in Court/Tribunal under some law. It is only such defaults, etc. that legal aid can be given. The list is not exhaustive though and SEBI may cover other market misconduct as it may deem appropriate.

(c) A concern has been repeatedly expressed by various authors that most of these above defaults would normally result in SEBI also taking penal action or SEBI is a party to certain proceedings. In view of this and in view of the last few words of the above clause, it is argued, no aid is possible at all. Therefore, it is stated, that these Guidelines are still-born and no one would be eligible to legal aid.

(1) However, is this really so ? Perhaps not. Note that the term ‘proceeding’ is referred to in the earlier part of the clause also. Legal proceedings have been referred to in the clause and then it is stated that if SEBI is a party to such proceedings then such proceedings are not covered. Obviously, if the action is by the Association directly against the errant company without SEBI being made a party, then such proceedings are still eligible. I don’t think there is scope for arguing that ‘proceedings’ should mean any proceedings and could therefore cover even penal proceedings. Both these proceedings would be under different laws and for different intention and results. One is intended to be a direct action for compensation and the other is for punishing the entity.

2) Secondly, if SEBI has initiated penal proceeding against the errant entity, would this mean that SEBI has taken ‘enforcement’ action? According to me, this is not so. Firstly, if one reads the clause carefully, the enforcement action is qualified by the word ‘proceeding’ which, as we saw earlier, should mean proceeding in a court or tribunal. Further, I think it is possible to take a view that ‘enforcement’ proceedings should be different from penal proceedings. If, e.g., SEBI itself has initiated action to enforce a provision of law for compensating investors, then there cannot be multiple proceedings. However, if SEBI has taken action to penalise an errant entity, such action should not be deemed to be an “enforcement” action. Having said that, it must also be conceded that the clause could have been worded better.

(8) Who is eligible to claim legal aid?

a) The legal aid would not be given to individual investors but to ‘Investor Associations’. Thus, Investors will have to approach an Associations or alternatively such Associations may suo motu seek to initiate proceedings.

b) It is given on a first come first served basis! Obviously, there is a need to prevent multiple proceedings and finance of such proceedings but this is a simplistic solution.

c) The Associations would need to establish or provide the following data to be eligible for legal aid:

    i) that the Investors relied on such misstatement, etc.

    ii) that the Investors suffered loss on account of such reliance.

    iii) that at least 1000 investors are affected. In a sense, this would limit the scope of action. Having said that, this does not mean that at least 1000 Investors should have complained and agreed to such action.

9. What type of expenses are covered and to what extent?

    a) Expenses of court, advocates and related expenditure are eligible for aid.

    b) The limit of aid is Rs.20 lakhs if the proceedings are before the Supreme Court and Rs.10 lakhs otherwise.

    c) Further, the limit is also of 75% of the amount incurred.

    d) The aid is for expenses  only.

    e) Prior clearance of estimate, etc. from SEBI is a must for claims.

10. Miscellaneous:

a) There is no time limit within which SEBI will intimate whether it will or will not grant aid though, to be fair, such criticism may be premature and one may hope that disposal of application is expeditious. However, SEBI, the ‘guidelines’ say, will endeavor to pay the claims within 15 days of the receipt of account.

b) In India, there is no single law that provides for compensation to Investors for defaults by companies, etc. In fact, even the SEBI Act, Regulations, etc. do not provide for such action. Indeed, jurisdiction of Courts is barred and only SEBI can initiate action. Here, I may add that such bar is only for matters covered under the SEBI Act and not for direct action for compensation by Investors/ Associations. There have been reports and views that since there is a bar on such direct action, it would mean that these Guidelines have no relevance. However, I respectfully submit that this is not so. The bar against direct action for violation of the law is for such limited purposes only.

c) A concern has been expressed that SEBI may get handicapped if it finances such proceedings and thereby does not take action itself. Thereby, It may give a Signal that it has no powers. As I stated earlier, this should not be so. The penal action that SEBI can take is different from action for compensation that Associations may take. I think even if SEBI has lost in its penal proceedings, the Investors case is not automatically lost. The standards of proof that SEBI has to fulfill for a penal action are obviously far higher than a civil action requires.

Conclusion:

All in all, I think the’ guidelines’ are misunderstood and are being prematurely written off as ineffective. In letter and spirit, they represent a good start and give some scope for promoting taking of action. It is true that in practice they may be misused. e.g., the ‘first-come-first-served’ rule may be misused whereby an Association with an half-hearted interest may still block action by others. The limit on aid – absolute as well as of percentage – may sound unrealistically low though. Having said that, there are several good features in the ‘guidelines’ and one should wait to see how the ‘guidelines’ work in practice.

ACHIEVING ‘OTHER OBJECTIVES’ THROUGH DEMERGERS — High Court disallows achieving of certain other objects through schemes of restructuring

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

(1) Companies carry out
restructuring by various methods and the popular method is by carrying out a
scheme of restructuring u/s.390-u/s.394 of the Companies Act, 1956 with the
approval of the Court. While this route is quite a complicated procedure
involving numerous and time-consuming steps, there are several advantages not
only under the Companies Act, 1956, but also under various other laws including
securities laws, the Income-tax Act, 1961, stamp duty, etc. The important thing
is that the Court considering the scheme is said to be a ‘single-window’, under
which several approvals can be received without going to various other forums
and authorities. Further, this single-window channel gives approval under
different laws.

(2) Other bodies including
SEBI, etc., do not interfere with the directions of the Court and the
transaction is exempt under certain laws. For example, if allotment of shares is
made under a scheme of amalgamation or demerger, the acquisition of the shares
is exempt from the requirements of the provisions relating to open offer under
the SEBI Takeover Regulations.

(3) This single-window
service, however, in recent times, has apparently been misused. Forced buyback
of shares has been carried out by a company at predetermined price without any
choice being given to the shareholders. Such schemes have also been used for
accounting of certain transactions in a manner which, according to, Accounting
Standards and prudent accounting policies would not have been allowed.

(4) However, recently, a
decision of the Calcutta High Court has partly reversed this trend and rejected
a scheme of demerger on, inter alia, grounds that certain transactions
were proposed to be carried out as part of the scheme without compliance of the
other provisions of law. Thus, the Court did not sanction a scheme that went
beyond the original intention and was apparently formulated to avoid several
provisions of not just the Companies Act, 1956, but also of other laws — J.
K. Agri Genetics Limited v. Florence Alumina Ltd.,
[(2010) 102 SCL 495
(Cal.)].

(5) This is a case where the
petitioners had proposed a scheme of demerger. There were several points of
dispute including whether votes of certain persons who objected to the scheme
were validly considered or not. However, the areas of disputes which are the
focus of this article related to certain transactions being carried out as a
part of the scheme of demerger and which would have resulted in certain acts
being carried out that were beyond the inherent nature of a scheme of demerger.
Further, the scheme of demerger would have resulted in allotment of shares to
the promoters out of turn and without compliance with the relevant provisions of
the Companies Act, 1956, and of the Securities Laws.

(6) It may be clarified that
in the normal course, such an allotment of shares does happen as part of a
scheme of restructuring, including merger/demerger. Such an allotment of shares
is taken as part of the single-window facility and additional approval or
compliance as envisaged under other provisions of the Companies Act, 1956, or
Securities Laws is not required. However, in the present case, the facts were
peculiar and it appeared that the allotment was strictly not a part of the
scheme of demerger. It appears that the allotment of shares was not an inherent
part of the demerger and it was introduced in the scheme just to take advantage
of the benefits available to transactions covered in a scheme.

(7) The following are some
observations of the Court while rejecting the scheme :

“The scheme, sanction of
which is sought, seeks demerger of the seed division from the investment
division. This does not, however, seem to be the sole purpose of the scheme.
It also seeks conversion of the Zero Coupon Redeemable Preference Shares (ZCRPS)
and Zero Coupon Non-Convertible Bonds (ZCNCB) given under the 2003 scheme.”

“By such conversion, J. K.
Industries Ltd. (JKIL), the promoter-company, acquires shares in Florence
Alumina Ltd. (FAL), the applicant No. 2, whereby its shareholding increases.
This increase will not benefit any shareholder except the promoters. Therefore
the conversion contemplated will benefit the promoters and none else. This
cannot be the intention of the propounders of the scheme.”

(8) The Court also found
that the conversion of certain bonds and preference shares were at such terms
that were unacceptable and not in the overall interests of persons other than
the promoters. The Court reviewed these proposals and did not find them
something that a prudent person acting at arm’s length would do. The Court
noted :

“6.10 The Bonds and
Preference Shares were to be redeemed over a period of time. In fact the Bonds
were to be redeemed in 5 instalments. The 1st instalment was to be redeemed on
the expiry of the 4th year, i.e. 1-4-2006 till the 8th year, i.e.
1-4-2010. The appointed date of the instant Scheme is 1-4-2005, i.e.
prior to 1-4-2006 and will take effect from 1-4-2005 if sanctioned.

6.11 The 1st instalment in
respect of the Preference Shares was to be paid on the expiry of the 8th
instalment (i.e. 2010).

6.12 By virtue of the
conversion, the said Bonds and Preference Shares are being redeemed much
before the time specified and the present day discounted value ought to have
been considered. This has also not been done.

6.13 This is relevant as
no prudent businessman while considering the commercial aspect of the Scheme
in his wisdom would have proposed a Scheme without considering the discounting
aspect. Furthermore, such a Scheme could also not have been approved by a
prudent businessman cloaked with commercial wisdom unless such men approving
were nothing but ‘yes-men’ of the Transferor Company, Transferee Company and
Promoter Company.

    It may be recollected that schemes of restructur-ing by listed companies are required to be submitted to the stock exchanges concerned for approval before filing the same for approval of the Court. The Court also reviewed the nature and purpose of such grant of approval by the stock exchange. It highlighted the limited scope of review that the stock exchange carries out. In the words of the Court?:

“6.14 In the Supplementary Affidavit filed, the reason given for conversion is the decision of the Bombay Stock Exchange. The application filed before the Bombay Stock Exchange was only in respect of the Listing agreement. Therefore, the Scheme has been examined by the Bombay Stock Exchange only for the purpose of approving listing on the Stock Exchange and for no other purpose. The said approval is also subject to certain relax-ation granted by SEBI under the 1957 Rules.”

    The Court then found that the scheme was intended to benefit the promoters and the
Court gave the following detailed reasoning and precedents to reject the scheme and thus deny sanction to it?:

“6.17 A Scheme is aimed at not adversely affect-ing the share-holders or creditors and, therefore, is placed before the class of share-holder (equity or preference). If the opinion of the share-holder was not needed, the Scheme could have been accepted without their approval. In the instant case the Scheme is not intended to benefit the share-holder but it’s promoters.

6.18 Single window clearance though accepted in P.M.P. Auto Industries Ltd.’s case (supra) and followed in subsequent decisions, will not be applicable in the instant case as by virtue of the conversion further shares are being allotted to JKIL and for this purpose, the special procedure laid down in S. 81(1A) ought to have been followed.

6.19 The single window clearance contemplated will only apply if the alteration is restricted to the structural changes of the Company for implementation of the Scheme. The issuance of shares for purposes of increasing the share capital is not such alteration and the procedure laid u/s.81(1A) of the Companies Act ought to have been followed and, thereafter, the Scheme sanctioned. No copy of the resolution taken u/s.81(1A) of the 1956 Act has been produced.

6.20 As the single window clearance theory has no application in the instant case the decisions cited in respect thereof can also have no application.

6.21 As held in Miheer H. Mafatlal’s case (supra) and Bedrock Ltd.’s case (supra) that the sanctioning Court while ascertaining the real purpose underlying the Scheme can judiciously x-ray the same and not function as a rubber-stamp or post office, but must satisfy itself that the Scheme is genuine and bona fide and in the interest of the creditor or shareholder and in doing so the Scheme, to the extent it promotes conversion, is not just, fair or bona fide.

6.22 In 1960(1) AER 772, the objection was rejected as no unfairness could be established. Such is not the case here as the conversion will only benefit the promoter share-holder and none-else.

6.23 The conversion is intended to promote the interest of JKIL which is a separate class and a meeting of such class ought to have been called as held in 1975(3) AER 382 to ascertain the intention of its shareholders with regard to acceptance of the arrangement. This, according to 1975(3) AER 382, is fatal to the arrangement and there is no reason to differ therefrom.” (emphasis supplied)

    To conclude, the Court has laid down several useful principles as precedent for the future. Schemes have to be focussed on the main intention of the provisions relating to restructuring and they cannot be used to achieve other objectives, particularly if they are against the interests of others having a say in the matter. The Court confirmed that it will examine whether the scheme will be one which a commercial and prudent man would approve and for this purpose, it would even go into the financial calculations involved. The scheme cannot be used to circumvent (at least on these particular facts) the provisions of S. 81(1A) and other provisions of law. This decision along with certain other initiatives by SEBI should help in reducing misuse of schemes of restructuring.

Prosecution under Securities Laws

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

This series of articles introducing securities laws for
listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .


(1) Under Securities Laws, for violation of provisions, there
is a wide variety of actions that can be taken. Typically, there is adjudication
coupled with penalty. For registered intermediaries, their registration can also
be suspended or cancelled or they may be censured. Other actions include
debarring persons from accessing the capital market or otherwise dealing in
securities for a specified period. Specific directions to remedy the wrong
committed may also be given. However, the strongest action would be to initiate
prosecution which could lead to imprisonment.

(2) Malpractices in capital markets can virtually ruin lives
of those affected. It is no wonder that the law provides imprisonment for
violation of laws, apart from penalties and other consequences. What are the
violations of Securities Laws that can result in imprisonment ? What are the
pre-requisites ? Can one voluntarily come forward and settle his crime and avoid
imprisonment ? These and some incidental questions are considered in this
article.

(3) Securities Laws, for this article, means the SEBI Act,
the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act and the Depositories Act. As will also
be seen later, violations of Regulations and Rules issued thereunder also invite
prosecutions and hence Securities Laws would cover these Regulations and Rules
also.

(4) Also, if one sees the pattern and scheme of provisions
relating to prosecution, the basic provisions are almost identically worded in
the three principal statutes. Hence, the provisions of only one of the statutes,
viz., the SEBI Act (‘the Act’), are discussed and this discussion will
equally apply to the other statutes.

(5) Essentially, the scheme, strangely, of the provisions is
that heavy punishment is provided for violation of any and every of the
provisions of the Act and Regulations and Rules issued thereunder.
To bring the point more into force, any violation of the Securities Laws can
result up to the maximum punishment and no demarcation is made between violation
of different points. Punishment is apart from the penalty and other action. It
is possible to ‘compound’ the prosecution proceedings by paying a monetary sum.
One could also apply for immunity by following an elaborate procedure.

6.1 Let us consider the basic Section — S. 24 of the Act —
which provides for such punishment and which reads as follows :

24. Offences :


(1) Without prejudice to any award of penalty by the
adjudicating officer under this Act, if any person contravenes or attempts to
contravene or abets the contravention of the provisions of this Act or of any
rules or regulations made thereunder, he shall be punishable with imprisonment
for a term which may extend to ten years, or with fine, which may extend to
twenty-five crore rupees or with both.

(2) If any person fails to pay the penalty imposed by the
adjudicating officer or fails to comply with any of his directions or orders, he
shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than
one month but which may extend to ten years or with fine, which may extend to
twenty-five crore rupees or with both.



6.2 Any and every contravention of the provisions of the Act
or of Regulations or of Rules made thereunder is deemed to be an offence. I am
reminded of an old Gujarati saying — Andheri Nagri, Gandu Raja, Takke sher bhaji,
Takke sher khaja — meaning, in a town with a mad and blind ruler, vegetables and
sweets are priced equally. What is implied in the present context is that there
is no distinction made between the nature and severity of the violations and a
common punishment is provided for all violations. Any violation of any
provisions of the Act, Regulations or Rules invites imprisonment up to 10 years
or a fine up to Rs.25 crores or with both.

6.3 It needs to be noted that it is not violation of the
statutes and Rules and Regulations issued thereunder that invite such punishment
but mere violation of even the directions or orders of the Adjudicating Officer
would invite additional punishment of similar nature. Thus, even if one does not
pay the penalty levied, punishment is possible under this Section. Of course, it
is very likely that the Court will levy appropriate punishment taking into
account the nature of the violation and other factors.

6.4 Typically, in many other statutes, we find differing
punishment varying with the seriousness of the violation. For example, under
provisions relating to non-banking financial companies in the Reserve Bank of
India Act, some violations are punishable with fine only, some with imprisonment
or with fine, but if the requirement of non-registration as NBFC is violated,
there is a minimum imprisonment of at least one year and fine. Such
differentiating punishment is missing in Securities Laws. This is despite the
fact that these provisions were substantially amended in 2002 — that is 10 years
after their original enactment.

6.5 Any attempt to violate the Securities Laws or any
abetment thereof also invites the same punishment. To put in other words, an
unsuccessful attempt to violate or assistance in the violation is put in the
same category as a successful violation. Again, the Court may levy different
punishment for attempts or abetment, depending upon the actual facts.

7. Compounding of offences :


Simplified a little, compounding of offences means coming. forward and settling the violation through a monetary fine with the approval of SEBI and the Court/Securities Appellate Tribunal. SEBI had notified last year Guidelines for compounding of offences, alongwith those for consent orders for other proceedings. These Guidelines were discussed earlier herein and there have been numerous orders under these Guidelines. SEBI has set up an independent High Powered’ Advisory Committee which facilitates the process. The prosecution proceedings are likely to be a long-drawn process consuming time, effort of and cost to both sides. It may make sense to settle the matter by payment of a monetary fine. For the accused, it saves cost and effort involved in litigation and he is also absolved from punishment. For SEBI, it achieves the objective of ensuring that the violator is punished with fine which may also act as deterrent for others and saving in time and effort. Unless one of the parties feels that it has a very strong case or unless for either of them it is a matter of principle in a particular matter which impels not to settle, it is always worth considering this option of compounding. Importantly, an application to compound an offence can be made at any stage – even before formal proceedings have commenced. Obviously, the later the matter is taken up by the accused, the higher would be the compounding fee. The amount recovered through settlement is paid to the Government of India and not SEBI.

8. Application for immunity:

A person can also apply for immunity from prosecution and penalty by making a full and true disclosure of the alleged violation. The immunity is granted by the Central Government on the recommendation of SEBI. An important difference between compounding and immunity is that immunity has to be granted before commencement of proceedings for prosecution.

9. Unique features of prosecution proceedings as compared to adjudication, enquiry and other proceedings:

9.1 Detailed discussion or even summary of prosecution proceedings generally is beyond the scope of this article. However, some features can be high-lighted. It must be noted that it is not necessary that the features described here relating to prosecution proceedings in general would necessarily apply in their full effect to prosecution proceedings under Securities Laws. Securities Laws are different from purely criminal statutes such as the Indian Penal Code and other statutes such as the Companies Act, 1956. Further, Securities Laws unfortunately do not lay down in more detail the factors relevant for consideration in prosecution proceedings. Hence, time and judicial precedents will tell us more how these principles would be applied.

9.2 Mens Rea, or guilty state of mind, is normally a necessary ingredient in an offence and it is submitted that it would have to be proved in prosecution proceedings under Securities Laws.

(i)    The Supreme Court observed in Swedish Match AB and Anr. v. SEBI and Anr., [(2004) 11 SCC 641] as follows:

“The provisions of S. 15-H of the Act mandate that a penalty of rupees twenty five crores may be imposed. The Board does not have any discretion in the matter and, thus the adjudication proceeding is a mere formality. Imposition of penalty upon the appellant would, thus, be a foregone conclusion. Only in the criminal proceedings initiated against the appellants, existence of mens rea on the part of the appellants will come up for consideration.” (emphasis supplied)

(ii)    These remarks may appear to be obiter dicta since the matter related to appeal in respect of adjudication proceedings and the issue was whether mens rea was a necessary ingredient in such adjudication proceedings. However, still, they do throw some light.

9.3 The following observations of the  Bombay High Court in SEBI v. Cabot International Capital Corporation, (2005) 123 Comp. Cases 841 (Born), cited by the Supreme Court in Swedish Match’s case cited above, on mens rea are relevant and are are summarised below:

(1)    Mens rea is an essential or sine qua non for criminal offence.

(2)    Strait-jacket formula of mens rea cannot be blindly followed in each and every case. Scheme of particular statute may be diluted in a given case.

(3)    If, from the scheme, object and words used in the statute, it appears that the proceedings for imposition of the penalty are adjudicatory in nature, in contradistinction to criminal or quasi-criminal proceedings, the determination is of the breach of the civil obligation by the offender. The word ‘penalty’ by itself will not be determinative to conclude the nature of proceedings being criminal or quasi-criminal.

(4)    The relevant considerations being the nature of the functions being discharged by the authority and the determination of the liability of the contravener and the delinquency.

(5)    Mens rea is not essential element for imposing penalty for breach of civil obligations or liabilities.

(6)    There can be two distinct liabilities, civil and criminal under the same Act.

9.4 The prosecution proceedings are before the Court while adjudication and other proceedings are before SEBI.

Arguably, the principle that the accused is innocent till found guilty would apply more strongly in prosecution proceedings under Securities Laws as compared to adjudication and similar proceedings. As the Latin maxim goes, Actus non facit reum, nisi mens sit rea. A man is responsible, not for his acts in themselves, but for his acts coupled with mens rea or guilty mind with which he does them.

10. Offences by companies:

(a) S. 27 deals with offences by companies and which of the directors, persons in charge, etc. would be deemed to be guilty of the offence and under what circumstances they can claim immunity, that is they are not liable. The wording of this Section is fairly standard and similar to corresponding provisions in most other statutes and hence not discussed here further.

Conclusion:

It is often forgotten how broad the definition of offences is and how harsh the punishment can be. Despite this, one often also gets a feeling that securities laws violations are not getting adequately punished. Perhaps the reason is the long-drawn and difficult process of prosecution and proving the offence, particularly since the parties involved are educated and well advised. Perhaps also that the punishment levied in such offences is not given the required publicity. Perhaps, there is also the cavalier approach of the law-makers to such offences as is seen by the poor attention paid to drafting of the provisions leading to numerous anomalies. The result is such strict provisions do not always act as a deterrent as they ought to. The challenge before both the law-maker and the law enforcer is to make the law simple prescribe punishment and enforce the law whilst understanding realities of business strictly, so that the law not only acts as a deterrent but is respected. The challenge to the citizen is to understand the complexities in the law – a tough call.

Consent Orders to settle violations of Securities Laws — A review on completion of two years

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

1) April 2009 marks the second anniversary of the Guidelines
issued in April 2007 (referred to herein as ‘the Scheme’) issued by SEBI to help
quickly settle proceedings initiated against parties for violations of specified
provisions. The Scheme has been discussed several times earlier in this column
— firstly at the time of its introduction and, later, highlighting a few cases
settled.

2) It may be recollected that the Scheme is essentially
intended to help settle existing or potential proceedings for alleged violations
of specified securities laws. A person facing or anticipating to face
proceedings for alleged violations could simply come forward with an offer to
settle the case by way of a Consent Order to be passed by SEBI. A Chapter of
this Scheme covers compounding of offences, but here, the Consent Order Scheme
is discussed. It may be recollected that the inspiration for this Scheme was the
US Model where more than 90% of cases are settled in such a manner.

3) The author intends to review :

  •      How has the Scheme fared in the 2 years of its existence ?

  •      What type of ‘consent orders’ have been passed ?

4) Such a review is important to :

  •      help parties who are contemplating to avail of the Scheme.

  •      assist those who may contemplate availing of the Scheme in future.

  •     make people aware of the fact that such a Scheme exists.

5) A review will also help to know what type of cases are
typically being settled and in what manner. Obviously, precedents have value as
they would be normally followed in similar cases. Thus, parties may know what is
the likelihood of their cases being settled and at what costs. A good example is
of cases in the recent IPO scam where it was alleged that certain parties made
fictitious/benami applicants. The cases settled clearly specify the manner in
which cases are settled. Even more important, cases not settled but in respect
of which the party preferred to continue the proceedings before SEBI also show
the type of penalty and other action taken by SEBI.

6) Apart from this, from a policy perspective, it is worth
considering whether the qualitative objectives of the Scheme were also achieved
and whether, in particular, the cases settled are the type of cases that merited
settlement and also whether the settlement process is fair.

7) It may be worth quickly reviewing the Scheme and its very
broad procedure. Any person who faces or expects to face any proceedings by SEBI
for any violation of specified provisions of Securities Laws (such as the SEBI
Act, Regulations issued there-under, etc.) can make use of this Scheme. The
person would have to come forward to settle the matter and give its offer for
settlement. The offer is to be made to the High Powered Advisory Committee, a
Committee formed of 3 independent members and headed by a retired Judge. The
procedure for making an application under the Scheme and the actual proceedings
are fairly simple and non-legalistic. The role of the HPAC is to impartially
review the status of the matter and also give its recommendation to SEBI. In
practice, the HPAC goes a step further and attempts to facilitate the settlement
itself. One often gets a pleasant surprise in the proceedings when one gets
friendly support from the HPAC itself which points out the weaknesses of SEBI’s
case in an attempt to persuade SEBI to come forward to a reasonable settlement.
Of course, a party trying to get away cheaply may also be reprimanded, albeit
gently, and the risks of allowing the application for Consent Order being
rejected are also highlighted. When and if a settlement is reached, the party is
asked to deposit the settlement amount and a Consent Order is passed. Usually,
this means the end of the existing, potential and even related proceedings in
connection with the alleged violation.

8) An important thing to note is that it is not necessary
that the parties opting for settlement under the Consent Order should admit
any of the allegations — in fact, settlement does not mean admission of guilt
.
Often, the issue is buying peace at a cost which otherwise may be incurred in
fighting and pursuing the matter. One could take the example of crossing a
traffic signal and the Traffic Police alleging that we have crossed when the
signal was red. It is possible that the sheer nuisance value of fighting the
matter in Court may not be worth it and a smaller fine accepted may be found to
be an expedient alternative.

9) How has this Scheme fared in the last 2 years ? By any
benchmark, it is a success
. In the first three months of 2009, around 90
cases have been settled through consent orders, while in 2008 more than 250
cases were settled. A sum of more than Rs. 10 crores is reported to have been
collected through the process. Also, a substantial portion of this amount
relates to the ‘disgorgement’ of the profits made by persons in the alleged IPO
scam.

10) Cases have been settled irrespective of the level at
which they were pending — whether at the very initial stage of investigation or
adjudication or when they were pending before the Securities Appellate Tribunal
or even when they were pending before the Supreme Court.

11) The type of cases that have been settled reveal that
violations were varied, for example :

  •     technical violations

  •      serious cases of fraud and price manipulation

  •      information filed beyond the prescribed time, say, under the SEBI Takeover Regulations

  •     allegations of insider trading

  •     serious ‘allegation’ of price manipulations including synchronised or circular or false trading.

12) Settling allegations under the Scheme is not a stigmatic
or shameful act that would bring a sense of dishonour or even a need of
justification. There are at least two important reasons for this. Firstly, the
allegation being settled may not necessarily be one of a serious nature.
Secondly, as stated earlier, there is no requirement of admitting any violation.
Cases are settled not because the parties necessarily feel that they are guilty,
but often the objective is to avoid the tortuously long and expensive
proceedings. The result is that persons who have taken benefit of the Scheme and
settled cases include many very well-known companies. These include ING Vysya
Bank, UBS Emerging Markets Equity Relationship Fund, Thomas Cook (India)
Limited, J. P. Morgan Indian Investment Trust, HDFC Bank Limited, DSP Merrill
Lynch Limited, Apollo Tyres Limited, etc., as can be seen from the published
orders.

13) Another noteworthy experience is that the settlement process is quite fast and very often it is completed and closed within a period of a few months of making the application. Contrast this with the fact that proceedings for many matters that are more than 5 years old are being initiated now.

14) Then there is another area of observation. Settlement is normally made by offering a sum of money as settlement charges. However, in some cases, administrative charges have also been agreed to be paid as part of the settlement. Interestingly, the offer may also be in ‘kind’ in the sense that a party may agree not to access the capital markets for a specified period of time. Particularly in IPO cases, parties have offered the amount of profits made by way of disgorgement. This not only helped the amount of profits made being disgorged but the controversy as to whether SEBI could legitimately disgorge such profits is also avoided.

15) The Consent Order Scheme, without exaggerating, can thus be accepted to be a fairly good success. What are the criticisms levelled against the Scheme?

16) A major criticism is that serious cases relating to fraud and price manipulation are also settled. Allegations of false trading, etc. or other types of fraudulent activities or price manipulation, or the recent IPO scam, etc. are some examples of matters settled through Consent Orders.

17) The question is whether such cases should at all be settled and that too in some cases by paying the profits made with or without nominal extra legal charges. Would not such a practice create an absence of fear of law amongst would-be scamsters that the worse that can happen to them is that the profits would be lost and that too if they are caught in the act? Clearly, there is some basis for this concern.

18) The other side is that it may be very difficult in some of such cases to get a guilty verdict, considering also the prolonged legal proceedings involved, and considering that in some cases, evidence may not easily be forthcoming. Some of such cases may also be of a time when the prevailing law was not comprehensive to cover the transactions and or effective enough to provide deterrent punishment.

19) Another thought is whether such a continuing settlement Scheme is desirable. It literally:

1. creates a forum for avoidance of the regular proceedings to punish violations and it creates an almost assured way of facing reduced punishment.

2. diverts attention from the complexities of such laws and procedures and its reform.

However, we should not forget that such Schemes arise also because of complexities in the law relating to its enforcement.

20) Another concern is that the Consent Orders are not detailed enough. Typically, the order is of just one or two pages which merely refer very briefly to the allegations. There is no detailed background of the allegations, facts, etc. given. No reasoning is also given why the particular matter was settled and why it was settled at the amount at which it was settled.

21) All in all, though, the Scheme has received the success it deserves. It helps reduce the backlog of cases keeping SEBI free to focus on serious cases. It also helps parties bring the issue to a quick end particularly where it is technical.

Pushing corporate governance through mutual funds — SEBI’s recent circular creates unique dilemmas for listed companies

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

SEBI recently made an innocuous appearing requirement for
mutual funds that has far-reaching implications on listed companies and on the
mutual funds. Simply stated, the SEBI Circular (SEBI/IMD/CIR No. 18/198647/2010,
dated March 15, 2010) now requires mutual funds to disclose in their annual
report as to how they voted at general meetings in respect of each of the shares
held by them in respect of specified matters. There are a few other connected
requirements.

As will be seen, these requirements have equal — if not more
— implications on the listed companies wherein shares are held. But let us first
outline the requirements. Incidentally, this article discusses only the
requirements relating to ‘corporate governance’ in the Circular and not other
requirements relating to ASBA, brokerage and commission, etc.

Firstly, it is required that the Asset Management Companies
(‘the AMCs’), i.e., the entities that manage the mutual funds, should disclose
‘their general policies and procedures for exercising the voting rights in
respect of shares held by them’. This disclosure is to be given on the website
of the AMC as well as in the annual report distributed to the unit-holders for
the financial year 2010-11 and onwards.

Secondly, disclosures in a similar manner and timing are to
be given of the ‘actual exercise’ of the proxy votes at general meetings of such
investee companies in respect of the following matters :

(a) Corporate governance matters, including changes in the
state of incorporation, merger and other corporate restructuring, and
anti-takeover provisions.

(b) Changes to capital structure, including increases and
decreases of capital and preferred stock issuances.

(c) Stock option plans and other management compensation
issues.

(d) Social and corporate responsibility issues.

(e) Appointment and removal of directors.

(f) Any other issue that may affect the interest of the
shareholders in general and interest of the unit-holders in particular.

The first annual report in which such disclosure is required
to be made is away more than a year from now and hence it may appear that the
implications would be realised/felt at that time. However, that may not be true
for at least two reasons.

(a) Firstly, since it is now mandated that such disclosures
have to be made, and since public disclosures often result in immediate public
scrutiny, the AMCs/mutual funds should today start considering as to how they
should vote.

(b) Secondly, while the schedule for disclosure in the annual
report is clear enough, the timing for disclosure on the website is not. Is such
disclosure required immediately, or as and when the vote is cast ?

(c) Thirdly, just as the mutual fund is now immediately
concerned with how it would vote, the investee company would also face the
implications of :

  • a possibly changed
    approach to voting by the mutual fund; and


  • disclosure of how a
    mutual fund shareholder voted at its general meetings.


Having outlined the requirements, let us consider some issues
in some detail.

This requirement is not, unlike what has been incorrectly
reported in the press, a new or even ‘innovative’ one. In fact, it is a
requirement simply copied — a copy of a good, even if a little inappropriate,
requirement — from the west where this is a fairly standard requirement. This
requirement is extensively discussed in most corporate governance reports (see
for example the Hample Committee Report). What is more, many large institutional
shareholders in western countries publicly declare, in great detail, their
voting policies. Even, statutorily, in 2003 the SEC of USA has mandated a
similar requirement.

However, is this requirement appropriate to India — or, more
specifically, does it have such important consequences in India as it has in
western countries ? Indeed, any step towards making listed companies and their
Promoters more accountable to shareholders and otherwise raising the levels of
corporate governance are obviously welcome. However, this requirement continues
to reflect the approach in India of adopting western practices where the facts
are different. In the west, the mutual funds and other institutional
shareholders hold a significant stake in such companies and hence can easily bar
proposals of management as according to the Hample Committee report which is
almost two decades old, institutional shareholders held more than 60% of the
shares in listed companies. The shareholding of the Promoters/management in the
west was usually below 10%. The situation in India is different (almost
opposite) where the Promoters clearly dominate the shareholding, usually with a
clear majority holding. Even if mutual funds participate and even vote against,
the mutual fund vote cannot reject a proposal. The situation is similar to
wagging of its tail by the dog — the difference is that in the western
countries, the dog is the institutional shareholder who can wag the tail, i.e., the Promoters. In India, the mutual
funds are the tail and they can hardly wag the dog !

Interestingly, this is one of the first of ‘external’
corporate governance requirements in the sense that it applies to a person other
than the listed company itself. Clause 49 had this limitation of scope purely on
account of its placement in the listing agreement that applies only to the
listed company.

These requirements apply only to AMCs/mutual funds. But these
are not the only collective investment vehicles in India and others include
insurance companies, FIIs, NBFCs, etc. This limited scope is obviously because
SEBI does not have jurisdiction over other entities. One will have to see
whether the respective authority governing such other institutional investors
will also issue similar requirements.

The spirit behind such requirement is obviously to make
mutual funds active investors. As the SEBI Circular states — “It was felt that
mutual funds should play an active role in ensuring better corporate governance
of listed companies”. The disclosure requirement is an indirect pressure to
ensure that they are actively involved in important issues relating to the
company since their votes would now be disclosed.

However, at the cost of repetition, while this may make sense in a situation where such institutional shareholders dominate the holding, it is meaning-less in a Promoter-dominated company. True, there have been some cases where serious opposition by major shareholder has helped. However, there is a tendency to point out the finger-countable cases where exceptional interest taken in the rare public-shareholder dominated company and conclude that such exceptions prove the rule that there is a lot of scope for shareholder activism in India.

Also SEBI has not mandated that mutual funds should vote. It has just required such institutions using public money to disclose whether and how they are voting. But this transparency is sufficient to put them on guard.

One wonders whether this can have negative effect. Isn’t it likely that many mutual funds may want to play extra safe and oppose, at least by casting a vote against every resolution that could possibly be slightly or potentially controversial ? Their vote may not make a difference to the out-come, but such a step may help them avoid controversy later on. A vote cast may be viewed critically later by the media and others though with the benefit of hindsight. Of course, some mutual funds may want to remain objective and not act in this manner, but obviously there would be a subtle pressure to play safe. On the other side, companies who are at the receiving end may find it a little embarrassing to explain why certain mutual funds voted against their proposals.

Of course, it was not that mutual funds presently do not participate. Actually, often, many companies sound off institutional investors informally (though often the spirit, if not the letter, of insider trading regulations may be violated) what views they have in respect of major proposals, even where the Promoters command a significant stake. Thus, often, the mutual funds would have already given their views and hence may not bother to participate further or vote. This may now change.

In the end, in a little lighter vein, I wonder whether the requirements could and should end with mutual funds. After all, the technique of achieving the objective of entities that have public involvement through disclosure could apply to other persons too. For example, would it not make sense to require Independent Directors to also disclose the votes that they cast on important matters ? ! While one may argue that Board Meetings where they cast their vote are confidential events, this may also be a way in which there is pressure and accountability on these directors who are in a situation similar in some respects to mutual funds.

Recent amendments relating to Corporate Governance

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities LawsThis series of articles
introducing securities laws for listed companies to the lay reader continues . .
.


Developments in securities laws are churned out through many sources — decisions of SEBI through decisions of its Adjudicating Officers/Whole-time Members, of the Securities Appellate Tribunal, through Informal Guidance, through Circulars, amendments of Regulations and so on and on, not to speak of relatively rarer amendments in the parent enactments themselves. It is then worth reviewing, from time to time, some of these important amendments to update our knowledge. Let us consider here one very recent development (as per SEBI’s Circular of 8th April 2008) that has far reaching implications. This Circular amends the corporate governance requirements as contained in Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement.

Let us first consider a quick background of the scheme of
corporate governance through the Listing Agreement.


Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement :

As readers would be aware, provisions relating to Corporate
Governance for Listed Companies are mainly contained in Clause 49 of the Listing
Agreement. Wisely or otherwise, in India, for Listed Companies, the principal
provisions relating to Corporate Governance are contained neither in an
enactment, nor in any subordinate law such as Regulations or Rules, but in the
Listing Agreement. What is the real status of the Listing Agreement as a law can
itself be the subject of a lengthy article. Two comments are, however, only made
here. Firstly, the Listing Agreement allows for quick amendment with a simple
direction to the stock exchanges by SEBI being sufficient. Secondly, however,
though purists will continue to question its status of ‘law’, where
non-compliance could have punitive consequences, in practice, there are several
real and serious consequences possible for a Listed Company for its violation.
Hence, it is assumed that listed companies will give this Clause of the Listing
Agreement all the seriousness any law deserves.

Clause 49 contains a myriad of requirements, many of which
are modelled on the UK and US models.

Independent Directors :

A pillar (though unduly emphasised in India) of Corporate
Governance is the concept of Independent Directors. The logic of having
Independent Directors is not far to see. The promoters or management of the
company control a company in most aspects. If there are persons who are not
connected with the promoters and are otherwise unbiased and have no conflicting
interest, they may be able to see the decisions of the promoter or management
from an independent context rather than from the Promoters’ self-interest. Thus,
the requirement of Independent Directors. The issue of the number and proportion
of Independent Directors has generated a lot of debate. Initially, the Western
model was almost blindly copied. However, over a period of time, some changes
have been made to suit Indian conditions. Prior to the recent amendment, and
very broadly stated, the requirement relating to the number of Independent
Directors was broadly as follows.

If the Company had an Executive Chairman, the Company should
have at least one-half of its Board consisting of Independent Directors. If not,
the corresponding ratio should be at least one-third. There are refinements to
these and other requirements and clarifications also, but this aspect is
focussed in this article, since that is the principal subject of the amendment.

Independent Directors to be at least 50% of the Board in case
of Promoter non-executive Chairman :

It is now provided where, even if the Chairman is
non-executive
, if he is related or connected to the promoters in the
specified manner, then the ratio of Independent Directors of the total Board
size would have to be at least 50%.

The text of the new proviso creating this requirement is
given below :

“Provided that where the non-executive Chairman is a
promoter of the company or is related to any promoter or person occupying
management positions at the Board level or at one level below the Board, at
least one-half of the Board of the company shall consist of independent
directors.”


This amendment has far-reaching implications. In my view, the
amendment has been unduly glorified by the press and others, and on the other
hand its unfair side has not been seen. There is often a strong taboo in the
minds that as soon as ‘investor protection’ is stated as the intent of a
proposal, it becomes sacrosanct, forgetting for a time that promoters are as
much investors as any other — and more often than not, they hold more than half
of the share capital of a company. However, let us consider various implications
of this amendment.

Who is a ‘non-executive’ Chairman ?

The term ‘non-executive’, though not defined, is well
understood. It is obviously the opposite of a ‘executive’ director. Typically,
an Executive Director is a working director having executive responsibilities,
for example, a Whole-time Director such as a Finance Director is an Executive
Director. An Executive Director generally has his source of livelihood or at
least a material source of earnings from the Company. It would be safe to
conclude, though not so specifically laid down in the Clause, that a
non-executive director is, by definition, not independent.

Who is an ‘independent’ director ?

This term is easy to grasp, but difficult to define. Clause 49 attempts an elaborate definition of this term, but it is not proposed to analyse it here. A simple way to understand it is that an Independent Director should have at least two qualities. He should not be related or connected in specified ways to the Promoters. He should also not have financial or other specified relations with the Company. Thus, it is important to note that he has to be independent not only with regard to the Promoters but also with regard to the Company. To give an example of the latter connection, if he holds 2% or more of the voting shares, he is not an Independent Director.
 
Chairman    – executive, non-executive, etc. :

An analysis of some of the ills in companies in the West showed that when the posts of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer were combined and held by the same person, there was undue concentration of power giving scope for misuse and domination of the Board and the Company. Thus, a serious thought was given in Western countries as to how to create a balance to this power centre. The thinking was that if these two posts were combined, there should be sufficient number of Independent Directors.

This concept was also adopted in India and till the recent amendment of April 2008, it was provided that where there was an Executive Chairman, at least half of the Board should consist of Independent Directors.

However, at least as per the Indian Company Law, the Chairman, solely by virtue of this post, has few significant powers. He is more of a titular head. One power sometimes forgotten is that he may have a casting vote and thus, where the votes are equally balanced, he gets an extra vote to settle the decision. However, even this can be easily taken away. Thus, except for certain powers, mostly administrative, he is like any other director and has just one vote on the Board.

Of course, the intangible impact of a Chairman cannot be underrated. Normally, it is difficult to convince the Promoter Group to have an external director as a Chairman. Even the shareholders and others would like to see the head of the Promoter Group as ‘Chairman’. Imagine an Anil Ambani group company without Anil Ambani as Chairman, or the Reliance Industries group without Mukesh Ambani as Chairman, the Tata Group without Ratan Tata and the Baja] Auto group without Rahul Bajaj as Chairman and so on.

Who is a ‘Promoter-connected’ Chairman:

The amendment now places an Executive Chairman at par with a Chairman who is connected with the Promoters or the management.

Under the following circumstances, the Chairman would become, what I have loosely termed as, Promoter-connected Chairman:

  • If he is a Promoter.

  • If he is related  to any Promoter.

  • If he is related to a person occupying a management position at the Board level or one level below the Board.


Some comments and implications of the amendment:

I believe the implications  of this amendment  could be very far reaching.  While I do not have statistics with me, typically, normally  a Listed Company  in India is promoter-controlled,   the Chairman  is from the Promoters’  Group.  The first implication  would be that  all these  companies  would  have  to get a non-promoter  Chairman  or increase the number  of Independent Directors  to at least 50%.

It could be easy and simplistic to comment that, since the Chairman is only a titular head, the Board could simply appoint one of its existing Independent Directors as Chairman and solve the problem. After all, we Indians  are supposed  to be practical people!  However,  apart  from  some  factors  discussed  earlier,  prestige,   ego  and  similar  issues would also play their role. Hence, the change would require  a change  in ‘mindset’.

The amendments made by this Circular of SEBI dated 8th April 2008 have been brought forth with immediate force. The Circular of SEBI directs stock exchanges to amend the Listing Agreements to make these changes and no time has been given for making the changes by the companies in their Board. As this article goes to press, though, I could not lay my hands on the notifications of leading stock exchanges such as BSE and NSE amending the Listing Agreement.

Other  amendments    made by the  Circular:

There are a few other amendments made by the said Circular of SEBI. For example, it is now required that a vacancy in the post of an Independent Director should be filled within 180 days. In a way, it is tightening of the norms since apparently some companies used to delay the appointment indefinitely. However, looked at in another way, the amendment now gives a reasonable time of about six months  to get a new  Independent Director .

There are few other changes including changes in the non-mandatory requirement.

Conclusion:

Listed companies would thus  need  to consider  on how to restructure their Boards to come into line with the new requirements. I would dare comment that many Chartered Accountants will benefit by being appointed as Independent Directors since many companies would still want their Chairman to be from the Promoters Group. However, in other cases, Chartered Accountants also have a chance of being appointed as the Chairman of the Board. This is both an opportunity and challenge to the ‘professionals’, particularly Chartered Accountants.

Core Investment Companies — large promoter holding companies now require registration and compliance

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

Promoters of listed companies may have cause both for some
relief and some worry with the recent and almost quiet notification of the
directions relating to Core Investment Companies (CICs) by the Reserve Bank of
India. Essentially, investment companies fulfilling certain conditions of size
and outside borrowings are now specifically required to be registered as
non-banking financial companies (NBFCs).

It is worth discussing first a short background here.
Promoters of listed companies (and even others) often hold shares of such listed
companies through investment companies for various reasons. In 1997, the Reserve
Bank of India Act was amended and it was required that NBFCs, as defined, should
be registered. There have been two views whether pure investment companies,
which just hold securities and do not deal in them, were also required to be
registered. Thus, several such companies did not register on this ground.
Further, on a case-to-case basis, several such companies were even exempted by
the Reserve Bank of India. On the other hand, numerous investment companies, it
appears, just neglected or defaulted in applying for registration. Now, the
Reserve Bank of India has defined such investment companies as Core Investment
Companies, and requires them to be registered even if they were earlier granted
exemption by the Reserve Bank of India.

The Core Investment Companies (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2011
were notified on 5th January 2011. Certain related notifications were also
issued. Important provisions of these Directions are discussed in the following
paragraphs.

What are CICs ?

The Directions define CICs. CICs are essentially companies
that carry on the business of acquiring securities and further satisfy certain
conditions. Firstly, at least 90% of their total assets should consist of
shares, debentures, loans, etc., in ‘group companies’. Secondly of the total
assets, at least 60% should consist of either equity shares or debentures,
compulsorily convertible into equity shares within 10 years of issue, of ‘group
companies’. Thirdly such companies should not trade in securities except through
block sales of securities in the specified manner. Finally, they should not
carry on any other financial activity except investment in bank deposits, money
market instruments, etc.

Which CICs are required to be registered ?

A CIC is required to be registered if, firstly, it has total
assets of at least Rs. 100 crores. Secondly, it should have raised or should be
holding ‘public funds’. Public funds are inclusively defined and particularly
include debentures, public deposits, inter-corporate deposits and bank finance.
However, debentures compulsorily convertible into equity shares within 10 years
of issue are not included. Such CICs are called systemically important CICs
(referred to herein as CICs only).

It is important to note that even the separate assets of
other ‘companies in the group’, as defined, are to be considered while
determining whether the CIC has the required minimum Rs.100 crores of total
assets or not. Thus, effectively, the aggregate assets of group companies are to
be counted to determine whether the concerned investment company is a CIC or
not.

Separate category of such CICs:

Such CICs are known by a separate category now, viz.,
CIC-ND-SI.

When is application for such registration required to be made ?

Existing CICs are required to apply within a period of six
months from the date of notification of the Directions. Till their applications
are disposed of by the Reserve Bank of India, they can continue to carry on
their business as CIC. Companies that become CICs after the date of the
Directions are required to apply within three months of becoming a CIC.

Minimum net owned funds :

NBFCs are required to have and maintain a minimum amount of
net owned funds as defined in the Reserve Bank of India Act. However, the
formula for calculation of net owned funds (NOF) is such that for holding
investment companies, the NOF often cannot be attained. This is particularly
because of an inherent feature of such investment companies that they, by
definition, invest in ‘group companies’, while the formula for calculating net
owned funds require deduction of most part of such group investments from the
‘net owned funds’. In fact, it is often found that by this calculation, even a
high positive net worth company has negative ‘net owned funds’. It is now
notified and clarified that such CICs shall not be required to have the NOF.

Minimum capital requirements :

An important reason for bringing even
non-deposit-accepting large NBFCs into the requirement of registration and
supervision is that such companies should not leverage too much and put
themselves and perhaps the market at risk. Thus, a minimum capital adequacy
requirement has been prescribed. As regards CICs, it is required that they
should have a minimum adjusted net worth that is at least 30% of the
risk-weighted on-balance sheet and specified off-balance sheet assets.

The definition of terms such as ‘adjusted net worth’ and the
formula for calculation of risk-weighted assets have been prescribed.
Essentially, the adjusted net worth includes the ‘owned funds’ but adjusted by
100% of unrealised depreciation/50% of unrealised appreciation in the book value
of quoted investments calculated in the specified manner.

Maximum debt-equity ratio :

CICs are required to have and maintain a maximum debt-equity
ratio of 2.5 as calculated in the specified manner. Essentially stated, this is
the ratio of outside liabilities to adjusted net worth, both terms as
elaborately defined in the Directions.

Outside liabilities for this purpose mean the total
liabilities appearing on the liabilities side of the balance sheet, but exclude
the following :


(i) Paid up capital

(ii) Reserves and surplus

(iii) Instruments compulsorily convertible into equity
shares within a period not exceeding 10 years from the date of issue.


However, it is to be noted that all forms of debt and
obligations having the characteristics of debt are included. In particular,
guarantees issued, whether appearing on the balance sheet or not, are also
included.

This term is thus to be contrasted with the other similar
term, though used for a different purpose, and that is ‘public funds’.

Annual auditors’ compliance certificate :

CICs are required to submit annually a certificate from their
statutory auditors of compliance with the Directions. This certificate has to be
submitted within one month of the finalisation of the balance sheet of the CIC.

What are group companies?

As stated earlier, the assets of companies in the group are also to be considered for determining whether the minimum size of total assets of Rs. 100 crores has been reached or not. The term ‘companies in the group’ has been very widely defined and thus includes the following:
    i) Subsidiary-parent (defined in terms of AS-21)

    ii) Joint ventures (defined in terms of AS-27)

    iii) Associates (defined in terms of AS-23)

    iv) Promoter-promotee [as provided in the SEBI (Acquisition of Shares and Takeover) Regulations, 1997] for listed companies,
    v) related parties (defined in terms of AS-18)

    vi) Companies having common brand name

    vii) Having investment in equity shares of 20% and above.

Some areas requiring clarity:

There are several questions that need clearer answers and some of these are as follows:
    1. What is the status of a holding investment company that does not have the minimum assets, calculated in the prescribed manner, of Rs.100 crores??

Whether such company, if not yet registered, is not required to be registered?

The Reserve Bank of India has issued simultaneous notifications giving certain exemptions, but a more express and clear exemption would clarify such issues with greater finality.

    2. What would be the implications if a CIC is not in complying with the various requirements such as minimum capital adequacy, debt-equity ratio, etc. of these newly notified Directions?? By what time will it be required to be in compliance with such conditions?

    3. A question related to the earlier one is whether the requirements relating to, say, having minimum 90% investments in group companies mandatory for registration or mandatory conditions after registration. The intention appears to be that if a CIC is required to be registered, then they should ensure that their asset profile consists investments in group companies only as per the specified formula. One will have to see in practiced, how the Reserve Bank of India deals with such matter.

    4. It is seen that many of the related directions, circulars, etc., are presently prescribed, keeping in mind the regular categories of NBFCs such as loan, investment, etc. The CIC-ND-SI is clearly a separate category of NBFCs and hence these other directions would have to be amended to ensure coverage of such CICs as well, of course with suitable modifications where required. For example, the Directions to Auditors of 2008 would need appropriate amendments to cover such CICs.

    5. Can existing registered holding companies shift to this new category? As discussed earlier, many existing holding investment companies may be finding it difficult to maintain capital adequacy and other ratios. However, they may be already registered as investment companies, but surely they would like to obtain the benefit of the diluted requirements if they otherwise qualify for being registered as CICs. The Directions do not provide for shifting of registration from being an ordinary registered investment company to a CIC. It is hoped that in keeping with the spirit of these Directions, the Reserve Bank of India allows shifting of such registration.

Conclusion:

These new Directions will require several promoter groups, particularly of listed companies, to check whether their holding companies need compliance of these Directions in the form for registration. Further, they will need to make a plan of restructuring the capital and finances of such companies to ensure that they fall within the framework of the new Directions.

Promoter – to be or not to be? – the identity crisis of Promoters resolved partly by a recent SAT decision

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

This series of articles, introducing securities laws for
listed companies to the lay reader continues…




When is a person a Promoter of a listed company? When is he
not? What are the liabilities and disabilities of a Promoter that a person
connected with a listed company should know? Would a mere executive director
be a Promoter? Would a financial or strategic investor be a Promoter? Would
relatives of an existing Promoter be considered as Promoters? Would a
significant shareholding be the deciding factor? Would holding more shares
than the Promoter make a person a Promoter? These issues are of general
interest but they have come into sharper focus in the light of a recent
decision of the Securities Appellate Tribunal (“the SAT”) in the case of
Subhkam Ventures (I) Private Limited v. SEBI – Appeal No, 8 of 2009, order
dated 15th January 2010. In this decision, the SAT has considered a situation
where the issue was whether a private equity investor holding significant
quantity of shares and having certain rights was a ‘Promoter’.

Being a Promoter is a status that, in recent times, creates
more obligations than rights or advantages. The term Promoter, as we will see
in more detail later on, is really a result of being in control of a company.
However, it is a result and the fact that a person may be a promoter does not
give any right of control. Once a person is a Promoter, he faces several
handicaps – for example:-

1. if shares are allotted to him on a preferential basis,
lock-in period is higher.

2. he cannot increase his holding beyond a general
percentage (this restriction is for any significant shareholder but in
practice, would apply mainly to Promoters).

3. he cannot be granted ESOPs.

4. he will be counted for restriction on the number of
non-independent directors.

In addition, there are many disclosure requirements of his
holdings, his share pledges, etc. The irony is that though the Promoter in
India is in de facto and generally de jure control of a company, there are no
specific provisions holding the Promoter directly responsible. However, there
is a general provision holding a ‘person in control’ responsible for violation
by companies but it is a general provision and there is nothing specific
holding Promoters responsible for non-compliance or violation of laws.

Thus, there are sound reasons for a person to be hesitant
at being classified as a Promoter. Non-executive independent directors would
by definition not be Promoters and thus, they can avoid this categorisation.
The problem may be difficult for other non-executive directors, particularly
those who are nominees of the Promoters though not part of the Promoter Group.

There is a unique category of persons who are ex-promoters.
These include persons who have handed over control of the company to a new
Promoter but continue to hold significant shares. A category that is also not
infrequent is when a Promoter Group partitions and one branch gets control of
the company while the other holds shares but does not participate in control.
In an old case involving the Modi family/Modipon Limited

(Appeal No. 34/2001),
the Securities Appellate Tribunal held on the facts that a brother and his
group who were originally part of the Promoter Group were no more part of the
current Promoter Group, since they had separated and did not participate in
control.

However, recently, a more significant problem is faced by
persons who are significant investors in a company such as private equity
investors or similar financial investors. The category of ex-promoters may, on
facts, also fall in this group since they often retain significant holding and
also have certain contractual rights of representation and share decision
making power.

Would such persons be deemed to be in “control” of a
company or in joint control with the “main” Promoters?

The SAT had to consider a typical case and thus, we now
have the benefit of fairly detailed principles that have been laid down in
this decision. It must be clarified that SAT, in this case, had to decide
whether a person had acquired “control” and it can be seen that this issue is
substantially identical in determining ‘whether a person is a Promoter’. This
is because a person becomes a Promoter if he acquires “control”.

The facts of the case were that Subhkam, that has been
described as a private equity investor (“the PE Investor”), took a significant
24.26% stake in a listed company. As required under the Takeover Regulations,
for a person taking a 15% or higher stake, it made an open offer for another
20% shares. The terms of acquisition of shares by the PE Investor in the
listed company were that the PE Investor had certain rights. The significant
ones worth highlighting include the right to nominate a director, right of
consultation for appointment of certain senior officials, and a veto power in
the taking of certain specified acquired decisions. The issue was whether, by
virtue of such rights, the PE Investor had control and was thereby a Promoter.

Interestingly, the agreement giving the PE Investor such
rights specifically stated that the PE Investor was not a Promoter or in
control of the company.

The issue arose in a peculiar context. Subhkam had made an
open offer and in the draft letter of offer, it had specified itself only as a
financial investor. It specifically did not make an open offer under
Regulation 12 of the Takeover Regulations, which is attracted when a person
acquires control. However, SEBI, after much discussions, directed it to make
an open offer under Regulation 12 also. This direction was the subject matter
of appeal.

Incidentally, Regulation 12 requires open offer to be made by a person acquiring control in a listed company, irrespective of any acquisition of shares by him.

The SAT meticulously analysed important provisions of the agreement and also in the process, laid down important principles of determination of when a person is said to be in control of a listed company.

It is worth considering the exact wording of the definition of “control” under the SEBI Takeover Regulations:-

    “control” shall include the right to appoint majority of the directors or to control the management or policy decisions exercisable by a person or persons acting individually or in concert, directly or indirectly, including by virtue of their shareholding or management rights or shareholders agreements or voting agreements or in any other manner;

The SAT considered the above definition and observed:-

“This definition is an inclusive one and not exhaustive and it has two distinct and separate features: i) the right to appoint majority of directors or, ii) the ability to control the management or policy decisions by various means referred to in the definition. This control of management or policy decisions could be by virtue of shareholding or management rights or shareholders agreement or voting agreements or in any other manner.” Having considered the above, the SAT then went on to give a detailed description of what constitutes control and under what circumstances:-

“Control, according to the definition, is a pro-active and not a reactive power. It is a power by which an acquirer can command the target company to do what he wants it to do. Control really means creating or controlling a situation by taking the initiative. Power by which an acquirer can only prevent a company from doing what the latter wants to do is by itself not control. In that event, the acquirer is only reacting rather than taking the initiative. It is a positive power and not a negative power. In a board managed company, it is the board of directors that is in control. If an acquirer were to have power to appoint a majority of directors, it is obvious that he would be in control of the company but that is not the only way to be in control. If an acquirer were to control the management or policy decisions of a company, he would be in control. This could happen by virtue of his shareholding or management rights or by reason of shareholders agreements or voting agreements or in any other manner. The test really is whether the acquirer is in the driving seat. To extend the metaphor further, the question would be whether he controls the steering, accelerator, the gears and the brakes. If the answer to these questions is in the affirmative, then he alone would be in control of the company. In other words, the question to be asked in each case would be whether the acquirer is the driving force behind the company and whether he is the one providing motion to the organization. If yes, he is in control but not otherwise. In short, control means effective control.”

Having laid down what constitutes control, it examined the rights of the PE Investor in light of the agreement. It particularly stated that grant of rights to a significant investor can be expected since he would be likely to safeguard his investment. It held that having one nominee on the Board does not amount to having control.

The SAT analysed the provisions that give “veto rights” under certain circumstances to the PE Investor. If the company proposed to take certain acts as described in the agreement, which are typically significant and out of the normal course of business, the affirmative vote of the PE Investor was necessary. Would such a right mean that the PE Investor had acquired control? The SAT held that it did not. It observed:-

“The list of matters provided in clauses 9(a) to 9(o) are not in the nature of day to day operational control over the business of the target company. So also, they are not in the nature of control over either the management or policy decisions of the target company. These provisions merely enable the acquirer to oppose a proposal and not carry any proposal on its bidding… The mere fact that any such amendment requires an affirmative vote from the appellant is again indicative of the fact that it wants to protect its investment and that the basic structure of the company is not altered without its knowledge and approval. By no stretch of logic, can such an affirmative vote confer control over the day to day working of the company.”

Accordingly, the SAT held that the PE Investor had not acquired control and therefore was not required to make an open offer under Regulation 12. Curiously, the PE Investor would have held, if the open offer to acquire 20% was wholly successful, 44.26% shares, that would have been far more than the holding of the Promoters.

The decision was of course on facts. Often, depending upon situations, resulting also from the bargaining power of the investee company, the rights obtained may be more or less. The answer may be different. However, the general principles laid down by SAT can surely help in resolving situations such as these that are relatively quite common.

Pledge of shares by promoters

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

This series of articles introducing securities laws for
listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .


(1) SEBI has recently made disclosure of shares pledged by
Promoters compulsory. The requirements have come into effect from 28th January
2009 but the disclosures are to be made in stages/events and actually in more
than one way. As it is a new and continuing requirement it is important to
discuss the same. I expect these requirements to continuously evolve in the near
future. The impact on the market value of some scripts where promoters have
pledged a part of their holding has been negative.

(2) While SEBI has not stated the reason for introducing this
amendment, it perhaps does not need to, considering the heated discussion in the
press on the Satyam episode where the Promoters had pledged their shares which
in turn were sold by pledgees on invocation of the pledge and/or failure of the
promoter to provide additional margin. Most of such sales were made long before
the disclosure of the alleged scam when the prices were still high. The common
investor in India normally considers the stake of the Promoters in a company as
an important factor. The investors were outraged not only because the Promoters
had effectively encashed their holdings, but also by the consequent crash in the
price of shares.

(3) SEBI has acted in haste to prevent more Satyams, by
introducing disclosure requirements. It is a fact that this new requirement is
definitely useful and some rightfully argue that it was long overdue.

(4) Let us now examine the actual wording of the requirement.
I repeat that while earlier there was no requirement to disclose pledge of
shares by promoters, now the requirements are multiple overlapping and even at
times inconsistent. Let us first summarise the regulatory provisions :

(a) A new Regulation 8A has been inserted in the SEBI
Takeover Regulations. This regulation requires promoters to disclose to the
Company the details of shares pledged by them and the Company is required in
turn to intimate the same to the stock exchanges.

(b) Clause 35 of the Listing Agreement that requires
disclosure of shareholding pattern to be
intimated to the stock exchange has been amended
to include disclosure of shares held by Promoters that are pledged or
otherwise encumbered.

(c) Similarly, Clause 41 which requires publishing of
periodical results has been amended to also include the details of shares
pledged/encumbered by Promoters.


(5) These amendments though are stated to be with immediate
effect, have effectively differing applicability dates in terms of individual
requirements. However, before we go into these individual requirements, let us
consider some terms :

(a) Disclosure is to be made by Promoters and persons
belonging to the Promoter Group
. For this purpose, it has been stated that
the definition under Clause 40A of the Listing Agreement is to be followed.
This clause, in turn, refers to the definition of these terms under the SEBI
DIP Guidelines, but modifies that definition a little. For this article, the
collective term ‘Promoters’ is used to cover all of them.

(b) Disclosure is required of shares pledged. These
refer to shares of the listed company and not shares of any investment or
holding company through
which the Promoters may hold shares. This is seen
as a loophole that results in an incomplete picture of the effective
encumbrance of Promoters’ holding. Having said that, it is also true that in
many cases, lenders typically prefer pledge of shares of the listed company
itself as they can be easily sold and monies realised, instead of shares of
the holding company for which the process may be longer. Thus, the loophole in
reality, to a large extent is non-existent.

(c) Disclosure is to be of shares that are pledged
or otherwise encumbered. There is an inconsistency in the scheme of the
different provisions whereby for one set of provisions, the disclosure is to
be made of shares ‘pledged’ and for others, disclosure is also required of
shares ‘otherwise encumbered’ or just ‘encumbered’. These terms being common
legal terms are relatively easily understood, but if one goes into a detailed
analysis, which space constraints do not permit, there are indeed
complexities. For example, shares can be in paper form and dematerialised form
and the pledge of either of them can be in different manner. Also, shares can
be ‘encumbered’ in many ways and indeed there can be many ways in which
restrictions can be placed on the shares that may amount to encumbrance.

(6) Disclosure under the takeover regulations :


(a) A new Regulation 8A has been inserted to require
disclosure of ‘shares pledged’.

(b) There is a transitional requirement to cover pledges
existing on the date when the amendment came into effect. There is some
controversy as to when can the amendment be said to have come into effect, but
the conservative view is that the regulation has come into effect from 28th
January 2009. This date is important for the initial period of disclosure. It
is unfortunate that SEBI has not been more specific about the effective date.

(c) The Promoters have to intimate the details of the
pledged shares, in the prescribed format, to the listed Company within 7
working days of the amendment. The Company, in turn, has to inform the stock
exchanges where the shares of the Company are listed, within 7 working days of
receipt of information from promoters. However, this is to be done only if
during a calendar quarter, the cumulative quantity of shares pledged is at
least 25000 or 1% of the total shareholding/voting rights.

(d) For further pledges, the Promoters have to inform
within 7 working days of creation or invocation of pledge. The Company, in the
manner similar to the above, informs the stock exchanges of such further
pledges or invocation of the pledge.

7) Disclosure under amended Clauses 35/41 of the Listing Agreement:

a) These amended Clauses require disclosures of Promoters’ shares that are pledged or otherwise encumbered. Suitable formats have been provided for this.

b) The disclosures will be on a quarterly basis starting from the quarter ending March 2009.

c) Regulation 8A of the Takeover Regulations requires disclosure of pledged shares only by the Promoters of the company. How will the company then know what shares are ‘encumbered’ ? This may sound to be a lacuna, but perhaps a better view is upholding the spirit and that the Promoters should still inform of shares that are ‘encumbered’ also. The Promoters are in control of the company. The requirement is on the company to disclose the shares encumbered by the Promoters. The Promoters cannot claim that, on the one hand they are in control of the company and, on the other hand the company is a separate entity that should be treated as an entity independent for this purpose. Of course, SEBI could clarify the requirements to avoid confusion.

8) In conclusion, recollect the oft-quoted comment of Warren Buffet that:

“You only find out who is swimming naked when the tide goes out”.   

When Promoters pledge a substantial portion of their shares, they expose themselves and the company they control (and thereby the shareholders) to serious risks especially when there is a downturn.

The disclosures pursuant to these amendments  will :

  • help bringing out more clearly the holding of Promoters at risk.
  • bring in more transparency in the corporate world.

There is considerable discussion in the media that SEBI should mandate disclosure of end use of funds raised by pledge of shares. This information, in the opinion of the author, could be very relevant and indica te the risks being taken by the promoters which could impact the operations of the company whose shares have been ‘pledged’ or ‘encumbered’.

END TO ACCOUNTING ‘FLEXIBILITY’ IN CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING ? — Amends to The Listing Agreement

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

SEBI has sought to limit certain accounting ‘flexibility’ in
mergers, demergers and other restructuring. SEBI has done this by issuing a
Circular directing an amendment to the listing agreement. The focus of the
amendment is on certain deviations from Accounting Standards commonly carried
out as part of schemes of mergers, demergers, reduction of capital, etc.

SEBI has sought to attain this objective indirectly and, one
could even say cleverly, and with apparently more effect than it would have done
it directly. It has also attempted to kill several birds with one stone. Or has
SEBI attempted too much and ended up with a provision with limited effect?

In essence, SEBI has required that companies proposing
certain schemes of mergers, demergers, etc. shall submit, in advance, a
certificate from their auditors that the matters contemplated in the scheme are
in compliance with Accounting Standards.

Let us consider some background.

First, let us consider mergers and demergers. Schemes of
mergers, demergers, etc. provide for transfer of assets and liabilities and/or
for other matters. The implications of accounting for amalgamations are
substantial enough to warrant a separate Accounting Standard 14 on Accounting
for Amalgamations.

While AS-14 deals with several matters, it makes a special
provision for treatment of Reserves. It states that if the scheme provides for
treatment of reserves otherwise than what the AS requires, the scheme should be
followed, but certain disclosures should be made particularly about what would
be the effect if the AS was followed. In other words, deviations would be
possible but through disclosure. Thus, the scheme would, to that extent,
override the Accounting Standard, subject to the safeguard of disclosure.

In fact, as a general principle, we know that ICAI’s
Accounting Standards do not override provisions of law. As paragraphs 4.1 and
4.2 of the Preface to the Statements on Accounting Standards says, in case of
inconsistency, the provisions of law will prevail. However, in such a case, the
ICAI will determine the extent of disclosure required in the financial
statements and the auditors report. See also the general ‘Announcement’ of the
ICAI on the implications of a Court/Tribunal order sanctioning an accounting
treatment which is different from that prescribed by an Accounting Standard
which is highlighted later.

It is quite common then that such schemes provide for an
alternate accounting treatment of reserves, etc. and Courts usually approve
them. Thus, there is a fairly widespread practice of what I would call
‘deviations through disclosure’
.

The SEBI amendment also covers other forms of restructuring
such as capital reduction. Even under such schemes, inter alia, capital reserves
such as securities premium and capital redemption reserves can be used for
purposes which otherwise are not allowed. Moreover, as we will see in the Bombay
High Court’s decision in Hindalco’s restructuring case, such schemes may go
beyond mere freeing up of the capital reserves. They may even provide for
debit of certain expenses to such reserves where such debit may otherwise
(allegedly in that case) not be permissible under the Accounting Standards.

Of course, it is not as if all such deviations are
necessarily attempts to avoid the spirit of the Accounting Standards and, very
often, the intention may be bona fide including avoidance of some archaic
provisions of law or simply to give a better picture of the underlying
commercial reality. There is also at least the small safeguard of disclosure.
However, it is also true that, particularly as we will see in case of other
restructuring such as reduction of capital, this was also seen to be an almost
carte blanche power.

SEBI has pointed out in the Circular that in some recent
schemes filed before the High Courts, the accounting treatment of ‘various
items’ is not in accordance with the applicable Accounting Standards (‘AS’). To
stop this, it has introduced the requirement of auditors’ certificate that the
scheme is in compliance with Accounting Standards. More importantly, the actual
amendment further provides that a mere disclosure as permitted under AS-14
giving certain details relating to a departure from the AS is not sufficient.


The amendment, as I said earlier, is clever. No regulation
has been laid down (which would have required certain law-making procedures to
be followed) to make such requirement. Nor has SEBI needed to plead to the MCA
to amend its rules relating to Accounting Standards. Indeed, no substantive
requirement has been made at all even in the listing agreement to follow the
Accounting Standards. Instead, a simple procedural requirement is made
that the auditors’ certificate will be obtained — in advance — stating that
Accounting Standards have been complied with in respect of matters covered in
the scheme. And further, the usual route of deviating by disclosing would not
be permitted.


Does this stop the accounting ‘flexibility’ through such
schemes ?

The amendment does make the listed company indirectly comply
with Accounting Standards and the specific requirement that deviation through
disclosure is not permitted makes it even more effective.

Note several implications and limitations though.

The auditors’ certificate is required for compliance of all
Accounting Standards and not merely Accounting Standard-14.

Secondly, the certificate is required for all types of
schemes
— whether of mergers,
demergers, reduction of capital, etc. — in fact, all scheme/petitions to
be filed before any Court or Tribunal u/s.391, u/s.394 and u/s.101 of the
Companies Act, 1956. AS-14 is, of course, applicable only to amalgamations and
not to other type of schemes. Courts have also held that the said AS-14 applies
only to amalgamations and hence its applicability cannot be raised in other
schemes [see, e.g., Gallops Reality’s case 150 Comp. Cas. 596 (Guj.)]. However,
where other Accounting Standards apply to the particular transactions in a
scheme, the certificate would cover them too.

Having said that, the requirement applies only to compliance
of Accounting Standards and not to accounting of transactions where Accounting
Standards do not apply.

Further, if certain restructuring of reserves is carried out
under a statutory provision, the clause cannot apply. A good example is
restructuring of capital reserves such as share premium or other similar capital
surpluses. Even though SEBI has sought to cover schemes involving reduction of
capital, it is arguable that since the accounting of share premium is strictly
not covered by Accounting Standards, the new provisions will not apply.

Consider another aspect that is not touched by the Accounting Standards and therefore remains untouched by the amendment. If a reserve is treated as a ‘capital reserve’ as so required by the AS, does that, by itself, make it a ‘capital reserve’ for the purposes of the Companies Act, 1956, particularly for the provisions relating to reduction of capital

    Thus, for example, would such reserve would become thereby at par with ‘Share Premium’ ? To take it further, would it make at par with ‘Revaluation Reserve’ — particularly when, in reality, its source may be revaluation ? Would the statutory restrictions relating to dividends, bonus shares, etc. apply to such a reserve ? I believe that this would continue to remain a grey area even after this amendment.

Then there is a larger issue and this can be explained by a case study in the form of a recent Bombay High Court decision in the case of Hindalco Industries Limited (2009) 94 SCL 1 (Bom.). In this case, to summarise the essence, the company proposed a scheme of restructuring u/s.391 of the Companies Act, 1956, under which the Securities Premium Account of the company would be transferred to a ‘Reconstruction Reserve Account’. To this account, certain specified expenses and losses would be debited. The question was, if such adjustment was otherwise not in compliance with Accounting Standards, whether such a scheme could be permitted and generally whether non-compliance with accounting standards was permissible.

    Essentially, the Court stated that, firstly, the provisions of S. 211(3A)-(3C), while they do create a requirement of compliance with accounting standards, do also provide that where they are not followed, certain disclosures shall be made. In other words, it held that there is also a form of ‘deviation through disclosure’ possible.

    The Court also referred to ICAI’s ‘Announcement on Disclosures in cases where a Court/Tribunal makes an order sanctioning an accounting treatment which is different from that prescribed by an Accounting Standard’. This substantive part of this Announcement reads as under :

Paragraph 4.2 of the ‘Preface to the Statements of Accounting Standards’ (revised 2004) provides as under :

“4.2 The Accounting Standards by their very nature cannot and do not override the local regulations which govern the preparation and presentation of financial statements in the country. However, the ICAI will determine the extent of disclosure to be made in financial statements and the auditor’s report thereon. Such disclosure may be by way of appropriate notes explaining the treatment of particular items. Such explanatory notes will be only in the nature of clarification and therefore need not be treated as adverse comments on the related financial statements.”

In the case of companies, S. 211(3B) of the Companies Act, 1956, provides that “Where the profit and loss account and the balance sheet of the company do not comply with the Accounting Standards, such companies shall disclose in its profit and loss account and balance sheet, the following, namely :

  a)  the deviation from the accounting standards;

  b)  the reasons for such deviation; and

    c) the financial effect, if any, arising due to such deviation.”

In view of the above, if an item in the financial statements of a company is treated differently pursuant to an order made by the Court/Tribunal, as compared to the treatment required by an Accounting Standard, following disclosures should be made in the financial statements of the year in which different treatment has been given :
  (1)  A description of the accounting treatment made along with the reason that the same has been adopted because of the Court/Tribunal Order.
  (2)  Description of the difference between the accounting treatment prescribed in the Accounting Standard and that followed by the company.
  (3)  The financial impact, if any, arising due to such a difference.It is recommended that the above disclosures should be made by enterprises other than companies also in similar situations.

  (c)  The question then is whether this decision is now overridden by the SEBI amendment ? The answer does not seem to be wholly clear. One view can be that the company has to obtain an auditor’s report stating that the Scheme is in compliance of the Accounting Standards. If it can be held on the facts that the scheme is not and therefore the auditor’s certificate states so accordingly, then, despite the aforesaid decision, the requirement would not be complied with. The other view can be that since SEBI has specifically stated that ‘deviation through disclosure’ of only the specified requirements of   AS-14  would not be permitted and therefore, in case of ‘deviation through disclosure’ for other Accounting Standards remains open.
  (i)  Incidentally, there can also be two views whether, particularly in light of the Supreme Court’s decision in J. K. Industries v. UOI, (2007) 80 Comp. Cas. 415 (SC), whether the aforesaid decision in Hindalco’s case is, with respect, correct. This is specifically on the Bombay High Court’s view that ‘deviation through disclosure’ is permissible and that, in that sense, the Accounting Standards are not strictly mandatory. However, this controversy is best left open here and may be a subject of a separate discussion.

In the end, it is seen that SEBI’s shot, howsoever well intended, has limited effect. It has limited cover-age of types of transactions and schemes. It does not cover all types of reserves — indeed, in practice, it may not cover statutory reserves such as share premium, etc. and the impact on other reserves is also limited. With slightly better wording, it could have covered assuredly even covered matters other than treatment of reserves.

However, the amendment is likely to bring a partial end to the route of deviation through disclosure.

SEBI has thus attempted to hit several birds with one stone, but apparently it has brushed, not even hit, one bird, but that, I guess, is better than nothing.

Recent Decisions of SAT

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities LawsThis series of
articles introducing securities laws for listed companies to the lay reader
continues . . .

1. The decisions of SAT, the Securities Appellate Tribunal,
are important because they not only reveal the securities laws in a better light
by giving interpretations on issues, but they also give a certain level of
finality to such interpretations since the next and last stop after SAT through
appeal is the Supreme Court. Hence, it is worth considering some recent
decisions of the Hon’ble SAT.

2.1 Whether non-compete fees can be considered as part of
open offer price
[Shri Sukumar Chand Jain v. SEBI and others, (Appeal
No. 25 of 2008, date of decision 10th April 2008)] :

(a) This was a case of acquisition of controlling interest in
a Listed Company and the issue was the open offer price that should be paid to
the public shareholders. While there are certain other facts of the case, the
short issue here was whether non-compete fees paid to the erstwhile promoters
should be included in the open offer price to be paid to the shareholders.

(b) It appears that the Acquirer had acquired the shares of
the Listed Company from the existing Promoters at a certain price. However, a
significant amount was also paid to the erstwhile Promoters as ‘non-compete
fee’.

(c) The appellant was aggrieved by the fact that the
non-compete fee was not included in the open offer price and he claimed that the
existing Promoters who sold their shares effectively got a higher price than the
minority public shareholders. He prayed to SEBI to require the Offerer to
increase the open offer price by including the ‘non-compete’ component.

(d) Initially, SEBI agreed to the plea and gave appropriate
directions to the Offerer. However, on personal hearing and representation, SEBI
agreed that since the non-compete fee was not more than 25% of the open offer
price, it was covered by Regulation 20(4) read with Regulation 20(8) and hence
it need not be added to the open offer price. It needs to be noted that the
Regulations do permit a certain level of non-compete fee to be paid without the
same being required to be considered for computing the open offer price.

(e) The appellant appealed to SAT against the order of SEBI.

(f) Interestingly, SAT focussed on the issue of the bona
fides of the appellant rather than the merits of the case and finally concluded,
as discussed below, that mainly since the appellant had not come with clean
hands, relief could not be given. It must be emphasised though that prima
facie
the order of SEBI of not including the non-compete fees did have merit
— the only point is that this aspect was not considered in order of SAT.

(g) However, this decision is important owing to the fact
that often so-called ‘arbitrageurs’ enter into a company just before or
immediately after an open offer. They believe that they would profit either from
the open offer, which they predict would be higher than their purchase price, or
that because of such open offer, the market price would otherwise rise. Millions
of dollars were made by such arbitrageurs (such as Ivan Boesky) in the US. The
problem is that the prediction of such arbitrageurs may go wrong and then they
try to use some means or the other to compensate themselves. It is seen in the
US that at times they ‘greenmail’ the Company or the Promoters by requiring them
to buy their shares or they may resort even to litigation to get the open offer
price increased. I hasten to clarify that I do not claim that this was so in the
present case. However, SAT had strong words and grounds for rejecting the claim
of the appellant.

(h) The SAT observed that “We are inclined to agree with him
(the Offerer’s counsel) and the reason for this is that we are not satisfied
with the bona fides of the appellant in filing the present appeal.” The
appellant had claimed that the Offerer was not offering a fair price to the
shareholders by not including the non-compete fee. However, the SAT
stated that it could not understand why the appellant bought the shares after
the open offer announcement was made. In other words, the appellant did not hold
shares as on the date of the announcement but acquired shares thereafter.

(i) The SAT also noted that not only did he acquire shares
after the announcement, but the appellant also actively traded in the shares of
the Company thereafter and even increased his final holding. The Hon’ble SAT
commented, “Obviously, the appellant had purchased the shares only to litigate
with the target company.”.

(j) Hence, SAT concluded, “We are satisfied that he has not
approached the Tribunal with clean hands and must fail on this short ground”.

(k) The SAT also noted that the appellant had unconditionally
offered his shares to the Offerer pursuant to the open offer, hence, he could
not thereafter claim a higher price. The SAT commented, “In view of this conduct
of the appellant, he is estopped from challenging the purchase made by the
acquirer nor can he claim a higher price. As already observed, if he was not
satisfied from the beginning as to the price offered by the acquirer, then why
did he offer his shares unconditionally. Having done so, he has to be non-suited
on this ground.”.

(l) Finally, the SAT dismissed the appeal, stating that it
had not gone into the merits of the appeal.

2.2 While the decision is interesting and brings into
light interesting aspects of Offerer, the following comments are respectfully
offered :


(1) The mere fact that a person has entered after the
announcement or that he may have traded in the shares after the announcement
should not be held against him. In the US, though there have been excesses, such
arbitrageurs have been found to perform an important function in
price-discovery. Often, other shareholders have got a better price because of
active interest taken by arbitrageurs. Whatever the case may be, the mere fact
that a person is an arbitrageur does not make him, per se, a person with
mala fide intentions and in any case such activities are not illegal and in fact
are, in principle, at par with speculators in general. Having said that, though,
it must also be noted that SAT recorded a finding that the appellant bought the
shares only to litigate.

(2) the mere fact that certain inconvenience may result if the higher price had to be offered to all shareholders, should not be a reason to reject the appeal. It was found that a large number of shareholders did not offer the shares pursuant to the open offer. Thus, there would be a dilemma as to whom the difference in price could be paid. That was another ground on which the appeal was rejected. However, it is respectfully submitted that this problem could have been solved in many ways. In any case, assuming for a moment that the claim for a higher price was justified, then it would have been the fault of the Offerer of not having offered the correct price. He could be made to give a revised offer and shareholders given a fresh chance to offer their shares.

3) However, it must be noted that, though the SAT did not go into the merits of the case and that is whether the non-compete consideration should have been added to the open offer price, prima facie, Regulation 20(8) does permit payment of non-compete consideration up to 25% of the open offer price. SEBI apparently concluded that this limit was not exceeded. Hence, though the SAT did not go into the merits and correctness of this fact, perhaps this was not needed.

3. Then there are two other decisions worth noting for the strong words used by the Hon’ble SAT on the attitude of SEBI causing injustice to the parties concerned. The SAT awarded hefty costs. The decisions are:

3.1 Delay in listing of additional shares issued allegedly on account of acts and omissions of SEBI and the stock exchange – Palco Metals Limited v. (1) The Ahmedabad Stock Exchange -r Limited and (2) SEBI (Appeal No.4 of 2007, decision dated 16th April 2008)

a) The facts are interesting and not uncommon and in essence reflect the endless to and fro pass-ing of the file relating to the listing of the shares of the Company that were allotted to certain shareholders.

While the facts are complicated, it can be stated that essentially, the issue was the huge delay by the stock exchange and SEBI in listing certain shares allotted by the Company. The listing of the Company was suspended in 1993 on account of non payment of listing fees. However, the listing was restored in 1997 and immediately thereafter, the Company made a preferential allotment of shares.

m) The listing of such shares allotted remained pending on account of certain to-and-fro claims and passing of the file between SEBI and the stock exchange. Claims made for not listing the shares were found to be vague and baseless by SAT,because non-compliance was alleged without specifying any particular provision.

n) SAT made certain strong remarks against SEBI and the stock exchange; some of the observations are reproduced:

“The Board and the exchange should realise the loss suffered by the shareholders of the company who have been deprived of the opportunity to trade their shares in the market. This is not the way to protect their interests.”

……….

Before concluding, we may mention that the exchange has not put in appearance despite service and we have had no assistance from its side. The Board, as usual, has taken the stand that the issue is between the appellant and the concerned stock exchange, though earlier it had not permitted the exchange to allow list-ing.”

o) The SAT finally ordered that the shares should be granted listing within 2 weeks of its order. It also awarded costs of Rs.1lakh to be shared equally by SEBI and the stock exchange.

5. Is the Managing Director a whole-time director? ! – Vyas Securities Pvt. Ltd. and Another v. SEBI, (Appeal No. 165 of 2007, decision dated 3rd April 2008)

p) This decision is less on the facts or the law and more .on the peculiar and allegedly arbitrary attitude of SEBI. In fact, the Hon’ble SAT begins its decision with the words, “This case is yet another instance of how arbitrary the Securities and Exchange Board of India could be when it comes to dealing with the market intermediaries. We say so because the facts of the case speak for themselves.”.

q) The facts are not very complicated. Essentially, the appellant was a broking company that was converted to a corporate entity from a non-corporate individual broking entity. The issue was whether the corporate entity would get continuity in terms of payment of fees to SEBI. SEBI had permitted such continuity on corporatisation on, inter alia, the condition that the erstwhile broker-individual should act as the whole-time director of the converted corporate entity for 3 years.

r) As per the decision, SEBI apparently claimed that such individual was only the Chairman and Managing Director and not the whole-time Director! ! Thus, the exemption should not be given and the corporate entity should be made to pay fees that the broker-individual had effectively already paid. Of course, there were certain alleged discrepancies that were put forth as grounds for rejection of such claim (such as discrepancies regarding date/time of meetings which SEBI felt pointed towards ma-nipulation of documents), but this contention was found to be very unreasonable by SAT.

s) SAT resolved the other discrepancies relating to dates and genuineness of the documents by other documents and legal reasoning. It also noted that SEBI itself had granted exemption in similar cases.

t) On the issue whether legally and in facts, the director was also the Whole-time Director of the Company, the SAT observed as follows:

“Now when we look at the proceedings as recorded, it is not in dispute that Pradyuman was appointed the Managing Director and Chairman of the company by two separate resolutions in the Board meeting held on 31-7-1998. As a managing director he cannot but be a whole-time director of the company.

The term Managing Director has been defined in S. 2(26) of the Companies Act and it means a Director who by virtue of an agreement with the company or of a resolution passed by the company by its Board of Directors or by virtue of its memorandum of Articles of Association is entrusted with substantial powers of management which would not otherwise be exercisable by him. There was no other claim set up by any other person to the managing directorship of the company and we see no reason for the Deputy General Manager to have doubted that fact. In view of this, she should have accepted the claim of the company.

u) Allowing the appeal with costs, the Hon’ble SAT concluded as follows:

“For the reasons recorded above and while expressing our displeasure in regard to the manner in which the Deputy General Manager has conducted the proceedings, we allow the appeal and set aside the impugned order. The appellants will have their costs which are assessed at Rs.50,000.”

The SEBI Pyramid Order — A fascinating case study of greed, high-tech investigation and weak laws

1) The recent SEBI order in the matter of Pyramid makes a fascinating read from many angles —the sheer brazenness of the fraud, the portrayal of the alleged main culprit almost as a hero by the press, the alleged direct involvement of senior journalists from leading newspapers, the way in which many investors, including funds, succumbed to the greed and fell for the scam, and so on. Above all, the most amazing aspect is the meticulous, high-tech investigation done by SEBI — said to be under an IPS officer specially appointed for this purpose — in which every step of the scam was meticulously investigated and documen-ted, for example, the actual physical location and movements of the alleged prime culprits were tracked through mobile tower records as to where they were, whom they met and whom they called or SMSed. There are many more such interesting details in this case, some of which are highlighted here. However, I would recommend to the readers to go through this 54 page order available on SEBI’s website.

2) One may wonder why such an order did not receive the wide publicity it deserved. The cynic in me believes that this was because journalists (including an ex-journalist) of a leading business and other newspapers were allegedly to be directly involved — in fact, one of them has been arrested.

3) The case has lessons for both companies and professionals. The high tech atmosphere we are living in ensures that the way in which we interact — through calls and SMS, through emails and even physical movements can be meticulously documented and unravelled. Bank accounts and their transactions, stock market transactions, share transfers through depositories are all through electronic mode and the details of which can be instantly unravelled in detail. What is worse, one may be put on the defensive even if calls, SMS or even stock markets transactions happened unknowingly with parties who are later found to be scamsters. The technology of recording, satellite tracking, mobile call records, etc. may raise embarrassing questions and instead of the regulator being required to prove guilt, the onus may shift on the accused simply on basis of these records.

4) The case will also have repercussions under securities and other laws. The issues are :

  •  how far such electronic data — in several new forms including physical locations of persons based on the location of their mobile phone —can be held to be admissible evidence.
  •  whether under the applicable laws, particularly the securities laws administered by SEBI, such data is sufficient to hold a person guilty.

It need to be noted that, even as I write this article, the person whom SEBI alleges to be the prime accused/mastermind is still not arrested and reportedly, SEBI is consulting senior criminal lawyers as to whether SEBI has the power to arrest him. Probably, the reason is that even this meticulous investigation has not been able to bring up evidence that would prove, to the level demanded by criminal law, his involvement.

5) Let us then go straight into the case. Let us start with what has been stated to have happened. I may add a caveat here that this article is intended to be an academic exercise to understand more of securities laws through the Order as a case study. Hence, the correctness or otherwise of the statements made in the Order are not known and are simply assumed to be correct to help focus on the interesting issues involved. Further, the Order itself is interim and without giving the parties a benefit of a reply or hearing. To make this article readable, I have avoided the use of the word ‘allegedly’ ad nauseam throughout this article but it should be read into every statement.

6) Pyramid Saimira Theatre Limited is a listed company. Its background is not relevant here except that there were 2 promoter groups represented by Mr. P. S. Saminathan and Mr. Nirmal Kotecha. Some shares were transferred between the two groups which would have triggered an open offer. However, before SEBI could examine the matter and give a direction, a forged SEBI order was served on the Company and its Promoters. As per this order, Mr. Saminathan was required to make an open offer within 14 days at a price of Rs. 250, when the ruling market price was around Rs. 70 — a fraction of such open offer price —and that too was allegedly manipulated.

7) One can expect the sheer temptation to buy shares at the ruling price of around Rs. 70 with a hope of getting the SEBI-ordered price of Rs. 250 or at least a modest and quick appreciation by selling at a higher price. As the proverbial fools rushed in to buy (including several funds), Mr. Nirmal Kotecha and his alleged associates started selling — and selling as if there was no tomorrow. He sold almost the whole of his stake as Promoter — he started selling when the price was Rs. 70-80 and went on selling when the price fell as the fact that the SEBI letter was a forgery came to be known.

8) The resultant investigation revealed a meticulously timed conspiracy. A letter on a letterhead identical to SEBI’s was couriered by an ex-journalist. The courier company was directed to serve the letter not in the normal course but on a specific day. Accounts were opened with several brokers and preparations made to dump the shares at the time when such letter was served and the news was made public. And then the shares were thus sold as if in a torrent. As per the Order, Nirmal Kotecha himself and through associated entities sold 70.99 lakhs shares.

9) Further investigation showed that the facts were even murkier. The price of about Rs. 75 was itself a jacked-up price by Nirmal Kotecha allegedly using several front persons to engage in circular/fictitious trades. The front persons used were, as SEBI found out, very poor persons staying in the distant suburbs of Mumbai. These persons, with nil or nominal income, traded in lakhs of shares of Pyramid. Interestingly, when SEBI visited one of such persons — an impoverished engineering student — he admitted that he had no knowledge of the trading and that blank signed documents of various types were obtained from him. Shockingly, while this interview was in progress, Nirmal Kotecha barged in and asked him to stop giving the statement and modify the earlier statement. Resultantly, he stopped giving the statement. SEBI has filed police complaint against Nirmal Kotecha for such obstruction.

10. The high tech investigation of SEBI to unravel some aspects of the conspiracy is something to admire and appreciate. The forged letter was allegedly issued by an ex-journalist who, alongwith certain other journalist colleagues, arranged for wide publicity of the letter. SEBI tracked the exact movements of Nirmal Kotecha and these persons by using the mobile tower data of their mobiles. It traced them to exact locations during the critical period when the fraud was happening – near a temple in Dadar and in a reputed restaurant in Dadar. It was found that these persons had been in this hotel for a specified period together. It was then found that two of such persons proceeded to go towards Dalal Street.

11. Calls made by such persons during such periods were traced with the length of the calls noted. The sequence of calls was also used to construct the underlying conspiracy at it happened. Interestingly, the mobile number of the Company Secretary of Pyramid was given to some journalists who wanted to confirm the correctness of the information. The Company Secretary said that he had no knowledge of the SEBI letter. Yet another number of another Company Secretary of Pyramid group was given. It turned out that the number actually was in the name of another person and did not belong to the other Company Secretary. Such person took the calls and confirmed the information. The Company Secretary to whom such journalists assumed they were talking denied receiving any such call. The person who took the calls is not traceable.

12. Email exchanges of concerned parties were also meticulously traced to know particularly how publicity was organised for the forged letter.

13. It will be interesting to see as to what extent the data of this sophisticated investigation in the form of call logs, actual physical locations of mobiles, etc. are admissible as evidence in law and useful to pinpoint the guilt, particularly for prosecution.

14. SEBI has also uncovered other information relating to the case. It appears that huge withdrawals and deposits of cash were made in accounts allegedly connected to Nirmal Kotecha. The fronts through whom Nirmal Kotecha dealt with also received huge loans from certain persons who also are allegedly connected with Nirmal Kotecha. These loans were alleged to have been arranged by a Chartered Accountant.

15. The investigation led to earlier years and it was found that the seeds of the conspiracy were sown much earlier around when shares in Pyramid were allotted to Nirmal Kotecha. The merchant banker who carried out several assignments for Pyramid also gave a buy recommendation for the shares of Pyramid giving a very high target price – far higher than recommendations by other analysts.

16. Even the purchase of shares between the two Promoters which would have triggered the open offer was alleged to be fictitious.

17. SEBI has vide its interim Order banned almost 250 entities in various manner till further directions. Generally, these entities have been banned from buying/selling in the capital markets. Curiously, the fronts – the pathetically poor persons – have also been barred from buying/selling. The merchant banker who gave a buy recommendation for Pyramid has beenbanned from giving further recommendations. One of the brokers who opened the accounts of Nirmal Kotecha and his fronts has been barred from accepting new clients.

18. The investigation also shatters some illusions of an independent press. Several existing and past journalists are alleged to have been directly involved in the scam. The Order said that one of them agreed to carry out his part for, what he admitted, a sum of Rs. 10,000. They also used their contacts with other newspapers and parties to publicise this letter and even coordinated with Nirmal Kotecha to arrange for confirmations from officials of the Company. Sadly, but perhaps expectedly, the Order received disproportionately less coverage. A leading business newspaper whose Assistant Editor was accused of being directly part of the scam published a brief article reporting the Order and adding a cryptic sentence that the journalist was under investigation. What is even more curious is the creation by the press of a hero-like halo around Nirmal Kotecha, tracing his ambitions and role-models and how a person coming from a very modest background managed to reach a net worth of Rs. 500 crores at the age of 36 years. His alleged modus operandi of making huge monies buying into shares of otherwise dud companies at low prices and then rigging up the price for offloading such shares has almost been glorified.

19. One cannot also help wondering at the motivations and the expectations of the perpetrators of the scam. How did they believe that they could get away with such a brazen scam of issuing a forged SEBI letter that SEBI was bound to immediately deny issuing? One can accept that they did not expect that their physical movements and calls would be traced with such sophistication and precision. But, how did they believe that their earlier trading and subsequent sales would not be tracked?

In short, is there a faith of such individuals in the defective legal system and its enforcement and perhaps even the corruption that they can expect to get away with such transactions? To repeat, as of writing this article, the person whom SEBI alleges to be the mastermind and main beneficiary has yet to be arrested. It is also to be seen whether such persons would be allowed to use the Consent Order mechanism and escape severe punishment.

20.  This case also, particularly as it develops, would become a case study for a student in securities laws since there would be numerous provisions that would be found to have been violated. These would include provisions relating to price manipulation, false trading, Insider Trading, code of conduct of stock brokers and merchant bankers, and so on. This is apart from, of course, other laws such as the Indian Penal Code.

Legal compliance — Directors’ responsibility

Laws and Business

1. Introduction :


1.1 In India, we are surrounded by a plethora of laws and
regulations. Being in business is not easy and there is a multitude of legal
obligations and reporting requirements. It is in this backdrop that a business
must consider and study the relevance of several laws which could turn out to be
decisive to the success of a business. Non-compliance with certain laws may
affect the very substratum of the business or the going concern concept of an
entity.

1.2 A company is an inanimate body and it functions through
its Board of Directors. The Directors are the brain and the heart of the
company. The Directors have been vested with wide powers under the Companies
Act, 1956. However, as powers and responsibilities are two sides of the same
coin, the Directors also have several and vicarious responsibilities. It is well
known that Directors owe a fiduciary responsibility to the company and its
shareholders as they are Trustees and Agents of the company.

1.3 The Companies Act contains several express provisions
dealing with the responsibility of Directors — the Act prescribes that in case
of certain offences by the company, the Directors are personally liable. For
instance, in several Sections, the Companies Act provides that the company and
every ‘officer in default’ shall be liable for punishment and/or
prosecution. S. 5 of the Act defines the term ‘officer in default’ to mean the
Managing Director and any Director so specified, and failing both, all the
Directors of the Board. However, if the Director can demonstrate that he had
entrusted responsibility of overseeing the compliance to a competent and
reliable person, then he would be able to use this as a defence. S. 211 of the
Act is one such Section which expressly makes such a provision. Thus, it all
boils down to a question of fact as to whether the Director was negligent in his
duties and hence, punishable for the offence.

2. Are Directors responsible under laws other than the Companies Act ?


2.1 The Companies Act is only one of the several laws which
impact a company. A company is also liable for complying with several other laws
which directly or indirectly impact its operations. Directors being the organ
through which a company functions they are also responsible for ensuring that
the company complies with the responsibilities and obligations mandated by the
relevant enactments. The important laws concerning a company in addition to the
all-important Companies Act, 1956, can be classified as under :



  • Commercial Laws



  • Immovable and Intellectual Property Laws



  •  Financial & Capital Market Laws



  • Labour Laws



  • Taxation Laws



  • Others



2.2 Some of the important laws under each of the above
include :

(A)
Commercial Laws :

  •  Indian Contract Act
  •  Limitation Act
  •  Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Act
  •  Arbitration and Conciliation Act
  •  Negotiable Instruments Act
  •  Information Technology Act
  •  The Competition Act


2.3 Immovable and Intellectual Property Laws :

  • Bombay/Indian Stamp Act
  •  Registration Act
  •  State Property laws, if the company is a real estate developer, such as, the Development Control Regulations, Maharashtra Flat Ownership Act, etc.
  •  Trademarks Law
  • Patents Law
  • Copyrights Law
  • Geographical Designs Act
  •  Rent Act


2.4 Financial & Capital Market Laws:

  • SEBIDIP Guidelines – for a company coming out with a public issue


  • SEBI Insider  Trading  Regulations


  • SEBI (ESOP) Guidelines


  • SEBI (Buyback of Shares) Regulations


  • Regulations for Capital Market Intermediaries, if the company is one, e.g., the company is a stockbroker


  • Listing agreement


  • Foreign Exchange Management Act and Regulations

2.5 Labour  Laws:

  • Payment  of Bonus Act
  • Payment  of Gratuity  Act
  • Employees’ Provident Funds & Miscellaneous Provisions Act
  • Minimum  Wages Act
  • Workmen’s Compensation Act
  • Employee Pension Scheme
  • Employees State Insurance Act
  • Industrial Disputes Act
  • Payment of Wages Act
  • Factories Act
  • Employers’ Liability Act
  • Employment Exchanges (Compulsory notification of vacancies) Act
  • Equal Remuneration Act
  • The Maternity Benefit Act


2.6  Taxation Laws:

  • Income-tax  Act
  • Central  Excise Act
  • Customs  Act
  • Value Added  Tax/Sales  Tax
  • Service Tax/Finance Act
  • Central Sales Tax


2.7  Others:

  • Sector Specific Laws, e.g., Drugs and Cosmetics Act, Drug Price Control Order, Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act for Pharma Sector, Cinematograph Act for Media Sector, etc.
  • Air Pollution Act, Water Pollution Act, Environment Protection Act, etc.
  • Shops and  Establishments Act


3. There can be no quarrel against the proposition that a company can be proceeded against in criminal proceedings even where the imposition of sentence is provided for. That law is laid down in Standard Chartered Bank & Others v. Directorate of Enforcement & Ors., [(2005) 4 SCC 530]. However, that case does not state that the company alone should be prosecuted. Hence, in the case of a company not only the company, but also the Directors can be personally proceeded against and punished. We are all familiar with the Directors’ responsibility u/s.138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act dealing with dishonouring of a cheque. The consequence u/ s.138 is imprisonment and there is no provision even for exempting professional and independent Directors of the company, who are in no way connected with the day-to-day management of a company. However, there are judicial decisions whiCn have taken a reasonable interpretation on this enactment but harassment continues. Thus, Director’s responsibilities are extremely onerous and it is often said that being a company’s Director is like wearing the proverbial ‘Crown of Thorns’.

4. Many laws provide that where the person committing any offence is a company, then every person who at the time of the offence was responsible for the conduct of the business of the company would be liable to be punished. Further, any director with whose connivance, neglect or active con-sent any offence has been committed by the cornpany, shall also be deemed to be guilty of the offence and shall be liable to be directly proceeded against and punished. It is important to understand the meaning of the terms, such as connivance, neglect and consent.

(….To be continued)




Real Estate Act

1. Introduction :

    1.1 In September 2009, the Ministry of Housing & Urban Poverty Alleviation, Government of India, introduced the draft of the Real Estate (Regulation of Development) Act (‘the Act’). It is expected that the Ministry would finalise this Act sooner than later. This article gives an overview of this all-important act for the real estate industry.

    1.2 The Act proposes to introduce a radical change in the real estate industry — for the first time a Real Estate Regulatory Authority would be constituted to regulate, control and promote planned and healthy development and construction, sale, transfer and management of residential properties. It aims to protect the public interest vis-à-vis real estate developers and also to facilitate the smooth and speedy construction and maintenance of residential properties. Thus, just as the capital markets have a regulator in the form of SEBI, the banking industry has RBI, the real estate sector would also have an authority. A reading of the Act shows that this is likely to be a State Act with each State having its own Regulator.

2. RERA :

    2.1 A Real Estate Regulatory Authority (‘RERA’) would be constituted under the Act. It will consist of a Chairman and two Members. The Chairperson must be a person of the post of the Principal Secretary to the State Government while the Members must be persons with expert knowledge in law, finance, management, urban development, etc. The RERA would have various powers and rights.

    2.2 The Act also constitutes a Real Estate Appellate Tribunal to adjudicate any dispute and hear and dispose of appeal against any direction, decision or order of the RERA under the Act. The Tribunal will consist of a Chairman and two Members. The
    Chairperson must be a Judge of a High Court while the Members must have held the post of the  Principal Secretary to the State Government or must be persons with expert knowledge in law, finance, management, urban development, etc.

3. Application of the Act :

    3.1 Although the Regulator would be known as the Real Estate Regulatory Authority, it is important to note that the Act does not apply to all types of property development. It only applies to the construction of the following properties :

(a) Construction of apartments : An apartment is defined to mean a dwelling unit by any name which is a separate and self-contained part of any property located in a residential building. Thus, only construction of residential buildings would be covered. A building constructed only for commercial, industrial, office, retail purposes, would not be covered. However, in certain cases this Act would not apply (see para 4.1 below).

(b) Construction of a colony : A colony has been defined to mean an area of land divided or proposed to be divided into plots or flats for residential, commercial or industrial purpose. Thus, if a colony is to be constructed, then it can include buildings constructed for commercial, industrial, office, retail purposes, etc. However, in certain cases this Act would not apply (see para 4.1 below).

    3.2 The Act applies to a promoter, meaning :

(a) a person who constructs a residential building consisting of apartments, for the purpose of selling all or some of the apartments to other persons; or

(b) a person who develops a colony for the
purpose of selling to other persons all or some of the plots, whether with or without structures thereon.

4. Registration of Project :

    4.1 The Act provides that a promoter shall not develop land into a colony of plots or construct a building for marketing all or some of the apartments, without registering such project with the RERA. It is important to note that the registration is required qua a project and not qua a developer. Thus, one developer would need to register each and every project to be undertaken by him. However, registration is not required if the number of apartments to be constructed does not exceed four or if the area of the colony’s land to be constructed does not exceed 1,000 square metres (10,764 square feet) or if the number of apartments does not exceed four.

    4.2 For making an application for registration, the promoter needs to apply in the prescribed form, submit all the relevant documents and pay the prescribed fees. One of the documents to be submitted is a copy of the approval and sanction from the Competent Authority, obtained in accordance with the building regulations. This means that the application can only be made after the developer receives the IOD/CC for the project and not before that.

    4.3 If the RERA does not take any action on the application within 30 days, then it is deemed to have granted its approval. In case, the RERA refuses to grant registration, then it must first give a hearing to the applicant.

    4.4 Each registration is valid for three years and can be renewed if the project completion time has been extended for reasons beyond the promoter’s control. A total of two renewals of one year each can be granted. Thus, the maximum time for one registration can be five years.

    4.5 The promoter is also required to make an application for allotment of a password on the RERA’s website. If the project has been registered by RERA, then it will also grant a password to the promoter.

    4.6 The Act provides an imprisonment of up to 3 years and/or a monetary penalty for non-registration of a project.

LISTED COMPANIES REQUIRED TO INCREASE AND MAINTAIN 25% PUBLIC SHAREHOLDING

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

A recent amendment dated 4th June 2010 to the Securities
Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957 (‘the Rules’) requires that existing
companies whose public shareholding is less than 25%, shall increase such
holding to that level in a phased manner. For companies seeking listing for the
first time, the initial level of public holding would need to be at least 25%
with one exception discussed later herein.

This amendment is not a major policy change except that it is
one more effort — in the background of consistent earlier failures — to increase
the public holding to 25%. However, one change — and effectively it is a major
change at least in terms of impact on capital markets — is that now even the
government companies would be required to attain and maintain 25% public
holding.

It will have to be seen whether this fresh attempt is
successful in achieving the objective. If it is, a substantial quantity of
equity shares would flow into the market raising funds, as per some reports, of
nearly Rs.2 lakh crores over a period of the next few years. However, as we will
see later on, the provision relating to public shareholding is mentioned at
multiple places and unfortunately this is an amendment of just one provision of
law, leaving others untouched resulting in overlap, contradiction and confusion.

While a detailed historical analysis of this issue may not be
of interest here, generally, it can be stated that the level of public holding
has been the subject of continuous change. At an early stage the level of public
holding required was 60%, then it was 25% and an exception was made for a group
of industries, particularly emerging ones such as software, etc., to allow 10%
public holding. There were also some conditions and exceptions to these
holdings.

Note also that there was a distinction in the provisions for
minimum public holding at the time of public issue and minimum public
shareholding thereafter. The problem gets complicated not only because these
requirements at these two stages were different, but also that the regulators
was different. The initial listing requirement is prescribed by
the Central Government through ‘Rules’, while the continuing listing
requirements are prescribed by SEBI through the listing agreement and other
regulations.

The situation in law and facts today is thus as follows. The
old Rules prescribed initial listing requirements and while it generally
required a minimum initial public issue of 25%, under certain situations, such
issue could be of just 10%. Logically, the provisions of law, though prescribed
by SEBI, should state that after the public issue, the company should maintain
these respective percentages. However, partly on account of changing policies
and partly on account of poor drafting, the requirements of law as contained
particularly in the listing agreement are ambiguous. Essentially, the intention
was that not only the 25/10% public shareholding should be maintained, but that
even those companies who had a lower public shareholding for any reason should
also raise their holding to such percentages. In practice, owing to poor
drafting, poor enforcement, practical problems, keeping exceptions, etc., this
was not achieved.

Thus, to reiterate, the objective of the law-makers was to
ensure that the public holding should be of a reasonable minimum level so as to
serve the purposes of listing. The amended law now provides that this minimum
level is 25% uniformly for all companies. The intention also is that the
ambiguities in the provisions be eliminated partly by better drafting and partly
by simplifying by not allowing any exceptions to this Rule.

In the light of general discussion as above, let us now
consider the amendments made.


(a) The term ‘public shareholding’ is defined and it
would mean the holding of persons other than (i) Promoters and the Promoter
Group (both defined as per the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations, 2009 (ii)
subsidiaries and associates of the company.

(i) The ‘public shareholding’ is intended to be of
equity shares. However, this is not well brought out. The requirements of
initial public issue cover both the issue of equity shares as well as the
convertible debentures, but the requirements of continuing public
shareholding thereafter refer only to equity shares.

(b) At least 25% of all public issues of equity shares
and convertible debentures under an offer document shall be to the public
shareholders.

(i) An exception to the above is that if the post-offer
market capitalisation calculated with reference to the offer price is at
least Rs.4000 crores, then a 10% issue is sufficient. However, even such
companies would be required to increase the public shareholding to at
least 25% in a phased manner, with at least 5% every year till this 25% is
reached.

(c) All existing listed companies are required to
maintain 25% public shareholding. Those companies that do not have such
minimum 25% public shareholding are required to increase the public
shareholding by at least 5% every year till such 25% public shareholding is
reached. Thus, the intention is that within a maximum period of 5 years, all
companies should have at least 25% public shareholding.

(d) The provision enabling exceptions to be made for
government companies has been omitted. This is a significant amendment. As
per some press reports, to achieve 25% public holding, almost 85% of the
fresh issue of shares would be by the ‘government companies’.


A clear time frame to achieve 25% public shareholding has
been prescribed. However, what happens if the company does not comply with such
requirement for any reason ?

(i) There is no specific provision in the Securities
Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, dealing with violation of this new Rule 19A.
It appears that the following could be the consequences :


  • A
    penalty of up to Rs.1 crore.



  • Imprisonment up to 10 years or a fine up to Rs.25 crores or both.



  • Suspension of listing/delisting may also be possible.



(ii) Of course, the usual provisions governing
penalty/prosecution would apply. For example, the facility of compounding of
the violation would be available.

Now let us see some of the concerns with regard to the
amendment.

A major puzzle is that the provisions of Clause 40A of the listing agreement have not been repealed/ modified. It can be seen that this is the provision, howsoever defective, that specifically deals with requirement of increasing the public holding to the specified levels. As can also be seen, this Clause is plainly contradictory with the new requirements. For example, the new requirement requires all companies to maintain/increase their public holding to a common 25%, while Clause 40A has many exceptions. In fact, the scheme of the law till now was simple that is the Rules dealt with ‘initial listing’ while ‘continuing listing’ was dealt with by the listing agreement. However, now there is overlap that does not serve any purpose. While one could technically take a view that a later provision of law overrides an earlier one, this can hardly be a happy approach to take either for the company or even for SEBI.

Unlike the existing Clause 40A, there is no provision for an exception or extension. No exception is given to any type of company. No power is also given to SEBI or the stock exchanges to make any exception or granting any extension to the time schedule for raising public holding.

A major concern is how can the public shareholding be increased?? What are the permissible methods — or, to put it the other way, are any methods prohibited?? SEBI has been authorised to specify the manner in which the public shareholding shall be increased. The common methods may be a fresh public issue, offer for sale by the Promoters, offloading of shares by Promoters in the open market or through off-market deals, etc. One will have to wait for SEBI to prescribe these methods.

The scheme of having a minimum public shareholding has to be built in not only in the Rules and the listing agreement but also in other provisions of law such as the ‘Takeover Regulations’. These will also need amendment to achieve 25% public shareholding.

For the record, it may be recollected that the definition of ‘public’ itself was criticised. It was stated that the inclusion of FIIs, etc. in public effectively resulted in the net holding of the remaining ‘actual public’ to be quite small. Thus, removing such entities from this category was seriously considered. However, no such exclusion has been made and thus holding of FIIs, NRIs, FIs, etc. would be included in ‘public’ shareholding.

It is seen from various published reports that basically companies that would be affected would be the large government companies. In fact, these reports estimate that almost all of the issues in terms of amount would come from such companies. However, it is also true that such companies have not always been found to be wholly compliant with listing requirements. For example, many of government companies have not yet complied with the requirements of ‘corporate governance’. SEBI

has actually passed orders recording this and while it has not awarded any punishment, the orders have highlighted the plight of companies which are effectively at mercy of the government.

Companies that made a public issue of 10% in recent years can rightly air a grievance that had they known that they would be required to make a 25% public issue, they would not have made a public issue in the first place. I think this is a serious and a fair concern and an exception would have to be made for such companies. Having made a public issue of, say, 10%, they can now neither stay, nor exit easily without causing problems to many. To put it simply, they cannot delist and they cannot dilute?!

In conclusion, it appears that unless the new provision is strictly implemented and enforced, it would be merely another half-hearted paper attempt. Newspapers are already reporting that the Finance Ministry is considering tweaking with the new rules. If this happens, it will be another instance of lack of co-ordination between the Government and the Regulator, and perhaps yet another attempt and opportunity going waste.

Delisting of Shares — The newly notified regulations

fiogf49gjkf0d
Securities Laws

1) SEBI has, on 10.6.2009, notified new Regulations
relating to delisting of equity shares of listed companies. Essentially, they
provide for a detailed procedure for delisting and certain safeguards for public
shareholders. The new Regulations replace the earlier SEBI Guidelines of 2003.

2) The Regulations provide for different ways in which
delisting can take place. The most common one would be where it is voluntary and
initiated by the company and the promoters. Then there is a fast track but,
again, voluntary, delisting of defined ‘small’ companies. Under certain
circumstances, there can also be compulsory delisting. Finally, there are
residuary cases such as of BIFR companies, companies in winding up, etc.

3) Delisting means removal of listing of equity shares from
recognised stock exchanges. Thus, shareholders do not have any more a ready
market for their shares. Almost all shareholders — at least all the public
shareholders — buy shares on the assurance that there is continued listing.
Indeed, at the time of a public issue, the law requires that if listing does not
take place soon thereafter, the monies raised have to be refunded.

4) Listing provides significant advantages. There is a ready
market for the shares and this itself adds to the intrinsic value of a share.
Ready market provided by listing results in a better price since there are more
persons competing to buy the shares. Such wide and ready market also adds
further value to the shares on account of sheer liquidity whereby share-holders
can get virtually instant cash by selling their shares.

5) Listing is obviously advantageous to the company too as
funds can be raised easily and at a relatively lesser cost. However, the flip-
side is that there can be considerable costs and inconvenience requiring
compliance with SEBI requirements and corporate governance regulations. Hence,
companies look at delisting as an option. There are also many other reasons for
the company to consider delisting.

6) Considering space constraints, we would consider here
mainly, and even that too briefly, the Regulations where Promoters initiate
delisting
.

7) Under the new Regulations, the procedure for voluntary
delisting is even more complicated and costly than earlier. It can be summarised
as follows :

a) The first step is taking approval of the Board and then
of the shareholders. There are 3 special features to be noted for the
shareholder approval. Firstly, the approval is required through postal ballot,
thus ensuring wide participation of share-holders. Secondly, the approval
needs a special resolution. Thus, at least 75% of those who vote have to vote
in favour of delisting. Finally, of the votes cast by public shareholders, at
least 2/3rds have to vote in favour. This is a new and interesting requirement
as it ensures potentially unfair and unpopular delisting proposals get nipped
in the bud.

b) The next step is taking in principle approval of stock
exchanges. This step will ensure that the broad feasibility of the proposal of
delisting would be tested relatively early. In fact, it could have been the
first step to ensure a basic test. The application has to be disposed of
within 30 days of receiving an application complete in all respects.

c) Then, the Promoters have to initiate the exit offer to
public shareholders within one year of the special resolution. This means that
the Promoters have to offer to buy shares of the public shareholders. ‘Public
shareholders’ means essentially share-holders other than the Promoters. This
is a sensible requirement as it allows the public shareholders to get their
monies rather than get stuck with illiquid shares.

The ‘offer price’ has to be at least the ‘base price’ that
is derived by a formula that takes into account quoted prices of the recent
past. However, this price is fortunately not binding. With this price as the
base, a procedure of book building is initiated where the public shareholders
quote the price at which they are willing to sell. If the prices and
quantities offered are such that the Promoters are willing and able to buy
either 50% of the total public holding or increase their holding to at least
90%, and they agree to do so, then the delisting is successful. If not, the
process fails.

d) However, it does not mean that the remaining
shareholders find their shares irrevocably illiquid. The Regulations require
that the Promoters should, over a further period of at least one year, buy the
remaining shares, if offered, at the same price.


• Using the
market price as benchmark for the offer price is defective and unfair to the
shareholders. Listing gives a signifcant premium to the shares. Conversely,
news of delisting results in the quoted price reaching nearer to the value
of an unlisted share. Since the formula for the base price relies on quoted
prices, the shareholders are thus deprived of a fair price.


e) In ‘book building’, there is obvious scope for
manipulation by both sides. The Promoters may line up some friendly public
shareholders to reach any one of the magic cut-off limit as above. On the
other side, shareholders may be tempted to ask for unduly high price and even
rigging and cartelisation has been alleged frequently in the past. There is no
downside for them obviously since even if they fail and if there are enough
shareholders offering a lower price, they can always get this price over the
next one year as the Regulations require the Promoter to keep the offer open
for another one year. Of course if too many shareholders do this, the
Promoters may simply exercise their option to withdraw.

f) SEBI has attempted to make the process fair and free of
manipulation. In particular, there are specific provisions providing that
there is no manipulation, fraud, deceit, etc. in the process by the Promoter
or any person.


8) Fast-track delisting of ‘small’ companies :


a) Special provisions are made for ‘small’ companies satisfying certain conditions and a relatively faster process is provided for delisting of shares of ‘small’ companies.

b) The basic benefit given is that the elaborate procedure for giving an exit offer would not apply and while such an exit offer still needs to be given, a faster and simpler procedure is provided for.

c) Small companies for this purpose would mean two types of companies :
    

  • In the first type, there would be a company with a paid-up capital up to Rs. 1 crore and whose equity shares were not traded at all in any recognised stock exchange in the preceding one year.

  •     In the second type, there are 300 or lesser number of public shareholders and the paid-up value of shares held by such public shareholders does not exceed Rs. 1 crore.

d) Instead of the elaborate procedure for exit offer, a shorter process is provided for. An exit offer price is determined in consultation with a merchant banker. The offer is conveyed to the public share-holders. 90% of the public shareholders (Regulations are not clear but presumably 90% refers to value and not the number of public shareholders) need to agree either to sell their shares at the offer price or to continue to remain shareholders post-delisting. The offer document would also state that their agreement also includes an agreement to waive the book-building process for price-discovery.

9) Compulsory  delisting :

a) Certain grounds for compulsory delisting may be prescribed by rules made pursuant to Section 21A of the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956. Needless to add, there would need to exist strong grounds to do this and where the continuance of listing may be found to be more harmful than delisting and consequent loss of market for the shares.

b) Apart from existence of such serious grounds, the decision for compulsory delisting is to be taken by a panel of the stock exchange, consisting of 5 members including a representative of small investors.

c) Compulsory delisting does not mean that the Promoters escape the requirement of buying out the public shareholders. A fair price of the shares is worked out and the Promoter is required to pay such price to the public shareholders to acquire their shares. The Regulations do not provide for a time limit for carrying out such purchase. That apart, the Company, its Promoters and all companies promoted by them, and whole-time directors would be debarred from accessing the capital market or seek listing of their shares for ten years after delisting. One wonders, though, whether this requirement can be enforced in practice since typically the Promoters of companies facing such serious charges may default even on these further requirements.

Poser: Whole-time director could be an employee holding stock options or having a small holding, who could change his job. How will this requirement impact him and  the company  he joins?

10. Miscellaneous  provisions  and points:

a) Two stock exchanges – BSE and NSE for now – are specified as nationwide stock exchanges. If delisting is sought from other than these and where listing continues on one or both of such exchanges, the process is simpler and, importantly, the require-ment of making an exit offer is waived.

b)  If  delisting   is  pursuant to  a  scheme sanctioned by BIFRand if such scheme lays down the procedure for delisting or provides for an exit option to the public shareholders, then the Regulations shall not apply.

c) A minimum period of 3 years should have passed after listing before an application can be made for delisting.

d) A peculiar feature of the Regulations is that the exit offer is required to be given by the Promoters. No funds of the Company shall be used directly or indirectly. Buyback of shares as a means of delisting is specifically prohibited. This is strange and even absurd. Delisting is the reverse of listing. In case of listing, usually, it is the Company that issues shares to the public and receives monies for such issue. In case of delisting, the process ought to be the opposite – the Company should repay the monies back to the shareholders. If, during listing, the Promoters do not get any money, how can they be expected to raise money to buyout the public shareholders? Also, delisting does not recognise a professionally managed company where. there are no Promoters. Does that mean that shares of such companies cannot be voluntarily delisted ?

e) Under the exit offer, the Promoter is required to place 100% of the minimum offer consideration in escrow in cash by way of bank guarantee. Even after buying out the shareholders who offer their shares in the first round, the Promoter will need to maintain the escrow to provide for the remaining shareholders who have option to offer for a period of one year. This is sensible new requirement but, for the Promoters, this results in blocking of funds or maintenance of bank guarantee for one year.

Conclusion:

a) Reading the Regulations, one wonders whether SEBI thinks complexity is equivalent to comprehensiveness. While many provisions are made in enormous detail, some principle and vital issues are ignored. The pricing formula continues to be unfair as Promoters can literally offer the shareholders the option of the proverbial devil and deep sea – either accept the offer price or get your shares delisted (even the middle ground of rejection of delisting suffers from the company’s shares being under the stigma of potential delisting and thus quite possibly under-quoted). On the other side, forcing the Promoters to raise funds from outside the Company for delisting is inappropriate and is a breeding ground of corruption. The Regulations also effectively punish compliant companies making them undergo the elabora te procedure and payment for the exit offer while ‘vanishing’ companies escape both the procedure as well as the payment. Thus, while one recognises the thoughtful small touches at many places, the Regulations, that have come after more than a decade of consideration, disappoint as a whole.

Public Issue of Securitised Instruments — the new SEBI Regulations

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

This series of articles introducing securities laws for
listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .


(1) Background :


(a) SEBI has finally notified the regulatory scheme for
public issue and listing of securitised instruments. While we will review these
Regulations later herein, it is worth considering, very briefly, the background
of ‘securitised instruments’.

(b) The Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets
and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002 (often referred to as SARFESI Act
or, simply, the Securitisation Act) is known more for the powers that
particularly institutional lenders are given under this Act to recover their
dues. The other half of this Act is securitisation of assets.

(c) While I am sure that readers are familiar with this term,
a quick description of securitisation may be worthwhile. To take a typical
example, a lender may have debts of various kinds arising out of loans granted
by it. The debts may be payable over a long period of time.. For rotation of
these funds or for other reasons, the lender may want to assign these debts to a
buyer who then simply collects the debts. Such buyer, in turn, may be a person
with his own money or, more often, raises monies from investors who may be
interested in relatively safer returns. This process can be loosely
referred to as securitisation. Effectively, securities are issued to the
investors towards their interests in the debt so bought.

(d) The buyer may invest his own money or raise monies from
private investors. However, a bigger source of money may be the public for
various reasons. Firstly, the public may be interested in safe returns from
securities. The returns may be relatively higher than other instruments.
Properly securitised and issued in small amounts, such instruments may become
attractive to the public. However, issue to the public requires necessary legal
provisions of investor protection and it is at this stage SEBI steps in. SEBI
has to ensure that the process of issue to the public of such instruments is
transparent, with full and fair disclosures and after the issue, the interests
of the investors are safeguarded. Also, the monies received are managed by
registered intermediaries.

(e) Thus, SEBI has recently, on 26th May 2008, notified the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Public Offer and Listing of Securitised
Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2008 (‘the Regulations’) which contain very
detailed provisions relating to issue and listing of such instruments. It is
worth reviewing these new though quite specialised Regulations.

(2) Scheme of the Regulations :


(a) The Regulations seek to make comprehensive provisions
relating to the formation, constitution and structuring, etc. of an entity
issuing securitised instruments, called ‘Special Purpose Distinct Entity’ (‘SPDI’)
in the Regulations. The Regulations provide for : How and in what form would
such a SPDI be formed and structured, what type of Securitised Debt Instruments
(‘SDI’) they can issue, what would be the disclosures, and how it would be
managed, etc.

(b) The structure of SPDI can be loosely compared with the
structure for mutual funds though SPDI seems to have lesser flexibility. SPDIs
and instruments issued by them are comparable with mutual funds in the sense
that the investments are made effectively on behalf of the unit holders and
managed by persons on behalf of such investors. The essential difference is that
these Regulations focus on a very specialised type of securitisation and hence
make very specific requirements for them.

(c) It would be also worth describing the process involved in
the securitisation of debt and thereafter making a public issue of SDI and
related matters. There would be a Sponsor who would establish an SPDI. The SPDI
has to be in the form of a Trust. There would be Trustees who would manage the
SPDI and carry out other related functions. There would be an Originator who
assigns certain debts to the SPDI. The SPDI would then issue the SDI to the
public under a Scheme and then list such SDI on the stock exchange. The SPDI
would then collect dues in respect of the debts so acquired and distribute such
monies, after deducting costs, to the investors. The investors, in turn, may
hold the SDI and enjoy the steady returns or they may at any time sell the SDI
on the stock exchange at which they are listed at the prevailing market price.
The Scheme would come to an end normally when all the debts are recovered and
the investors are fully paid off.

(d) With this very broad overview of the Regulations, let us
look at some interesting aspects of the Regulations.

(3) Trustees :


(a) The Trustees have perhaps the greatest of responsibility
under the Regulations. They have to take great care while acquiring the
specified debts and particularly ensure that these debts are recoverable,
enforceable and also assignable to SPDI. They have to make the requisite
disclosures in the offer document. They have to manage the debts and recover
them and distribute the proceeds to the investors. They have personal and direct
responsibility in case of contraventions. Having said that, though the
responsibilities cannot be understated, it also appears that each of these
obligations is not absolute, but the intention is more of preventing negligence
and fraud. If, for example, there are bad debts beyond the control and
reasonable foresight
of the Trustees, they would not be held
responsible.

(b)    Interestingly, the Trustees need not necessarily be Trustees registered as such intermediaries with SEBI.However, they would require to be registered with SEBI under these Regulations if they are not so registered otherwise as Trustees. Certain other entities would also not require such registration under the Regulations. Thus, a person can get himself registered as a Trustee under these Regulations and qualify to manage the SPDI.The Trustee can also be a corporate entity.

(c)    The requirements of registration under these Regulations are elaborate and are similar to registration of other intermediaries.

(4)    Debts or receivables  that can be acquired:

(a)    These would be the core assets of the SPDI just as shares and other specified securities are the core assets of mutual funds. However, the definition of these debts that can be acquired by SPDI is quite narrow and would include items such as mortgage debt, financial assets as defined in the Securitisation Act, etc.

(5) SPDI:

(a)    This is the entity, a Trust, that would acquire debts and issue securities to investors. The SPDI has to be quite specialised – in fact, it practically cannot do any other activity except of securitisation. The reason is obvious. The objective is to acquire a chunk of debts and then issue instruments to investors representing an appropriate interest in these debts. The SPDI would then only manage and recover these debts. If it does any other activity, and if there is any loss, the investors would suffer since the loss would go to reduce the debts. However, certain passive investment of surplus monies is, for example, allowed.

(b)    There is an entity termed ‘Servicer’ who can do/be given the job of collecting the debts and distributing the proceeds to the investors. Strangely,it is not required that such ‘Servicer’ should be a registered intermediary. In my opinion a person who could be given the control of all the assets of the SPDI for collection and even the further distribution to the investors should be registered with SEBI for proper control.

(6)    Scheme:

(a)    As in the case of mutual funds, the SPDI can frame schemes pursuant to which it can issue SDI to the investors. Thus, there can be multiple schemes. This also means that recovery of one lot of debts and repayment in full to the investors would not mean the end of the SPDI itself.The SPDI can issue securities under another scheme. In fact, it can issue securities under multiple schemes. Again, quite obviously, each of the schemes would have to be kept segregated in all respects.

(b)    Each scheme would have its own disclosures ~ and features which would have to be complied with regard to that particular scheme.

(7) Accounts and Audit:

(a)    The SPDI would be a Trust and thus would not be subject to the normal requirements of accounts and audit as, for example, companies are subject to. Thus, the Regulations make specific though quite general and broad requirements relating to accounting and audit. The Regulations also require compliance of Guidance Notes issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.

(8) Dematerialisation:

(a)    The SDI issued should be capable of dematerialisation. However, at the option of the investor, securities in physical form can also be issued.

(9)    Credit rating:

(a)    Where the core assets are debts, credit rating is required as this helps in the assessment of the risk being assumed by the investor.

(b)    The SPDI would have to obtain at least two credit ratings. Interestingly, it will have to disclose all the credit ratings obtained by it and not just the ones it found acceptable. Thus, the SPDI can go shopping for credit ratings, but SPDI will have to disclose all the ratings received.

(c)    Having said that, no minimum credit rating has been prescribed for the issue of SDI as for example is the case in case of deposits issued by NBFCs. Apparently, the objective may be that it would be up to the investor to balance the credit rating received with the return expected and take his decision accordingly. Hence, in line with the logic of the above, no maximum rate of return is prescribed as so provided for NBFCs.

(d)    The credit rating would have to be reviewed periodically, but not later than a period of one year from the previous rating.

(10) Miscellaneous provisions:

(a)    There are elaborate provisions for inspection of the accounts, records, etc. In case violations are found, there are specific provisions in the Regulations themselves. Further the general provisions in the SEBI Act and the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act to penalise the violations would also be applicable.

(b)    There are provisions relating to minimum sub-scription, underwriting, etc. which are conceptually similar to the public issue of securities.

(c)    The SDI would have to be listed and where they are not listed, the amounts raised would have to be refunded. However, it appears that no time limit is specifically provided for the time within which the SDI should be listed.

(11) Conclusion:

(a) One could argue that SEBI has been proactive in issuing regulations even when the instrument is not popular – for example – the regulations relating to buyback were issued in 1998and they were barely used for some years. Presently, the global economy is suffering from the sub-prime crisis and securitised assets are said to be the major culprit. Hence, perhaps investors may be frightened of such assets. Having said that, securitised instruments offer an otherwise well-developed alternative to investors for investments. I am sure that sooner or later these instruments will gain popularity in India.

(b) The Regulations also show a level of maturity in the sense that many of the problems faced by SEBIover the past few years have been addressed. Of course, this is perhaps another reason that the Regulations are unduly complex! The coming years will show the fate of the innovative and sophisticated instruments. In India it will be a learning experience for both the investors and their advisors and of course for the auditors.

Whether issue of shares to persons or more is a public issue — recent controversial decision of SEBI

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

Is issue of shares by a
company to 50 persons or more a public issue requiring compliance with various
requirements, procedures, etc. ? Recently SEBI passed an order (‘the Order’) in
regard to certain companies of the Sahara Group and decided on this and certain
other issues. This decision can have far-reaching implications.

As per press reports,
however, a stay has been granted by the Allahabad High Court. That being said,
it appears that the basic findings of law have not yet been examined by the
Court. The object here in any case is not to consider whether the allegations or
the ‘findings’ of facts by SEBI are correct or not. The exercise here is to
determine what conclusions in the law did SEBI reach and what implications the
same can have.

In essence, the allegations
were that two companies of the Sahara Group raised large funds (just one company
raised nearly Rs.5000 crore) through issue of Optionally Fully Convertible
Debentures (‘OFCDs’). Also, allegedly, the cost of the projects for which these
OFCDs were issued was Rs.20,000 crore for each company. SEBI came across this
accidentally whilst examining a Red Herring Prospectus filed by another company
of the Sahara Group. SEBI sought various details from these two companies who
had issued the OFCDs to determine whether the issue was a ‘public issue’. The
two companies made certain submissions with regard to the information sought,
but in essence they inter alia stated that SEBI had no jurisdiction in
the matter as the matter was being examined by the Ministry of Company Affairs.

Since SEBI did not receive
the information it asked for, it compiled certain information as available on
the MCA website. It found out, for example, that the OFCDs were issued of
amounts between Rs.5,000 to Rs.24,000. Since specific information was not
available from the company, SEBI extrapolated that the number of persons to whom
such OFCDs of an amount of around Rs.5000 crore in just one company were issued
must be large, but in any case not less than 50 persons.

SEBI alleged that in view of
the provisions of S. 67(3) of the Companies Act, 1956, the issue of OFCDs
amounted to a public issue requiring compliance with the provisions relating to
public issue including the Companies Act, 1956, as well as the SEBI (ICDR)
Regulations, 2009. The companies stated (on the basis of legal opinions
obtained) that these provisions did not apply and hence there was no question of
compliance.

At this stage, a broad
description of the scheme of provisions may be in order. The Companies Act,
1956, as duly aligned with the provisions of the SEBI Act and the SEBI (ICDR)
Regulations, 2000 (‘the Regulations’) essentially requires that an issue of
shares can be on a ‘private placement’ basis or a public issue. Loosely stated,
in case of a private placement, a selected group of people are approached for
subscription of the securities. The issue of securities is restricted to them
and the ‘right’ to subscribe, generally speaking, is not transferable. In case
of a public issue, however, persons beyond this known group are approached for
such subscription. The scheme of the law intends that if such a wider issue is
made public, certain procedures and restrictions in regards to the interests of
investors should be followed. These would include certain mandatory disclosures
regarding the company, listing of the securities to ensure easy transferability,
etc. These provisions are formalised in certain provisions of the Companies Act,
1956, and the SEBI Act, Regulations, etc.

Let us first consider the
provisions of S. 67(3) which is one of the central points to this controversy.
Essentially, as readers are aware, S. 67 seeks to ‘deem’ certain issues of
securities as issues to the public. The Section is reproduced below for ready
reference (emphasis supplied in this section and in other extracts later herein)
:

“67. Construction of
references to of fering shares or debentures to the public, etc.


Any reference in this Act or
in the articles of a company to offering shares or debentures to the public
shall, subject to any provision to the contrary contained in this Act and
subject also to the provisions of Ss.(3) and Ss.(4), be construed as including a
reference to offering them to any section of the public, whether selected as
members or debenture holders of the company concerned or as clients of the
person issuing the prospectus or in any other manner.

Any reference in this Act or
in the articles of a company to invite the public to subscribe for shares or
debentures shall, subject as aforesaid, be construed as including a reference to
invitations to subscribe for them extended to any section of the public, whether
selected as members or debenture holders of the company concerned or as clients
of the person issuing the prospectus or in any other manner.

No offer or invitation shall
be treated as made to the public by virtue of Ss.(1) or Ss.(2), as the case may
be, if the offer or invitation can properly be regarded, in all circumstances —

as not being calculated to
result, directly
or indirectly, in the shares or debentures becoming available for subscription
or purchase by persons other than those receiving the offer or invitation; or

otherwise as being a
domestic concern of the persons making and receiving the offer or invitation.


Provided that nothing
contained in this sub-section shall apply in a case where the offer or
invitation to subscribe for shares or debentures is made to fifty persons or
more :”

The question was whether the
issue by the Sahara Group companies was an issue to the public in terms of S.
67(3). SEBI observed and held as follows in its Order :

“14.    In order to curb the companies from offering shares and debentures to a wider group of people by disguising it as ‘domestic concern’, vide the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2000, with effect from December 13, 2000, a proviso was inserted to S. 67(3) stating that nothing contained therein shall apply in a case where the offer or invitation to subscribe for shares or debentures is made to fifty persons or more. Therefore, if an offer is made to fifty or more persons, it would be deemed to be a public issue, even if it is of ‘domestic concern’ or shown that “the shares or debentures are not available for subscription or purchase by persons other than those receiving the offer or invitation”. First proviso to S. 67(3) of the Act is as clear as that. In other words, even if an issue is made by way of private placement to fifty or more persons, it would be deemed to be a public issue, irrespective of whether it was offered to public at large or to just a section of the public chosen, in whatever manner.”

Curiously, SEBI has held that “even if an issue is made by way of private placement to fifty or more persons, it would be deemed to be a public issue, irrespective of whether it was offered to the public at large or to just a section of the public chosen, in whatever manner.” This statement can have far reaching implications. It is possible that many public companies make such a private placement of securities to more than 50 persons and in such a case, as per this ruling, the provisions of S. 67(3) would be per se attracted and the provisions relating to public issue would have to be complied with.

SEBI further explained the reasoning of its ruling as follows:
“15.    The intention of the Legislature, more specifically as evinced in the amendment to the Act referred to above, is very clear that any and all mobilisation of funds from a group of investors, fifty or more in number should be classified as a ‘public issue’ and consequently be accorded all the safeguards provided, that typically accompanies the safety and protection accorded to their funds, in law. In view of the above, the contention of the companies that the OFCDs are issued by way of private placement basis to friends, associates, group companies, workers/employees and other individuals who are associated/affiliated or connected in any manner with Sahara India Group of Companies, would not give it a different colour. The rigour of the procedures enshrined in law, for the protection of investors who subscribe to an issue of securities would have to be preserved in toto. Though, the companies have stated that the offer was made on private placement to a select group, they could not provide any details of the group despite the fact that SEBI has issued summons seeking such information. This would lead to an adverse inference that they were offering OFCDs to fifty or more persons.”

Another contention raised by the companies was that the provisions of S. 67(3) should not apply to them since they had passed a resolution u/s.81(1A) for the issue of the OFCDs. This contention was rejected by SEBI stating the following:

“The companies, on the basis of the legal opinion received by them, have stated that they had passed the resolution u/s.81(1A) of the Act (which states that further shares may be offered to any persons in any manner whatsoever) and that their offer to a select set of persons should not be construed as a public offer. S. 81(1A) of the Act cannot have an overriding effect on the provisions relating to public issue, specified in the Act. S. 81 of the Act deals with further issue of securities and only gives pre-emptive rights to the existing shareholders of a company so that the subsequent offer of securities have to be offered to them as their ‘rights’. S. 81(1A) is only an exception to the said rule, subject to the procedural requirements contained therein. However, any further issue of capital, even pursuant to a resolution made u/s.81(1A) of the Act, is subject to the provisions of Part III of the Act, if the offer is made to fifty persons or more. Hence, the views submitted in the legal opinion that since the companies had passed resolutions u/s.81(1A) of the Act, the issuance of shares/debentures to a select group (however large, they may be), ceases to be an offer to the public, is devoid of any legal basis and hence cannot be accepted. It is quite obvious from a reading of S. 81(1A) that it was never intended to dilute the provisions of the Act relating to the definition of public issues. Whether an issue is a public or not is to be decided on the basis of S. 67 of the Act. As stated above in this Order, the first proviso to S. 67(3) of the Act makes it very clear that any offer or invitation to subscribe of shares or debentures to fifty persons or more should be treated as a public issue.”

The other contention of the companies was that S. 60B(9) effectively allows for a system where the Red Herring Prospectus needs to be filed only with the Registrar of Companies and once this is done, no other procedure is to be followed if the intention is not to get the shares of the company listed. SEBI rejected this argument too, stating that this would go counter to the scheme of provisions relating to public issue of shares and listing. SEBI held that as soon as the shares are offered to the public, the intention to list or not to list becomes irrelevant. The company has to list their shares and since this is mandatory, an attempt to take shelter u/s.60B(9) on claim that it never intended to list will not help.

An argument that was also made was that the is-sue was made that on a ‘private placement’ basis to friends, group companies, etc. and particularly to ‘other individuals who are associated/affiliated or connected in any manner with Sahara India Group of Companies’. SEBI had made a finding that apart from a declaration obtained that a particular subscriber was ‘associated’ with the Sahara Group, no other association was established. On this and other grounds discussed above, SEBI did not ac-cept that this did not amount to a public issue.

SEBI also considered the fact that they filed a prospectus with the Registrar supporting the view that the companies intended to raise funds from the public.

SEBI drew attention to S. 73(4) of the Companies Act, 1956, which provides that any condition that binds an applicant into making waiver of the requirement of that Section is null and void. Hence, listing was mandatory and it cannot be the subject matter of any ‘intention’ once the basic conditions are attracted.

As discussed, the Order may be considered by the Court on various grounds. One will have to see whether the Court disposes the petition only on the issue of jurisdiction or whether even the issue and ruling on S. 67(3), S. 81(1A) and S. 60B are also decided upon. For companies seeking to issue shares to 50 persons or more, this Order of SEBI has to be considered and the further developments in Court to be closely watched.


The CII Corporate Governance Code — a fresh and realistic approach — and a glimpse of things to come

fiogf49gjkf0d
Securities Laws

(1) The Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) has issued a
draft Corporate Governance Code (‘the Code’). The Code has importance for
certain reasons. The fact that the topmost of thinkers, who are usually
associated with drafting of such Codes or law, makes it almost certain that it
will receive wide acceptance and get included in forthcoming amendments in law.
Those thinkers amongst others include Naresh Chandra, Dr. J. J. Irani, our past
President Y. H. Malegam.

(2) The Code represents a fresh and innovative approach and
after almost a decade of trial and error where mostly foreign models were
adopted, this Code now takes into account some essential unique features of
Indian listed companies.

(3) The Code however, comes at a time when the concept of
corporate governance is being viewed with cynicism. Both Enron and Satyam were
perfect and award-winning companies for adopting best corporate governance
model. Everything was done right in having the finest and reputed persons as
Independent Directors, members of Audit Committee, to having top audit firms,
etc. — and everything went horribly wrong.

(4) What I find special is that the Code finally recognises
that India has unique features. Most of Indian companies are promoter-controlled
and managed with the Promoters having either
substantial or majority holding. This is in contrast with US and other Western
companies where the holding of the management is often in single digit and even
this holding is not concentrated in a single family
or group but is often dispersed. The Code specifically comments that in India,
typically, the Promoter Group/family holds at least 50% of the voting capital.
With such dominant promoter holding and control the problems and issues of
governance are very different from companies where the Promoter holding is
barely a small percentage. Hence, if the problems are different, the solutions
have to be different. Adopting Western Corporate Governance models and concepts
make them not only inappropriate in the Indian context, but creates resistance
and results only in paper acceptance. This ‘box-ticking’ acceptance, in the
author’s view creates a false sense of assurance. A good example of such
difference relates to the recom-mendation of having separate offices of Chairman
and CEO. In Western countries, the CEO typically does not belong to a Promoter
group and there is a need to have a check on him, since it is often found that
malpractices originate from this office. If the CEO is also the Chairman,
considerable power gets concentrated in one person as compared to other
directors and officers. In India, the power is concentrated with the Promoters
and the CEO and Chairman are often from the Promoter group and, if not, they are
often effectively nominated by such group. Requiring that these two offices are
separated in India, firstly, does not serve any purpose and, secondly, creates
practical problems of requiring a non-promoter as ‘Chairman’ which could be
counter-productive. Take an example of, say, a company such as Bajaj Auto or
Reliance Industries. The company would be forced to have a Chairman
from the non-promoter group. The CII Code recog-nises this anomaly and unique
Indian conditions and notes that this does not make total sense in India. At the
end, though, it makes a compromise and instead of recom-mending that the present
requirement be wholly dropped, it only suggests that wherever possible, the two
offices should be separated.

(5) Having said that, the CII Code strangely contradicts
itself and instead of consistently taking a total Indian approach, the Code, for
several important requirements, recognises the Indian differences but still,
recommends following of foreign models.

(6) Let us now examine some important requirements of the
Code.

(7)
The Code is voluntary :




(a) The CII Code clearly specifies that it is voluntary and
it is up to the Company to decide whether and how much to follow its
recommendations. Of course, one could argue that this is a spacious point
since CII does not have any statutory authority to enforce the Code. But the
point makes sense on a different footing since the intention is that the Code
be enshrined in law, the acceptance may be mandatory. The danger is and will
always remain that mandated Governance Codes are often followed only in the
letter. Hence, in the author’s view the code though voluntary should be based
on the concept of ‘comply or explain’.

(b) While keeping the Code voluntary is commendable, it
needs to be reckoned that the code is not meant for mere quiet internal
adoption but is for public knowledge. Hence the concept of ‘comply or
explain’, because the public should know its ethical practices. In case the
company adopts, in my opinion, it gains reputation which eventually helps it
‘commercially’.

(c) In the absence of ‘comply or explain’ model there would
be uneven reporting. It is not as if the choice is that the Code can be
adopted wholly or rejected wholly. The Company may adopt it wholly. The
Company may adopt only some of the recommendations. The Company
may even adopt a modified version. The public should know the reasons for
non-adoption. Good governance requires transparency in reporting.

Appointment of Independent Directors :

(d) The Code attempts to meet the serious dilemma of the
manner of appointment of Independent Directors. The issue faced is how to make
the Independent Director really independent even for appointment. If the
Independent Director’s appointment is left to the Promoters, the purpose may
be lost.

(e) For this requirement, however, the Code does not take a
fresh approach. The Code leaves the present concept of having a Nomination
Committee as it is and merely provides for certain procedural requirements of
evaluation of Independent Directors.


Duties, liabilities and remuneration of Independent Directors :



(f) The Code recognises the present problem that while a relatively new concept of Independent Director has been introduced for adoption by all listed companies, there are no special provisions for their rights, duties, and remuneration.

g) Perhaps realising that the law may or may not make provisions for these matters and makes a unique suggestion of making the obligations, duties, etc. contractual by appointment letters. The Code further makes an interesting requirement that the details of this appointment letter be disclosed to the shareholders at the time of their appointment.

h) Thus, the duties and obligations will not only be transparent, but to a certain degree can even be enforced, albeit through the Company. In a way, this requirement fills in the lacuna in law.

Remuneration of Independent Directors :

i) The Code recognises a special problem in India and that is the statutory limits on managerial remuneration. As may be recollected, in India, the maximum remuneration is linked as a percentage of profits, though certain minimum remuneration can be paid under certain circumstances. This archaic requirement creates problems even for Independent Directors since particularly for loss-making companies or companies with inadequate profits, payment of reasonable remuneration may become difficult. The Code recommends that the law be amended to make suitable exceptions.

j) Of course, the remuneration issue is anomalous from a different angle. Pay too less remuneration and the Independent Director is not available even for appointment. Pay too much and the Independent Director loses his independence! Actually, the root problem also is that the remuneration is effectively decided by the Promoters, but this issue is not seriously addressed by the Code.

Audit Committee :

The Code rightly says that the recent amendment in clause 49, whereby only the majority of the Audit Committee members need to be Independent Directors, is unwarranted. Thus, the Code makes a valid suggestion that the Audit Committee should consist only of Independent Directors.

Another important recommendation is that all related party transactions should be pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

Auditors :

There are several recommendations in respect of Auditors that may be found radical but realistic also. There are numerous requirements made and a more detailed study would be required. A few of the requirements are highlighted.

The Code recognises audit firms often have networking arrangement or relations with group or other entities that render non-audit services. When such group entities render non-audit services, the independence of the audit firm may be compromised and at the very least, the fees paid to such firms should be taken into account while determining whether the audit firm is independent and for disclosure and limits on such other revenue by such related entities.

The Code also recognises that if the audit firm is unduly dependent on one group for its fees, then its independence could be lost. The Code places, however, a fairly low benchmark of 10% of the total revenues of the audit firm for calculation whether the firm is dependent on a group.

The Code also suggests a requirement of ‘audit partner rotation’ and also of the audit team.

The Code makes the radical requirement of creating unlimited auditor liability and also specifically makes the requirement that all the partners of the audit firm and not merely the signing partner should have unlimited liability. If the audit firm is a limited liability partnership, still, the Code says, the audit partner should have unlimited liability for at least the audit under question. One will have to see how far this recommendation will be effective unless statutory provisions and not mere corporate governance codes or even contractual terms seek to create such unlimited liability.

Then the Code raises issue regarding the numerous disclaimers and varying drafting of qualifications in the audit report. The Code recommends that the ICAI involve outside nominees, particularly government representative, and come out with requirements to avoid this.

There are several other recommendations in the Code. While suffering on some counts, the Code attempts to inject some fresh life and practical use-fulness in corporate governance requirements.

Insider Trading — Recent Amendments — Six-month lock-in on directors/officers and total ban on derivatives and many ‘outsiders’ now insiders

fiogf49gjkf0d
Securities Laws

This series of articles introducing securities laws for
listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .


(1) Directors and officers of listed companies cannot now
carry out reverse trades for six months if they buy or sell even one share. They
cannot also at all hold any positions in derivatives. Moreover, any person who
receives any inside information now is an insider and apparently the requirement
of having connection with the company or a ‘real’ insider is now no longer
required. These are some of the far-reaching but poorly publicised amendments
which have been recently made to the SEBI
Insider Trading Regulations, 1992 (‘the Regulations’).

(2) Let us consider some of these amendments made vide the
Notification dated 19th November 2008.


(3)
Insiders and Outsiders — any person receiving or having access to insider
information is now automatically an insider





(a) An important amendment is to the definition of
‘insider’. No word has been added or deleted, but by dropping a comma and
breaking the definition into two parts, a significant change has been made.

(b) Before the amendment, an Insider had to, firstly,
be a person connected or deemed to be connected to the Company. Such
connected person should then either be reasonably expected to have
access to unpublished price-sensitive information (‘UPSI’) or should
have received it or had access to it.

(c) This definition was ambiguous. A person merely
receiving UPSI or merely having access to it could also be said to be an
Insider, as per one interpretation. It is probably this ambiguity that the
amendment tackles, though by changing the definition upside down !

(d) Now, the amendment says that an Insider is :

(i) a person connected or deemed to be connected to the
Company and who can be reasonably expected to have access to UPSI. OR

(ii) a person who receives or has access to UPSI.

(e) Thus, a new category of what one could call deemed
insiders has been created.

(f) Readers may recollect the classic case of the printer
of company documents who used the price-sensitive information in such
documents to deal in their shares and make profit (United States v.
Chiarella,
445 US 222). Of course, the Supreme Court acquitted this
printer, since from what little I recollect, the allegation was that he
violated fiduciary duty to shareholders of the target Company and the Court
held that he did not. A version of this case was also fictionalised by the
best-selling novelist Lawrence Sanders in his novel “Timothy’s Game”. Such a
printer would though be an Insider in India as per this amended definition, so
would any other person who receives or has access to UPSI.

(g) In practice, such a broad definition may cause
problems. Taken to its extreme, would even a hard-working analyst who takes a
lot of effort and puts 2 and 2 and 2 and 2 together and counts 8, also become
an Insider, since he now has access to UPSI ? I feel that the answer is no for
various reasons, but the law could have said that a link with the company is
specifically required. This may even have also been intended, since the words
used are that such persons should have ‘received’ or ‘had access to’ UPSI.



(4)
Dependents of Insiders also covered for certain purposes





(a) Listed companies and certain other persons are required
to frame a code of internal procedures intended to prevent Insider Trading
(‘the Code’). The Code should be framed ‘as near thereto the Model Code’
provided. It is now provided that the framing of the Code as near to
such model should be ‘without diluting it in any manner’. Further, the
Company should ‘ensure compliance of the same’.

(b) Disclosures of holding and changes therein are now
required in respect of even dependents (as defined by the Company) of the
directors or officers of the listed company. Disclosure of such changes is now
also required to be made to the stock exchanges. Disclosure of holdings in
derivatives is also to be made when a person becomes a director or officer.


(5)
Total ban on further opposite trades for six months/total ban on derivatives



(a) The Model Code itself has been amended. There are two major changes.

(b) Clause 4.2 of the Model Code has been amended. As per this amended clause, directors/officers/designated employees, who buy or sell shares, cannot now carry out a reverse transaction for six months. Thus, if such person buys even 1 share, he cannot sell any shares for six months and if he sells even one share, he cannot buy any shares for six months. Further, such persons cannot deal, at all, in derivatives of the Company. This bar is over and above the general prohibition on insider dealing.

(i) The devil in me tells me that the ban is only on such directors, etc. and the dependents of such persons are not affected by such ban ! Of course, such dependents may have to answer to the charge of Insider Dealing generally.

(ii) This bar also does not apply to Promoters ! ! ! This is absurd. Of course those Promoters who are directors, officers or designated employees would face the bar. So also, the prohibition on Insider Trading generally would continue to apply.

(iii) The bar also does not apply to other Insiders.

(c) This bar on such transactions is total. There are no circumstances’ – whether of urgent need or otherwise – under which the bar can be lifted. There is also no provision under which even SEBI could grant exemption.

(d) An interesting question arises. Does the bar apply also to shares acquired through exercise of employees’ stock options or under a Share Purchase Scheme? This can be seen in two ways. If such a person has sold shares, can he acquire shares under an ESOPs scheme in the next six months? Alternatively, if he has acquired shares under an ESOPs scheme, can he sell shares in the next six months?

(i) The crucial word to examine is ‘buy’. I think there is a good case to argue that the word ‘buy’ would include shares acquired under an ESOP scheme. However, I still think that shares acquired under ESOP schemes are not intended to be covered. Consider a related bar on shares acquired through an IPO. The existing clause, continued without any change, requires shares acquired by such persons through IPO should be held for at least 30 days. Obviously, if the intention was to cover shares bought in any manner, then such a separate bar was not required at all. I know the provisions are not happily worded. I also know it could be argued that the 30-day lock-in for IPO acquired  shares is meant  to be a special case. However, taking all things into account, perhaps the intention is not to cover shares acquired under ESOP schemes.

6. No penal consequences for violating the new trading restrictions on Insiders?

(a) As discussed earlier, directors, etc. are barred from carrying out opposite transactions for six months and holding positions in derivatives (let us call such transactions as ‘Specified Transactions’).

(b) The question is what are the consequences of violation of these two restrictions?

(c) The SEBI Act provides for severe punishment for Insider Trading. U/s.15G, the specified acts by an Insider attract a penalty of Rs. 25 crores or 3 times the profits made from Insider Trading, whichever is higher. U/ s.24, violation of the Regulations could result in imprisonment up to 10 years or a fine of up to RS. 25 crores or both. There can be other consequences also.

(d) Would any of such consequences be attracted for violating the bar on carrying out such Specified Transactions – i.e., such opposite transactions or derivatives? The answer seems to be No.

(e) Violations of the Code are to be punished by the company internally and the Model Code suggests that they ‘may be penalised and appropriate action may be taken by the company’. The violators shall also be ‘subject to disciplinary action by the company, which may include wage freeze, suspension, ineligible for future participation in employee stock option plans, etc.’.

(f) Beyond this, it appears that SEBI cannot levy the said penalties of RS.25 crores, etc. or prosecute and get such person imprisoned, etc. The reason is the peculiar placement of the amendments. The bar on Specified Transactions is contained in the Model Code. Regulation 12 merely requires listed companies and other entities to ‘frame’ and ‘enforce’ a Code on the lines of the Model Code. There is no requirement in the Act or the Regulations that the Code so made should be followed. While an obligation and enforcement relation has been created between the company, etc. and such persons, no such obligation or enforcement relation has been created between SEBI and such persons.

(g) If, e.g., the company does not frame the Code of Conduct as prescribed, SEBI can levy penalties, and take other penal and other action. Further, if a company does not enforce the Code, then also such penal consequences would follow. But the Regulations do not go further and require that the Code so framed should also be complied with by the directors, etc.

(h) Is this intentional or is it an unintentional drafting lapse? On first impression, one could be tempted to consider that this is intentional. The Consultative Paper on proposed amendments to Insider Trading of March 2008 did consider the requirements of the Model Code to be akin to corporate governance requirements. In fact, it discussed that disclosure of non-compliance was perhaps a better way to punish a company economically through the markets. It also recommended dilution of the punitive requirements. Effectively, it appeared to suggest a change in approach. However, even considering these original thoughts, it still appears to me that it is not intended by SEBI that such violations should not attract penal conse-quences.

(i) I think it is not only an unintentional  lapse and this also arises on account of an improper appreciation of the structure of the Regulations. SEBI has all along assumed that violations of the Code as framed by the Company are not only punishable with monetary penalties and directions, but also subject to prosecution. In the aforesaid Consultative Paper of March 2008, SEBI recommended that the violations of the Code should not result in imprisonment. It further said that “other powers of monetary penalties and directions should be continued”. Thus, SEBI assumed that the violations already attracted all these penal consequences.

(j) On this erroneous presumption, perhaps, SEBI placed the bar on the Specified Transactions in the Model Code.

(k) But where is the provision, in the Act or the Regulations, saying that violations of the Code will attract such penal consequences? No-where, I think.

(l) Thus, by possibly an unintentional drafting lapse, the bar on the Specified Transactions will not attract the penalties, prosecution, etc. Taking this further, even violation of the 30-day lock-in for shares acquired in IPO or, for that matter, violation of any other provision of the Code, would not attract such punishment.

(m) Of course, this does not mean that such persons can merrily carry out Insider Trading as defined – i.e., trade in shares on the basis of unpublished price-sensitive information or communicate such information, etc. Also, persons violating the bars on ‘specified transactions’ would also face, as discussed above, action by the company for violation of the Code.

(7) There are a few other amendments and issues, but considering space constraints, only certain important amendments have been discussed.

(8) A common thread amongst these amendments appears to be that SEBI seems to have preferred a total ban and also creating a ‘deemed category’ of insiders without leaving any scope for subjective exemptions. While the merits of such an approach could be debated, it is likely that at least in the short run, many persons may unwittingly carry out ‘Insider Trading’ as so now widely defined – in terms of persons as well as transactions. This is the sad consequence of the poorly publicised and arbitrary amendments.

Appealing Against Rejection of Takeover Exemption

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

A recent decision of the
Securities Appellate Tribunal (‘SAT’) has perhaps for the first time reversed a
SEBI Order refusing to grant an exemption from an open offer. Such exemption, as
will be explained later, is a discretionary one from the otherwise mandatory
open offer under the SEBI Takeover Regulations. This decision is in the case of
Dr. Arvindkumar B. Shah (HUF) v. SEBI, (2010) 104 SCL 559 (SAT-Mum.). To me, it
is also an important and perhaps controversial precedent of SAT deciding on the
merits of SEBI’s decision in such a case.

To briefly review the
relevant law and scheme of the Regulations as relevant to the present case, it
may be recollected that the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and
Takeovers) Regulations, 1997 (‘the Regulations’) require an open offer to be
made by certain persons typically in certain cases of acquisition of shares of
listed companies. Such persons, generally stated, are required to offer to
acquire at least 20% of the shares held by the public. This is usually when they
make substantial acquisition of shares. This open offer is mandatory though
there are certain statutorily exempted acquisitions. However, between these two
extremes, a mechanism has been provided to grant discretionary exemption on a
case-to-case basis. The mechanism involves a Takeover Panel which is really an
independent committee that reviews each application and renders its
recommendation to SEBI. SEBI then considers the recommendation and then applies
its own discretion again and grants or rejects exemption (irrespective of the
recommendation).

In the light of this scheme
of Regulations, let us consider, first very broadly, the facts of the present
case.

The applicant company sought
to set up a plant to manufacture certain pharmaceutical products. For this
purpose, a large amount of funds was to be raised from lenders who made it a
condition of their lending that a sum of Rs.50 crores shall also be raised as
equity. The company had various alternatives of raising the equity in the form
of rights issue, preferential issue, etc. At the end, in consultation with the
Promoters, the company decided to issue shares on a preferential basis to the
Promoters and persons acting in concert. Essentially, the important consequence
was that post such preferential issue, the holding of the Promoters and persons
acting in concert (referred to together as ‘Promoters’ herein) would increase
from 25.32% to 45.91%. Regulation 11 of the Regulations provide that an acquirer
holding 15% or more of shares or voting rights can, to simplify a little,
acquire further shares only up to 5% in a financial year. Clearly, the acquirers
would in the normal course be required to make an open offer if the acquisition
was of more than 5% of the shares.

The company obtained the
required approvals under the Companies Act, 1956, which particularly required
approval of the shareholders by way of a special resolution through a postal
ballot. In the postal ballot, only about 10% (in number) of the shareholders
sent in their votes but of those who so voted, 99.10% voted in favour of the
resolution.

The Promoters then applied
to the Takeover Panel for exemption from the open offer. The Panel, after due
consideration, recommended grant of exemption. SEBI, however, considered the
matter and refused to grant the exemption.

The main reasons cited by
SEBI were that, firstly, the company could have raised the funds through a
rights issue where all the shareholders could have benefited. If the
shareholders did not subscribe, then of course, the Promoters could subscribe
and cover up the shortfall. Secondly, if an exemption was granted, the public
shareholders would lose the benefit of an exit. Thirdly, SEBI stated that
usually it grants exemption in such cases if the company is a sick/turnaround
company and the infusion of funds is under a Corporate Debt Restructuring (CDR)
package or similar situation. In view of this, SEBI refused to grant the
exemption.

The company appealed against
this decision to the SAT. The SAT allowed the appeal and granted the exemption.

Firstly, the SAT found fault
in SEBI’s view that the company could have raised the funds by a rights issue.
The SAT felt that SEBI should not advise a company on which alternative it could
use to raise funds. It observed, :

“The whole-time member has
found fault with the target company for not raising the funds through a rights
issue as, according to him, the method of preferential allotment denied to the
shareholders an equal opportunity in the fund raising exercise. He appears to be
of the view that since the shareholders had been denied that opportunity, they
be given an exit option through an open offer by declining the exemption. He is
totally wrong in his approach and perception of the shareholders’ interests.
First of all, it is not for the Board to advise or insist on any company as to
how and in what manner it should raise its further equity capital when the law
gives the aforesaid three options to a company . . . . the target company and
its shareholders had considered the option of the rights issue for raising the
equity and for good business reasons and without jeopardising the interest of
the shareholders abandoned this option . . . . Since time was of the essence,
the target company had to choose the quickest way without sacrificing the
interests of its shareholders to raise the necessary funds including the equity
of Rs.50 crores which was a pre-disbursement condition imposed by the banks. We
agree with the learned counsel for the appellants that preferential allotment
was not only the quickest but also the surest method of raising equity. The
option of rights issue if resorted to would have consumed good bit of the 30
months that were available with the target company to start commercial
production. Apart from the delay which that process would have caused, there was
no certainty that the target company would be able to raise Rs.50 crores through
that method. Even in the best case scenario of full subscription in the rights
issue at 1 : 1 ratio, the total money that could be raised would have been Rs.36
crores only leaving a deficit of Rs.14 crores for the project.”

The SAT also pointed out the
risks of uncertainty and costs to the company in a rights issue. It observed, :

“There was also no certainty that all the share-holders would participate in the rights issue. The average market price of the share of the target company during the last six months was around Rs.1.89 and it could at the most offer shares to the shareholders in a rights issue at Rs.1.39 per share, if not lower. It is axiomatic that unless the target company offers the shares at a price lower than the market price, the shareholders would not participate. If the option of rights issue had been adopted, the existing shareholders would have paid at the most at the rate of Rs.1.39 per share, whereas the Promoters to whom preferential allotment has been made have paid Rs.2.25 per share. Has the preferential allotment not added value to the company and in turn enhanced the shareholders’ value. There is yet another reason why the target company did not pursue the rights issue option. This process causes not only uncertainty and delay but also involves extra cost. The appellants pointed out and which fact has not been disputed on behalf of the Board that the total cost of the rights issue would have been close to Rs.56 lakhs and the target company could ill afford at that point of time to spend this amount on this exercise as it had recently wound up its project at Haridwar and was operating at low margins.”

The SAT also held that the prescribed procedure for obtaining approval for the preferential allotment by a postal ballot as prescribed under the Companies Act, 1956, was duly followed in letter and spirit. There was due disclosure of the facts and the relevant and prescribed majority duly approved the resolution. It said that the shareholders were the best judge of their interests and if they have approved something, their judgment cannot be interfered with.

The SAT also rejected the argument of SEBI that an exit route should have been provided to the shareholders through an open offer. The SAT observed :

“We also do not agree with the whole-time member that, in the circumstances of the present case, the shareholders of the target company should have been provided with an exit route by requiring the appellants to make a public of-fer. There has been no change of management or control over the target company consequent upon the preferential allotment as notified to the shareholders. This is also not a case where a rank outsider had acquired a large chunk of shares in the company and was seeking exemption from the takeover code. Such an acquisition or change in management or control over the target company brings with it an element of uncertainty and the takeover code provides that in such an eventuality the existing shareholders be provided with an exit route by requiring the acquirer to make a public offer. In the case before us, there was no element of uncertainty and there was no change of management or control and we are satisfied that the shareholders of the target company did not get affected in any manner by the acquisition.”

At the end, after reversing SEBI’s Order and allowing the exemption, the SAT further observed that in an earlier case on similar facts, SEBI had granted exemption. Thus, SEBI should have granted exemption in the present case too. It observed, “It must be remembered that it is in public interest that a statutory regulator like the Board should be consistent in its approach as that would send the right signals to the capital market and would also insulate the Board from the charge of discrimination.”

While this decision will act as a precedent in future cases and also act as deterrent in arbitrary or inconsistent Orders of SEBI, I respectfully submit that some aspects of this decision of SAT require reconsideration.

Firstly, SAT has, in my opinion, substituted its own judgment in place of the clearly discretionary approval process of SEBI. This is not a case where SEBI has levied, say, a penalty using its discretion whether or not to levy a penalty. It was considering a case of grant of approval which is a concession or benefit given to the Promoters/ other allottees in the present case. SAT also has not found any patent error of fact or law on the face of the record.

Secondly, it may be recollected that till 2002, the Regulations allowed for exemption from open offer to preferential allotment provided certain conditions particularly relating to disclosures were complied with. This exemption has been consciously dropped as a matter of policy. Thus, it could be fair to accept that normal preferential allotment ought not be granted exemption, even if the other formalities in law were duly complied with. With due respect, this decision may indirectly lead to a situation that all allotments through preferential allotments in similar cases of need for fund raising should be exempted. This would make a nullity of the conscious amendment to the law.

Thirdly, the ground that SEBI should be consistent in its Order is of course an advisable and fair ground generally to avoid being seen as arbitrary. However, in cases of grant of discretionary exemption, it is submitted, with respect, that it would mean rigidity and exemptions being taken for granted.

Though not directly on the point, it may be recollected that the Supreme Court (in SEBI v. Saikala Associates Ltd., Civil Appeal No. 3696 of 2005 with Civil Appeal No. 4640 of 2006, decided on April 21, 2009) on the limits and nature of appellate power of the SAT had held that the SAT could not travel beyond the statutory powers in terms of exercising its discretion. The Court observed, “When something is to be done statutorily in a particular way, it can only be done that way. There is no scope for (SAT) taking shelter under a discretionary power”.

To conclude, an appellate window is now open, apparently for the first time, for refusal to grant exemption from open offer by SEBI. However, one trusts that the spirit of discretionary approvals is not defeated by it becoming it mandatory.

Satyam — is pledge of shares insider trading ?

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

This series of articles introducing securities laws for
listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .


(1) Not one more Satyam article, please ! There is certainly
an overdose of reports, articles, blogs, even Twitter messages covering the
latest buzz or views on the Satyam episode. There is serious competition on the
net on how one writer could outdo others in eloquent outrage. However, the fact
remains that at least at the time of writing this article, which is many days
after Mr. Ramalinga Raju’s ‘confession letter’ that, except this very letter,
there are very little other facts brought out. Even the veracity of the contents
of this very letter is being questioned by some. However, as is usually the case
in Trial-by-Media, many parties have been already presumed to be guilty.

(2) However, for the purposes of this column, the Satyam
episode is a dream case study for students of securities laws. If one believes
even some of the reported statements in the press and elsewhere to be true, it
seems that violation of a host of securities laws would be alleged. There would
be question of violations of the SEBI DIP Guidelines while making of
disclosures. There would be allegations of fraud and unfair trade practices in
dealings in securities and making of statements by the Promoters of Satyam and
others. There would be allegations of violation of numerous provisions of
corporate governance requirements. There would be concerns about violations of
the Insider Trading Regulations, since it is reported that shares of Satyam have
been sold by the Promoters over the last many years, either directly or by the
lenders who lent funds against the securities of the shares and then sold the
shares. There could be violation of the Regulations and Code of Conduct for
intermediaries such as merchant bankers, brokers, etc. in their dealings in
relation to Satyam. And so on and on.

(3) However, as stated, it may be worth for us, as students
of this field, to examine one or more of such issues from time to time and then,
in the context of specific ‘facts’ as reported, examine the law and see how it
could apply. This way, we can understand the law in practice.

(4) Let us then, in this context, consider one such
allegation and that is that there has been violation of Insider Trading
Regulations in dealing of shares by the Promoters of Satyam. More specifically,
it is being alleged that the Promoters of Satyam pledged their shares in Satyam
to lenders who, in turn, on default or on margin calls, sold their shares. It is
alleged that this amounts to Insider Trading by the Promoters. It is also
reported that the SEBI Committee examining this issue will also consider whether
the law should be amended, whereby pledge of Promoters’ shares would now be
required to be disclosed. Let us examine here, in the light of the alleged
facts, whether pledge of shares can be held to be Insider Trading under the
existing law. Let us also examine the implications of the recommendation that
the law be amended to require disclosures of pledge of shares by Promoters.

(5) Let us examine the reasoning given in support of the view
that pledge of shares should amount to Insider Trading. The first line of
argument is that pledge of shares is indeed Insider Trading, apparently by
taking an extended meaning of ‘dealing’ in ‘securities’. It is stated that the
word ‘dealing in securities’, the very substance of Insider Trading, is broad
enough to include all transactions relating to securities including, therefore,
even pledge. However, I wonder if the wording of the scheme provides for
coverage of a bona fide pledge. The existing definition of ‘dealing in
securities’ in the SEBI Insider Trading Regulations is quite specific and
exhaustive though a bit clumsy. It says that ‘dealing in securities’ means
‘an act of subscribing, buying, selling or agreeing to subscribe, buy, sell or
deal in any securities by a person either as a principal or an agent’. Pledging
of shares is not subscribing or buying or selling of securities, nor is it
agreeing to do so.

(6) The definition has some clumsiness in terms of being
circumlocutory when it uses the word ‘deal’ again in the latter part of the
definition, but I doubt whether even this would be sufficient to cover bona
fide
pledge of shares.

(7) Consider also the intention of these Regulations
prohibiting Insider Trading. It is obviously to restrict insiders from dealing
ahead of material disclosures, at a time when the price is significantly
different from what it may be if these disclosures were made. In Satyam, it is
being alleged that the Promoters pledged shares when prices were high and thus
obtained monies based on valuations that did not reflect the reality and which
reality was disclosed much later. The lenders allegedly sold shares when market
price started falling and Promoters could not meet margin calls. However, this,
by itself only, cannot make bona fide pledge of shares insider dealing.

(8) When a person pledges shares, he keeps the risks and
rewards in the shares with himself. When the lender sells the shares on default
or margin calls, he sells at a time when the prices may have already fallen, but
then it is the borrower who has to bear such fall. He would be credited
obviously only to the extent of the amount realised by sale. If the borrower
bears the risk of such fall, then this goes against the very concept of Insider
Trading where the dealer profits from a fall in price that may be the result of
adverse information published later.

(9) The second and incidental line of argument is that the
definition of ‘securities’ — Insider Trading involves dealing in ‘securities’ —
under the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 includes ‘rights or
interest in securities’. It is argued, and to that extent rightly so, that
pledge of shares may involve grant of right or interest in securities. However,
from this, a conclusion is apparently being inferred that thereby dealing in
‘securities’ would cover pledge of shares.

10. One possible answer to this is that what is covered under Insider Trading is ‘dealing’ in securities i.e., the process and action itself. It is the word ‘securities’ that has been given an extended meaning under SCRA to cover ‘rights or interest’. The word ‘dealing’ has not so been artificially extended and in fact, as discussed above, is quite specific and exhaustive (except for the quirk, also discussed). If pledge of shares is held to be Insider Trading, then Insider Trading is being interpreted to mean ‘dealing in (dealing in securities)’!
 
11. Interestingly, the Takeover Regulations exempt acquisition of shares by ‘banks and public financial institutions as pledgees’. One may wonder whether, therefore, pledge was thus understood to be acquisition, since otherwise there was no need to specifically give this exemption. However, this conclusion may not be correct since, even here, what is really exempted is ‘acquisition of shares’ as ‘pledgees’ and not the pledge itself. In other words, the pledge has to be an acquisition first – e.g., in the case where the pledgee actually transfers the shares in its name and also does further acts. Also, there are decisions (of SAT,etc., not discussed here) that have held that pledge does not amount to acquisition of shares.

12. The above discussion though applies to bona fide pledge of shares and the moot question of course is whether the pledge of shares in Satyam was bona fide. Obviously, no one knows this yet and it may take a long time before the truth is established. However, clearly, if a pledge is not a bona fide pledge and is actually a sale in disguise, then it would be sale of securities and in that case the Insider Trading Regulations would squarely apply. But this would be by applying the regular and plain inter-pretation of Insider Trading and not by a crisis-driven, extended meaning.

13. If in the heat and pressure of action, to some-how find the Promoters of Satyam guilty of Insider Trading, a stretched interpretation is taken that any pledge of shares should also be deemed to be Insider Trading, it can cause a serious crisis to the whole corporate world generally. Firstly, Promoters of numerous other companies would also be deemed to have committed Insider Trading through pledge. Secondly, this process may bring out the real picture of the status of finances of Promoters in India post-stock market meltdown !

14. It is then that the second suggestion of SEBI can be discussed and that is whether Promoters should be required to disclose the pledge of their shareholdings. I think this is a sensible suggestion and it would be valuable information for shareholders and the markets in general to know to what extent the Promoters are vulnerable and what is their real, net and clear holding and stake. Not that there is anything per se wrong in pledging shares or that it is ‘disclosure’ of Insider Trading. Pledge may be for many reasons – for raising of finance for persons or corporate purposes or even further acquisition of shares, etc. In fact, if funds are raised by Promoters for financing further acquisitions of shares, then this may be even indicative of their own confidence in the Company. Of course, in some cases, this disclosure may help initiating investigation of the bona fide nature of the pledge.

15. However, as stated earlier, making Promoters to disclose, at this juncture, the pledge of their holding would also result in the discovery – probably shocking – of the reality as suggested by the oftquoted statement of Warren Buffet – “You only find out who is swimming naked when the tide goes out”. We may thus find out how many Indian Promoters are swimming dressed very skimpily and how many are swimming stark naked!

Rebirth Of Stock Lending – Opportunities, Confusion and Contradictions

This series of articles introducing securities laws for listed companies to the lay reader continues…

1) A recent and relatively minor amendment suddenly infuses life into the otherwise dead instrument, that is, scheme of stock lending. The amendment provides that now Stock Lending can be for one year, thereby increasing the period from 30 days, which, incidentally initially was, for just seven days. This short lending period was probably the main reason why there was practically no interest in using stock lending, though the scheme has existed since 1997!

2) Let us broadly understand what Stock Lending is and understand some important developments till date. I may add that, as we will see later, numerous other things in securities laws and outside have to be resolved but this latest amendment is, I think, sufficient reason to take Stock Lending seriously now.

3) Stock Lending, as the name suggests, is lending of shares by an owner to a borrower. The borrower pays charges for “using” the shares and is required to return the borrowed stock by the end of the borrowing period. The Borrower normally cannot close the transaction in cash. The arrangement provides that all other benefits of ownership go to the Lender, such as dividends, bonus issue, etc. Hence, if a company makes a 1:1 bonus issue, the Borrower would then have to return double the number of shares he has borrowed. However, all benefits of ownership cannot be protected, such as the ‘right to vote’.

4) The Borrower normally sells the shares in the market, as he is bearish on the scrip and believes that the price of the shares will fall in the ‘borrowing period’. Thus, he will be able to buy shares back at a lower price and return them to the Lender and earn profit.

5) Conceptually, thus, the Lender would have to be a person who is either a long term investor or a promoter who is bullish on the scrip and desires to earn return in the interregnum. Another reason for not selling the shares himself could be that the Promoter may be interested in retaining the shares for the long term for the benefit of control through the shares.

6) In theory, private parties could carry out Stock Lending amongst themselves. The Lender would lend the shares to the Borrower by a private arrangement. The Borrower would sell the shares, buy them back at a later date and return the shares. However, there would be several complexities. The Lender would also have concerns about default in recovery of his shares. Further, the Lender/Borrower would have to search for counter parties and there would not be the benefits of an open market of Stock Lending where parties could find many counter parties. In an open market, the Stock Lending rates would be market determined owing to wider participation.

7) The advantages of a statutory lending scheme are many and in theory, many of the above disadvantages can be overcome. However, SEBI has been struggling, since 1997, to lay down a scheme that retains the aforesaid advantages while ensuring that the terms and conditions do not create problems. However, it has not been successful so far.

8) SEBI had introduced in 1997 a Scheme of Stock Lending. The principal concept was of approved intermediaries, who would act as intermediaries for parties on both sides, i.e., lending and borrowing. Strict approval norms were laid down for approval of intermediaries so that the intermediaries were strong in terms of net worth, which may lend confidence to the Lender. The intermediaries would also be under regulatory control of SEBI. For various reasons, including tax uncertainty (which since 1997 was partly resolved), the Stock Lending Scheme did not take off at all.

9) A decade later, around 2007, SEBI took steps to revive it. A principal change made was that that the stock exchanges themselves would be the intermediaries. It appears that the objective was also of allowing Stock Lending transactions to be effected through the stock exchange. Thus, one could theoretically borrow and lend in a manner similar to buying and selling shares or derivatives. The stock market would also protect the parties for due honour of the terms such as return of the shares and corporate benefits.

10) However, SEBI was unduly cautious. Stock Lending is actually intended to facilitate
short-selling. And short-selling is incorrectly and unfairly seen as a stigmatic act. So much so that the recent recession in the US is blamed on short-sellers. Even in India, a few years earlier, short-sellers were claimed to be behind the huge fall in the stock markets. However, short-selling and speculative buying are two sides of the same coin. If markets are undervalued, a spirited speculator is seen as heroic when he buys, raises the market and then sells the same. The same speculator who feels that the market is overpriced, becomes a villain if he short sells. Speculation is part of the market. But if speculation is indulged in for price manipulation, then, and only then, it should be punished. However, short-selling continues to be stigmatic, at least in perception.

a) Having stated this, Stock Lending is better than naked short-selling in which any quantity of shares could be sold. In Stock Lending, every short sale has to be backed by available shares.

11) Hence, as said earlier, SEBI was unduly cautious. It initially allowed barely 7 days of lending, as if prices would move towards a particular value in such short period. Such a Scheme was bound to fail and it did. It remained a failure when the lending period was increased in 2008 from 7 to 30 days. Now, SEBI has, in one stroke, increased the period to 12 months and there is some excitement in the market. This move has the potential to be the proverbial Tipping Point, when there is a major take-off on account of a small change, though some minor issues in the Scheme and tax and other uncertainties remain.

12) As the revised scheme is now in place, let us note some important features which make the Scheme attractive:-

a) Any person can carry out stock lending and thereby short-selling. The Borrower and the Lender can be any person, individual, corporate, institutional investor, etc.

b) Initially, Stock Lending will be allowed in shares in which futures and options are allowed. SEBI will review this list from time to time.

c) The lending/borrowing period is upto one year.

d) The Lender can request an early termination and the Approved Intermediary can, on a best effort basis, seek to get shares from another lender and give them to the original Lender.

e) The Borrower can also return the shares earlier and the Approved Intermediary can attempt to find another borrower.

f) Timely disclosures will have to be made of the shares that are sold using the Stock Lending mechanism.

g) The clearing corporation/clearing house of the stock exchanges having nationwide terminals will be registered as Approved Intermediaries, through which the Stock Lending would be carried out. The Borrowers and Lenders would approach authorized Clearing Members for their transactions.

h) The Stock Lending would be through the screen-based, order-matching platform. Thus, like derivatives, parties can find out orders available on either side and carry out “trades” of borrowing/lending.

i) There will be a contractual/statutory framework between the parties involved, viz., the Borrowers, Lenders, Approved Intermediaries and the Clearing Members. However, there will not be any direct agreement between the Borrower and the Lender.

j) The contracts would effectively be standardized and thus comparable and capable of being valued uniformly.

k) The Approved Intermediaries will lay down the risk management mechanism so as to ensure that shares lent are recovered or due compensation is otherwise received from the Borrower. This is an important pillar of the Scheme, which would give comfort to the Lender.

l) There are overall limits of shares that can be lent as a percentage of capital. At least in this respect, SEBI has been realistic and has allowed a fairly high percentage of the share capital—10%—though one could argue that even this is arbitrary. There are sub-limits though, at various lower levels.

m) The lending and borrowing would not be deemed to be sale and purchase of shares for various purposes such as for Takeover Regulations. However, one will have to look at actual amendments in the law, if there would be any.

13) Note that while the Stock Lending scheme is approved, steps would have to be taken by stock exchanges and others concerned to lay down the systems and procedures for the same to make it operational.

14) While the Scheme is attractive generally, there are various concerns.

15) The tax law remains uncertain, and though there is a specific but old Section 47(xv) that deals with Stock Lending, some questions worth considering are:-

a) Will lending be deemed to be a sale and borrowing deemed to be a purchase in the revised statutory framework, particularly where there
 

are no direct agreements between Borrower and Lender? Similarly, what will be the treatment of the reverse transactions when shares are returned from the Borrower to the Lender through the Approved Intermediaries?

An incidental question would be how would the period for which the stock is lent be treated? Will it be part of the continuous period for which the shares were held by the Lender?

b) The Borrower would be in a peculiar position. Assuming that he is not deemed to be a purchaser, he would be selling the shares first and then buying them back. How would the surplus/loss be treated? How would he account for his position for tax purposes at the yearend when he has sold shares but he has not yet bought them back? Will he be able to book a provisional loss if the market price is higher than the price at which he sold? How much of such loss will he be able to book?

c) How would the income from Stock Lending be treated? How would the Stock Lending charges paid be treated? How will the treatment differ for those who hold the shares as stock in trade and for those who hold it as capital assets?

d) If there is finally a default in return of the shares and the Lender is compensated in money, what would be its tax treatment? When would the “transfer”/sale be deemed to have taken place?

I must confess that I have only scratched the surface and I am sure readers will think of more issues.

16) Apart from tax, there would be other issues such as:-

a) Can Stock Lending be deemed to be insider trading? In other words, would a Stock Lend-ing by an insider be deemed to be insider trading if he had access to unpublished price sensitive information?

b) How would the lending and borrowing be treated for accounting purposes? How will it differ for shares held as investments and shares held as stock in trade? How will the potential loss on account of rise in price be accounted by the Borrower at the yearend?

c) Will Stock Lending be treated as borrowing for the purposes of Section 58A of the Companies Act, 1956?

d) Will stock lending be deemed to be a financial activity for the purposes of regulations relating to NBFCs?

17) Then there are other aspects. Should an act of a Promoter who lends shares be viewed negatively? Should it show an indication that he is himself bearish on his shares and thus he is protecting himself? By lending, is he not encouraging fall in the share price since there would be selling pressure? Or should a view be taken that the fact that the Promoter is only lending and not selling shows that he is actually confident of his company since he would want his shares back eventually? Whatever the theoretical arguments, on either side, may be, a Promoter who lends his shares may face publicity and, often, publicity relating to such transactions is automatically negative publicity!

18)To conclude, Stock Lending offers a new and attractive instrument but with complex issues that Chartered Accountants, whether in industry or in practice, will have to address.

Can Chartered Accountants be Punished by SEBI ?

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

The issues are:


    (a) Are auditors governed only by ICAI as far as their auditing and certification is concerned?

    (b) Whether SEBI has the right to take action against the auditors, and if so under what circumstances?





These important issues have been recently answered by the
Bombay High Court in Price Waterhouse & Co. v. SEBI, [(2010) 103 SCL 96 (Bom.)].
As we will see later herein, the Court decided against the petitioners. However,
the Court stayed the proceedings for four weeks to allow filing of a special
leave petition to the Supreme Court. As of the date of writing this article, the
status of whether such a SLP has been filed or not is not known.

The issue is whether the work of an auditor should be judged
only by an expert body — that is — ICAI — an institution established under a
statute. It is a matter of serious concern if the same work is also scrutinised
by another authority that may reach a different conclusion and this also results
in multiple actions/
proceedings.

There is also another important reason to be concerned.
Chartered Accountants generally and even as Statutory Auditors are not required
to be ‘registered’ with SEBI. SEBI closely controls registered intermediaries
not only through the process of registration and suspension/cancellation of
registration, but also by closely regulating them through Rules and Regulations.
If SEBI can control and act against unregistered intermediaries, particularly if
they are regulated by another body, it would be a worrisome precedent for not
just chartered accountants, but any person having anything to do with listed
companies or capital markets.

Further, the anxiety is also because the type of action that
the SEBI Act permits is quite wide-ranging and the show-cause notice (‘the SCN’)
that SEBI issued in this matter showed this. The SCN pointed out several actions
that SEBI considered taking, assuming that the allegations were proved. For
example, it said: it would consider banning the auditors from carrying out
statutory audit or other audit/certification of not just listed companies, but
of any other intermediary, etc. registered with SEBI. It would also ban the CA
from ‘accessing the securities markets’ (though it is not clear how a CA may
access it) and certain related actions. It would even initiate prosecution that
may entail a fine of up to Rs.25 crores and imprisonment up to 10 years.

Thus, to summarise, the result would be multiple authorities
judging the auditor, resulting into multiple action and consequences.

It is to be clarified that the SCN was challenged on the
issue of the jurisdiction of SEBI to initiate action. There was no finding of
facts and the Court merely held that it is up to SEBI to investigate the actual
facts and first establish the allegations. But the Court also held that:



  • SEBI does have the power to investigate an auditor with regard to professional
    work done for listed companies and certain other specified persons.



  • Secondly, if the investigation established the allegations as true, then the
    actions of banning, etc. were permissible. In short, the Court held that the
    ICAI did not have exclusive jurisdiction over a CA with regard to the
    professional work done by them for such entities.



  • Thirdly, SEBI and ICAI operated from different angles and thus their
    jurisdictions are simultaneous but not really overlapping.


The issue arose out of the Satyam Computers episode where
several accounting and related frauds have been alleged and are as widely
reported, backed also by an email by Mr. Raju. The issue relating to the role of
the auditors arose as to whether there was any failure/deficiency in the
performance of their professional duties and/or whether there was connivance.

Now let us review the decision in a little more detail.

SEBI issued a show-cause notice to the auditors and certain
other parties. It alleged that in respect of the various alleged accounting
frauds including showing higher revenue, profits, assets, etc., the auditors and
other specified persons did not perform their professional work properly. It
thus asked these parties to explain their stand and said that if the
explanations were not found satisfactory, then it may take actions such as
banning the parties from carrying out audit, etc. of listed companies and
registered intermediaries, accessing capital markets, etc. It even stated that
prosecution may also be considered.

The parties raised a preliminary issue that since they were
Chartered Accountants carrying out professional work and since their
professional work was sought to be judged, they should be judged by the ICAI
only and SEBI had no jurisdiction.

SEBI, however, stated that auditors of listed companies were
entities associated with the capital market and since SEBI’s role was to protect
the integrity of capital markets, it had the right to take action against
persons associated with capital markets. Hence, SEBI has the jurisdiction.

Various issues were raised and it is worth running through
how the Court dealt with them.

The fundamental question is whether SEBI has jurisdiction
over Chartered Accountants or whether the ICAI has exclusive jurisdiction which
SEBI cannot encroach on? The Court raised the issue: (emphasis supplied in all
extracts of the decision in this article):

“However, it is required to be examined as to whether in substance by initiating the proceedings under the SEBI Act, the SEBI is trying to overreach or encroach upon the power conferred under the CA Act.”

“Looking to the provisions of the SEBI Act and the Regulations framed thereunder, in our view, it cannot be said that in a given case if there is material against any Chartered Accountant to the effect that he was instrumental in preparing false and fabricated accounts, SEBI has absolutely no power to take any remedial or preventive measures in such a case. It cannot be said that SEBI cannot give appropriate directions in safe-guarding the interest of investors of a listed company. Whether such directions and orders are required to be issued or not is a matter of inquiry. In our view, the jurisdiction of SEBI would also depend upon the evidence which is available during such inquiry. It is true, as argued by the learned counsel for the petitioners, that SEBI cannot regulate the profession of a Chartered Accountant. This proposition cannot be disputed in any manner. It is required to be noted that by taking remedial and preventive measures in the interest of investors and for regulating the securities market, if any steps are taken by SEBI, it can never be said that it is regulating the profession of the Chartered Accountant. So far as listed companies are concerned, the SEBI has all the powers under the Act and the Regulations to take all remedial and protective measures to safeguard the interest of investors and the securities market. So far as the role of Auditors is concerned, it is a very important role under the Companies Act.”

Further, the Court reviewed the Chartered Accountants Act and the powers therein and did not find any contradiction. Since SEBI was not really seeking to regulate the profession of Chartered Accountants, the Chartered Accountants Act could not prevent SEBI from taking action of the nature proposed in the SCN.

Can SEBI order that an auditor shall be prohibited from auditing the accounts of a listed company? This is what the Court held:
“It is not uncommon nowadays that for financial gains, even small investors are investing money in the share market. Mr. Ravi Kadam has rightly pointed out that there are cases where even retired persons are investing their retiral dues in the purchase of shares and ultimately, if such a person is defrauded, he will be totally ruined and may be put in a situation where his life savings are wiped out. With a view to safeguard the interests of such investors, in our view, it is the duty of the SEBI to see that maximum care is required to be taken to protect the interest of such investors so that they may not be subjected to any fraud or cheating in the matter of their investments in the securities market. Normally, an investor invests his money by considering the financial health of the company and in order to find out the same, one would naturally bank upon the accounts and balance- sheets of the company. If it is unearthed during inquiry before SEBI that a particular Chartered Accountant, in connivance and in collusion with the Officers/ Directors of the company has concocted false accounts, in our view, there is no reason as to why to protect the interests of investors and regulate the securities market, such a person cannot be prevented from dealing with the auditing of such a public listed company. In our view, the SEBI has got inherent powers to take all ancillary steps to safeguard the interest of investors and securities market. The powers conferred under various provisions of the Act are wide enough to cover such an eventuality and it cannot be given any restrictive meaning as suggested by the learned counsel for the petitioners. It is the statutory duty of the SEBI to see that the interests of the investors are protected and remedial and preventive measures are required to be taken in this behalf. It is required to be noted that in the instant case the inquiry is still pending, ultimately the decision is required to be taken by SEBI on the basis of available evidence on record. However, in order to determine the jurisdiction of SEBI, the contents of the show-cause notice which is the first step of initiating proceedings are required to be seen. Reading the contents of the show-cause notices and the relevant statutory provisions, it cannot be said that SEBI has no jurisdiction at all to enquire into the affairs of the petitioners insofar as it relates to Satyam.”

The Court made it clear that SEBI definitely has jurisdiction in such matters by observing, “In our view, it cannot be said that the show -cause notices issued by SEBI are, on the face of it, not sustainable on the ground that SEBI has no jurisdiction to enter into the affairs of the petitioners or that it lacks jurisdiction to go into such questions.”

A critical question that often arises is who are persons associated with the securities markets since that would give jurisdiction to SEBI to inquire and take action. Thus, the question is whether auditors are such persons associated with the securities market. The Court answered in the positive, stating, “even though the petitioners may not have direct association in share market activities, yet the statutory duty regarding auditing the accounts of the company and preparation of balance-sheets may have a direct bearing in connection with interest of the investors and the stability of the securities market. In our view, the petitioners in their capacity as auditors of the company Satyam, which was at one point of time considered to be a blue chip company who had a defining influence on the securities market, can be said to be persons associated with the securities market within the meaning of the provisions of the said Act.”

The Court also held that the power of SEBI is over and above the provisions of S. 227 of the Companies Act, 1956, which provided for removal of an auditor. Thus, it negatived the contention that removal of auditor can only be u/s.227. The Court also compared the powers under SEBI Act with the powers under the Consumer Protection Act and said that neither of this can be said to be encroaching on the powers of ICAI. The Court also rejected the argument that such proposed action by SEBI would amount to infringement of fundamental rights under Article 19(1)(g) of the Constitution of India.

Interestingly, the Court held that the criteria for determining proper performance of duties by the auditors were the very audit norms prescribed by ICAI. The Court, observed, “However, if it is found in a given case that the Chartered Accountant has violated the audit norms prescribed by the Institute under the CA Act, the SEBI can certainly consider the said aspect in order to find out as to whether such a professional person should be allowed to continue to function as an Auditor of a listed company if by continuing such person as an Auditor of a listed company, it may hamper the interest of the investors of such a listed company.”

An interesting aspect is whether SEBI would have jurisdiction only when there is a mala fide intention or connivance by the auditors or whether professional negligence without such an active involvement is also covered. It is not clear from the decision, but the Court did make some interesting observations. An example of such an observation of the Court is:

“In a given case, if ultimately it is found that there was only some omission without any mens rea or connivance with anyone in any manner, naturally on the basis of such evidence the SEBI cannot give any further directions.”

Another thought that comes to the author is: whether the views of ICAI should have been taken here in some manner, since at least indirectly the issue related to the exclusive jurisdiction of ICAI.

Open offer pricing — recent decisions

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

(1) Open offers under the SEBI Takeover Regulations are
perhaps the rare situations in which intelligent investor interest focusses on
the wording and interpretation of securities laws. Whether there will be an open
offer and at what price and to whom are
questions, the answer to which present quick money-making opportunities to them.
In Western countries, professional arbitrageurs used to specialise in this
narrow field and some of them made hundreds of millions of dollars. As many of
these investors resorted to the use of inside information, this rewarding
activity came into disrepute.

(2) Even a simple takeover can create complications for an
intelligent and well-informed investor if he speculates. The issue gets further
complicated if takeover of Company C by B is quickly followed by takeover of B
by A.

(3) A recent decision of the Securities Appellate Tribunal
deals with just some of such complications and should present interesting
reading. The issue essentially related to what offer price should be given to
public shareholders under the mandatory open offer required under the Takeover
Regulations. The interesting aspect was that the company taken over itself
controlled another listed company (that was itself recently taken over). You can
picture the situation that a big fish eats a small fish and before the small
fish is even digested by the big fish, a bigger fish comes and eats the big
fish !

(4) Since the law requires that if a company is taken over
indirectly, then open offer is required for the indirectly acquired company
also. The question was what would be the price that should be offered for such
indirectly acquired company’s public shareholders. The case considers the
complexities that arise in such takeovers and how the law would be
expectedly found to be partially inadequate. The case also offers insights how
the Appellate Authority tries to find a meaningful solution to the issue,
filling in gaps through a ‘purposive’ approach to interpretation of the law. The
issue also is whether the Securities Appellate Tribunal, with due respect, took
an approach that gave benefits to public shareholders, but that was not
justified by the letter and perhaps even the spirit of the law.

(5) Let us go into the facts of this interesting case. The
decision is in the case of Dr. Jayaram Chigurupati v. SEBI and Others,
(Appeal No. 137 of 2009). The 3 companies involved were Zenotech Laboratories
Limited (‘Zenotech’), Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited (‘Ranbaxy’) and Daiichi
Sankyo Company (‘Daiichi’).

(6) Zenotech was the small fish in our analogy and was taken
over by Ranbaxy in the first instance. Ranbaxy made the required open offer to
the shareholders of Zenotech. Thereafter, Zenotech became a subsidiary of
Ranbaxy. Within a few months of the open offer by Ranbaxy — Ranbaxy itself was
taken over by Daiichi and thereafter became a subsidiary of Daiichi. It needs to
be noted that both Zenotech and Ranbaxy are listed companies.

(7) To recap the law, the Takeover Regulations require that
if a listed company is taken over, an open offer is required to be made to the
public shareholders of the listed company. The objective is that when an
acquirer buys shares typically from the Promoters of a Company, he should offer
to buy out at least some of the public shareholders too. The minimum percentage
for which the public offer has to be made is 20% of the equity capital. The
important other relevant factor crucial to the present case is the price at
which such an open offer has to be made. The offer price is determined by a
formula that takes into account the price paid for the initial acquisition, the
average of the prices for the preceding specified period, the price paid by the
acquirer or persons acting in concert with him in the preceding specified period
and so on.

(8) The Takeover Regulations require that if there is an
‘indirect’ takeover, the open offer would be required not only to the public
shareholders of the company taken over, but also of the company indirectly taken
over. The subsidiary company of the company taken over is a classic example of a
company indirectly taken over. In the context of our above example, Ranbaxy was
the company directly taken over by Daiichi and Zenotech was the company
indirectly taken over since Zenotech was a subsidiary of Daiichi.

(9) Thus, Daiichi would have to make an open offer not only
to the shareholders of Ranbaxy, but also to the shareholders of Zenotech. The
open offer to Ranbaxy’s shareholders did not offer any complication and was not
also in dispute here. Complications arose for the open offer of Zenotech and at
what price should the open offer be made to their public shareholders.

(10) A brief digression is required here to explain why the
law in relation to such indirect acquisition is a bit complicated and why it has
certain artificial parameters. Earlier, the differences in reality that may
arise between direct and indirect takeovers were not realised and hence the law
was not much different. However, experience made the lawmakers realise that
indirect takeovers had to be treated differently. It was seen that often
indirect takeovers were proposed but could not be completed because certain
approvals were not eventually received. This was particularly so in case of
cross-border acquisitions and where the parent company abroad was acquired.
Approvals of competition authorities and others made the completion of the
takeover uncertain and at least there was a significant delay involved. If an
open offer is required to be made for a takeover that finally does not happen,
then the shares so acquired would be an undue cost to the acquirer. For these
and other reasons, the law in India was amended and it was provided, in essence,
that in case of indirect takeovers, the open offer would have to be made within
3 months completion and consummation of the takeover of the first company.
However, to be fair to the public shareholders, the price to be offered to them
would be the higher of the prices calculated with reference to the original date
of the takeover of the first company and the date when the open offer is
triggered after the completion of the takeover of the first company.

(a) Thus, the complicated formula would have to be applied
with reference to both such dates.

(11) An interesting parameter provided for in this formula is
that if at any time during the preceding twenty-six weeks, the acquirer or any
person acting in concert with him had acquired shares at a higher price, then
such higher price would have to be offered to the public shareholders. The logic
is not far to see — the law intends to ensure that the highest of the prices
recently paid by the acquirer or persons acting in concert should be paid to the
public shareholders.

12. Now once again let us apply the above law to the facts of the present case and see the interesting twist. To recollect, Daiichi acquired Ranbaxy whose subsidiary was Zenotech. Thus, Daiichi had to make an open offer also to the shareholders of Zenotech within three months of completion of acquisition of Ranbaxy, Daiichi or persons acting in concert with it (except for the interesting twist discussed later) had not acquired any shares of Zenotech in the preceding twenty-six weeks. Thus, Daiichi made an open offer at Rs.114 (rounded off here for simplic-ity), since that was the price determined as per the various parameters.

13. However, the question and interesting twist to the whole issue was this. Ranbaxy had become a subsidiary of Daiichi after the acquisition. At the time when the open offer was being made by Daiichi to shareholders of Zenotech, Ranbaxy was thus a subsidiary of Daiichi. By definition, a subsidiary company is deemed to be a person acting in concert with the holding company unless it is established otherwise. Thus, Ranbaxy was a person acting in concert with Daiichi.

14. Ranbaxy had obviously acquired shares of Zenotech when it took it over and as part of open offer. However, only after such takeover of Zenotech that Ranbaxy was itself taken over by and became subsidiary of Daiichi. Since the preceding twenty-six week period was to be considered, and since Zenotech was taken over by Ranbaxy during this period, obviously Ranbaxy had acquired shares of Zenotech during this period under the first open offer. The question was that whether the price paid by Ranbaxy during this period was to be taken into account.

15. The stakes were large. Ranbaxy had paid a price of Rs.160 and thus instead of the Rs.114 to be paid, Rs.160 would be required to be paid.

16. The aggrieved parties petitioned to SEBI who rejected the claim of increase of the offer price to Rs.160 (interestingly, the erstwhile Promoters of Zenotech holding 26% shares were themselves the primary petitioners). The petitioners went in appeal to the Securities Appellate Tribunal (‘SAT’).

17. The SAT held that since Ranbaxy was a sub-sidiary of Daiichi, it was deemed to be acting in concert with Daiichi. No claims were made to refute this legal presumption. The SAT held that since this was the case, the acquisitions made by Ranbaxy during the prescribed period would also have to be taken into account. Since Ranbaxy had paid Rs. 160 to acquire shares of Zenotech during this period, this higher price would have to be the open offer price. Thus, though the open offer price otherwise determined taking also the current price was Rs.114, the price to be actually offered was held to be Rs.160.

18. Now, one may be tempted to say that if the small and public shareholder is benefitted, it is a good thing. The question, however, is also of justice. Incidentally, it was the erstwhile Promoters of Zenotech who held 26% that would be the major beneficiaries. (A side bar here – normally the Promoters of the target company cannot participate in an open offer and it is restricted to public shareholders only. However, since Zenotech was already taken over, the erstwhile Promoters, though holding 26%, became public shareholders and thus eligible for the open offer). Further, it is possible that eventually Daiichi may also have to pay interest on Rs.160 (for the grace period granted under law, SAT has held though  that no interest  would    be payable).

 19. With great respect, I submit that the decision is not correct in law.

 20. Let us first look at the intention of the law. The intention, as I read the law, is that if an acquirer buys shares that triggers an open offer, the highest recent price’ paid by him should be considered and not merely the price at which the lot of shares that resulted in attraction of the open offer were acquired. For this purpose, since it often happens that many entities of the acquirer group acquire shares, the price paid by such persons acting in concert are also considered. However, it is strange that a person who was never a person acting in concert to start with at the time of the original acquisition, is now deemed to be acting in concert. When Ranbaxy bought shares of Zenotech it had nothing to do with Daiichi. To say that Ranbaxy was acting in concert with Daiichi in view of an event that happened later on and apply this to an earlier date is strange.
 
21. The words used are ‘acting’ in concert and this is in the present tense. Quite apparently, as on the date of original acquisition Ranbaxy was not ‘acting’ in concert with Daiichi.

22. The concept of deemed person acting in concert is an artificial concept and it is a well-settled principle of law that such artificial and deeming provisions should be construed strictly.

23. I do not know whether the SAT deliberately took a view to favour the small shareholders and of course there are no words to that effect though SAT does say that it has taken a ‘purposive’ interpretation of the law. I respectfully submit that on a plain and literal reading as well as reading in terms of the object of the law, the conclusion is, with great respect, not justified in law.

24. As I write this article, there are reports that Daiichi may go in appeal to the Supreme Court and it would be interesting to consider what the Su-preme Court has to say in the matter.

Supreme Court on Takeover Regulations

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

(1) A recent decision of the Supreme Court throws light on
important issues relating to the SEBI Takeover Regulations. Some core concepts
of the Regulations such as ‘persons acting in concert’ and ‘persons deemed to be
acting in concert’ are interpreted. It is important to note the reliance placed
by the Supreme Court on the reports of Expert Committees for interpretation. The
decision is in the case of Daiichi Sankyo Company Limited v. Jayaram
Chigurupati & Others,
C.A. No. 7148 of 2009, dated July 8, 2010.

(2) Of course, the real issue that was in dispute before the
Court, though interesting, has application in rare cases. It concerns a
situation where a listed company was acquired by another listed company and the
latter company, within a short time, got itself acquired by another company. The
question before the Court related to the pricing for the open offer of the
shares of the first company and the interpretation of the legal provisions
applicable to such a situation. Such quick and sequential takeovers do not
happen often and hence that part of the decision may have limited application.
But the other aspects have wider importance.

(3) Let us then broadly understand the facts, the relevant
provision of law and the issue, and then know what the Supreme Court held.

(4) The facts are quite simple. Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited
(‘Ranbaxy’), a listed company, agreed to acquire a significant stake in Zenotech
Laboratories Limited (‘Zenotech’), another listed company paying a price of
Rs.160 per share. As required under the Regulations, it made an open offer @
Rs.160 which was also the price as per the formula under the Regulations.
However, within six months, the Promoters of Ranbaxy agreed to sell more than
15% shares in Ranbaxy to Daiichi @ Rs.114 (rounded off) per share. Eventually,
Daiichi got more than 51% stake in Ranbaxy, thereby making Ranbaxy its
subsidiary. Daiichi thereby acquired indirectly more than 15% stake in Zenotech.
Hence, as required by law, Daiichi made an open offer for shares of Zenotech at
a price Rs.114. Shareholders of Zenotech, including its erstwhile Promoters,
complained to SEBI that the open offer should have been @ Rs.160 and not Rs.114.
As will be seen later on, particularly after considering the decision of the
Securities Appellate Tribunal (‘SAT’), the point at issue was that since the law
deems holding-subsidiary companies to be deemed to be acting in concert with
each other and since the law requires that price paid by a person acting in
concert to be taken into account, the open offer should be Rs.160 as paid by
Ranbaxy.

(5) The law relating to open offer pricing of such ‘indirect’
acquisitions, i.e., acquisition of shares of a listed company which in
turn controls another listed company, is as follows.

(6) Shredded of irrelevant complexities, it can be said that
when a listed company acquires another listed company indirectly, then it has to
make an open offer for the shares of the company in which such indirect
acquisition has been made. For the purposes of pricing of the open offer, the
law requires that, inter alia, the price paid by the acquirer or any
persons acting in concert with it during the preceding 26 weeks has to be taken
account of and if such price is higher, then such higher price shall be the open
offer price.

(7) In the present case, Daiichi acquired Ranbaxy. However,
it was during the preceding six months to this that Ranbaxy had acquired the
shares of Zenotech @ Rs.160. The law deems a holding and its subsidiary to be
acting in concert with each other. The issue thus was that since Daiichi and
Ranbaxy were deemed to be acting in concert and since Ranbaxy had acquired
shares of Zenotech @ Rs.160 during the preceding six months, whether such higher
price of Rs.160 should be the open offer price by Daiichi ?

(8) SEBI rejected the complaint by the shareholders of
Zenotech that such higher price should have been the open offer price. Such
shareholders appealed to the SAT, who held that the open offer should have been
at Rs.160. It held, in essence, that one has to consider the situation on the
date with reference to which the price formula of preceding 26 weeks was to be
applied. As on this date, Ranbaxy was a subsidiary of Daiichi. Thus, they were
deemed to be acting in concert. Since the law requires that acquisition by
persons acting in concert be taken into account, the SAT held that the higher
price of Rs.160 paid by Ranbaxy should be the open offer price.

(9) The matter reached the Supreme Court. The Supreme Court
considered, inter alia, the history of the provisions and numerous
provisions not just relating to indirect acquisitions, but even related and
incidental provisions.

(10) It held that, firstly, the persons acting in concert
have to actually come together to acquire the shares of a target company. There
has to be an agreement (or understanding, etc.) to acquire shares and such
shares should be of the target company.

(11) Further, the provisions deeming certain connected
persons (such as holding-subsidiary companies in this case) as persons acting in
concert does only that — i.e., it deems that they are acting in concert.
It does not deem that they have been acting in concert for acquiring shares of a
listed company and this would have to be established. Importantly, even the
provision that deems certain related persons as acting in concert has a
clarification that this deeming provision is subject to the contrary being
established.

(12) The Court gave its understanding of the term ‘person
acting in concert’ as follows :

“. . . . the concept of ‘person acting in concert’ under
Regulation 2(e)(1) is based on a target company on the one side, and on the
other side two or more persons coming together with the shared common objective
or purpose of substantial acquisition of shares, etc. of the target company.
Unless there is a target company, substantial acquisition of whose shares, etc.
is the common objective or purpose of two or more persons coming together, there
can be no “persons acting in concert
“. For, de hors the target
company the idea of ‘persons acting in concert’ is as irrelevant as a cheat with
no one as victim of his deception. Two or more persons may join hands together
with the shared common objective or purpose of any kind, but so long as the
common object and purpose is not of substantial acquisition of shares of a
target company, they would not comprise ‘persons acting in concert’.” (emphasis
supplied
)

(13) The other condition it laid down for the term persons
acting in concert to apply in the context of the Regulations is, in the Court’s
words :

“The other limb of the concept requires two or more persons joining together with the shared common objective and purpose of substantial acquisition of shares, etc. of a certain target company. There can be no ‘persons acting in concert’ unless there is a shared common objective or purpose between two or more persons of substantial acquisition of shares, etc. of the target company. For, de hors the element of the shared common objective or purpose, the idea of ‘person acting in concert’ is as meaningless as criminal conspiracy without any agreement to commit a criminal offence. The idea of ‘persons acting in concert’ is not about a fortuitous relationship coming into existence by accident or chance. The relationship can come into being only by design, by meeting of minds between two or more persons leading to the shared common objective or purpose of acquisition of substantial acquisition of shares, etc. of the target company. It is another matter that the common objective or purpose may be in pursuance of an agreement or an understanding, formal or informal; the acquisition of shares, etc. may be direct or indirect or the persons acting in concert may cooperate in actual acquisition of shares, etc. or they may agree to cooperate in such acquisition. Nonetheless, the element of the shared common objective or purpose is the sine qua non for the relationship of “persons acting in concert” to come into being.”

(14) Thus, it noted that “. . . . mere fact that two companies are in the relationship of a holding company and a subsidiary company, without anything else, is not sufficient to comprise ‘persons acting in concert’. . . . . There may be hundreds of instances of a company having a subsidiary company, but to dub them as ‘persons acting in concert’ would be quite ridiculous unless another company is identified as the target company and either the holding company or the subsidiary make some positive move or show some definite inclination for substantial acquisition of shares, etc. of the target company.”

(15)    In the light of this explanation of the terms ‘persons acting in concert’ and ‘persons deemed to be acting in concert’ that the words ‘unless the contrary is established’ are to be understood.

(16)    The Supreme Court finally reversed the view of the SAT that the deeming fiction could apply retrospectively and thus, if a person was deemed to be acting in concert on a later date, such connection would apply to an earlier date too. It held, “…..the deeming fiction under sub-regulation (2) can only operate prospectively and not retrospectively. That is to say the deeming provision would give rise to the presumption, as explained above, only from the date two or more persons come together in one of the specified relationships and not from any earlier date. Thus, in the case in hand, the deeming provision under sub-regulation (2) would give rise to the presumption that Daiichi and Ranbaxy were ‘persons acting in concert’, provided of course the other conditions as explained above were also satisfied, only from October 20, 2008, the date on which Ranbaxy became a subsidiary of Daiichi and not before that. Hence, the purchase of Zenotech shares by Ranbaxy in January 2008 cannot be said to be by a ‘person acting in concert’ with Daiichi.”

(17)    The Supreme Court thus held that the Daiichi and Ranbaxy were not acting in concert when the shares of Zenotech were acquired by Ranbaxy. The latter development of the holding-subsidiary position cannot alter, factually or in law, the earlier unconnected position. The provision relating to determination of price did not apply retrospectively so as to change the status as on the date of acquisition. Thus, the price paid by Ranbaxy on a date when there was no relation with Daiichi was not to be applied for the open offer by Daiichi of Zenotech.

(18)    Importantly, the Supreme Court relied considerably on the background of these provisions as put forth in the Bhagwati Committee Report to understand the rationale of this provision as well as for its interpretation generally. The Court also recommended that delegated legislations such as the Takeover Regulations should have the ‘objects and purposes’ clause that Acts have.

The following is what the Court said:

“Before parting with the records of the case we would like to say that in arriving at the correct meaning of the provisions of the Takeover Code specially regulation 14(4) and 20(12), we were greatly helped by the reports of the two Committees headed by Justice Bhagwati. We mention the fact especially because as per the legislative practice in this country, unlike an Act, a regulation or any amendments introduced in it are not preceded by the “Object and Purpose” clause. The absence of the object and purpose in the regulation or the later amendments introduced in it only adds to the difficulties of the Court in properly construing the provisions of regulations dealing with complex issues. The Court, so to say, has to work in complete darkness without so much as a glimpse into the mind of the maker of the regulation. In this case, it was quite apparent that the 1997 Takeover Code and the later amendments introduced in it were intended to give effect to the recommendations of the two Committees headed by Justice Bhagwati. We were, thus, in a position to refer to the relevant portions of the two reports that provided us with the raison d’etre for the amendment(s) or the introduction of a new provision and thus helped us in understanding the correct import of certain provisions. But this is not the case with many other regulations framed under different Acts. Regulations are brought in and later subjected to amendments without being preceded by any reports of any expert committees. Now that we have more and more of the regulatory regime where highly important and complex and specialised spheres of human activity are governed by regulatory mechanisms framed under delegated legislation, it is high time to change the old practice and to add at the beginning the ‘object and purpose’ clause to the delegated legislations as in the case of the primary legislations.”

(19)    In conclusion, the decision is welcome as it clarifies and gives the final word on important concepts in Takeover Regulations. The considerable reliance of the Court on the Expert Committee Reports, albeit in the absence of ‘objects and purpose’ clause, increases the value of such reports generally for the student in securities laws. Of course, the irony is that this only increases the complexity of the law for such students. Now, they will have to read and know the recorded history of such law, in addition to the very voluminous bare text of the Act, Regulations, etc.

(20)    P.S.: As this article goes to press, SEBI has released the report on revising the Takeover Regulations and has recommended changes in, inter alia, the subject matter of this article. More on this in the next issue.

Recent relaxation to creeping acquisition limits

fiogf49gjkf0d
Securities Laws

This series of articles introducing securities laws for
listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .


(1) SEBI, vide Notification dated 30th October 2008 has
amended the Takeover Regulations. The amendment, in essence, permits an
acquirer, and persons acting in concert with him, hereinafter referred to as
promoter group/acquirer, to increase his holding by 5% by acquiring additional
shares or voting rights up to 5% through open market purchases or pursuant to
buyback of shares even if the promoter holding at present is in excess of 55%.

(2) The relaxation seems to be in the background of huge fall
in the stock market. It is apparently felt — rightly or wrongly — that the
present restrictions on promoter group buying shares should be relaxed and hence
this amendment has been made allowing promoter group holding 55% or more to buy
5% more shares from the stock market. Earlier, promoter group could not acquire
even a single share without making an open offer.

(3) The Notification amends Regulation 11(2) by inserting a
2nd proviso hereinafter referred to as the ‘2nd Proviso’ and also makes a
consequential amendment to Regulation 11(2A). There is also another amendment to
11(2). Here are some thoughts and issues.

(4) This new creeping acquisition is not available
annually
and repetitively, unlike the creeping acquisitions up to
55%. Thus, the acquirer will be able to increase his holding by another 5% only.
To give an example, the holding of 58% can be increased up to 63% only. It is
not as if the acquirer can go on increasing 5% every year.

(a) Having said that, there is no time limit for acquiring
this additional 5% and it can be done in stages. One could say that this
facility has been introduced to deal with the low market prices today.
However, there is no restriction of time or stock market indices and one can
acquire this additional 5% even if the market booms again ! Of course, SEBI
could drop this facility at that time ! !


(5) Also, the maximum holding after this additional
acquisition can be only up to 75%. Thus, for example, the promoter group holding
73% can acquire only an additional 2% and not 5%.

(a) The Regulations recognise the fact that there could be
two maximum promoters’ holding — 75% and 90%. However, there is no special
concession in the 2nd Proviso for companies where promoters hold 90%.


(6) Acquisitions are permitted only through normal open
market purchases on the stock exchange or pursuant to buyback of shares by the
Company.

(a) Such acquisitions cannot be through bulk
deals/negotiated deals or preferential allotment.


(7) Can an acquirer buy a single lot of shares through the
open market ?
This is important from many angles and in fact demonstrates
the conflicting objectives of SEBI/small shareholders and the promoters. SEBI
apparently wants that the acquisition should be from retail shareholders or at
least the opportunity should be available to all shareholders equally and
fairly. However, the reality can be that large quantity of shares may be with
shareholders such as FIIs, etc. If the promoters try to buy from the open
market, it is possible that the low liquidity may result in sharp increase in
the price even on purchase of a few shares. Bulk sellers may agree to sell at an
agreed price, though little higher than the market or, in present pathetic
times, even lower ! ! ! — considering that there may not be many buyers other
than the promoter group.

(a) To come back to the issue, can the promoters acquire a
large lot of shares from such sellers through a stock market operation ? While
strictly speaking such a purchase would be an open market purchase on the
stock exchange, we need to remember that the amendment specifically prohibits
bulk deals. SEBI also seems to have a paranoid view of synchronised deals and
even holding them indiscriminately to be manipulative, etc.


(8) Thus, there would be two categories of creeping
acquisitions. One creeping acquisition is for the slab of 15-55% where an
additional 5% is permitted in any manner, whether through open market purchases,
bulk deal, or otherwise including preferential allotment. The second slab is the
newly introduced 5%. Also, remember that up to 55%, one can acquire additional
5% every financial year.

(9) The issue is : How will the amendment affect a promoter
holding between 50-55% and if his acquisition of additional shares crosses 55%?
There is more than one complication here and let me raise some issues. Let me
illustrate by an example of an acquirer holding 53%.


(a) Firstly, can he acquire 2% in any form of purchases under creeping acquisition Regulation 11(1), and secondly, acquire additional shares under the new 2nd proviso only through the restricted route of open market purchases/buybacks ? On balance, he should be able to acquire 2% under 11(1) to reach 55% and purchase additional shares only under the new 2nd proviso to 11(2). However, I must admit that strictly and technically, there is scope for holding the other view, particularly if the purchase is through one lot that increases the holding, for example, increase in holding at one shot by 5% through preferential allotment.

(b) Will such person, after having acquired 2% (or even 5% under another interpretation and circumstances) under Regulation 11(1) be restricted to a further acquisition only 3% (0%) or can he acquire yet another 5% under the new 2nd proviso ? The answer seems to be that he can acquire another 5%. In fact, this would allow a person to acquire about 10% in a single financial year — 5% under 11(1) and another 5% under new proviso to 11(2). Thus, a person holding 50% can increase his holding to 60% in a single financial year.

(10) Now let us consider the amendment made by the 2nd Proviso permitting creeping acquisition also through buyback of shares, Let us first examine what the amendment is, and then consider the earlier controversy surrounding it and what is the change, if any.

(a) The amendment permits an acquirer to ‘acquire additional shares or voting rights’ …. (provided)
….  the acquisition  is :

•  made  through  open  market  ….   or

• the increase in the shareholding or voting rights is pursuant to a buyback of shares. (emphasis supplied).

ii) Thus, if a person holds, say, 55%, his holding, post-buyback can increase up to 60% under the 2nd Proviso.

iii) However, this is not as simple as it may sound because of peculiar mathematics. Let me explain as follows. The holding has to be between 55-75%. The buyback would affect differently, different holdings. To give an example, if a person holds 55%, a mere 8% buyback would result in increase in his holding by 5% (55/92% is 59.78%, i.e., there would be a 4.78% increase). A promoter holding 60% would find his holding increased by 5% at 7% buyback and for one holding 70%, 5% increase happens at just 6% buy-back. This problem would effectively limit the buyback that a company could carry out to 8% only, as compared to the maximum legal 25%. Of course, the simple solution is that the promoters should also sell their shares in a ,lmyback at the appropriate level to ensure that the net increase is only 5%. This may defeat the purpose of really giving retail investors a chance to sell their shares through this amendment. Also, in case of open market buyback, there is the issue of Promoter not being permitted to offer their shares in a ‘buyback’.

(b) I had written an article in the August 2008 issue of the BCAJ as to whether increase in percentage holding arising solely out of buyback of shares would amount to acquisition under the Takeover Regulations and thereby trigger an open offer or be counted as part of creeping acquisitions, etc. My view was that, on balance, even considering the fact that buybacks are initiated by the promoter, the ‘buy-back’ does not result in triggering ‘open offer’. This may be an anomaly and even an unfair loophole, but I had suggested that to remove this, the law needs to be specifically amended.

(c)To recollect further, in essence, the argument is that Regulations 10, 11 and others require a specific acquisition of shares or voting rights. If there is no acquisition, these Regulations  do not get attracted.  A buyback  of shares results in an increase in percentage  holding  without  any acquisition. While the promoters  cannot shrug off the  issue  by  saying  that  the  increase  is on account  of the company’s  decision when  they are in control of the company,  the fact remains that the express provisions of law do not cover ‘buyback’. SEBI,however, apparently required or permitted a practice by companies to seek an exemption for such increase and then wors-ened it by assuming in the recent amendment that this is also the law without amending 10, 11 and other Regulations. So where does this new amendment leave the view that increase in holding through buyback should not be counted for Regulations 10, 11, etc. ?

(d) Let us consider  here the exact wording  of the 2nd  proviso.   It  permits   an  acquirer   to “acquire additional shares or voting rights (provided) …. the  acquisition is made through  open market …. or the increase in the shareholding or voting rights of the acquirer is pursuant to a buyback of shares by the target company” (emphasis provided). Clearly, even this amendment is self-contradictory when it permits an acquirer to acquire additional shares and then clarifies that increase through buyback is also covered. Further, a strict view can be that even if increase through buyback is to be covered, it would be solely for the purposes of this clause only. One cannot, thus, require a person holding 14.99% shares, whose holding increases to, say, 15% on account of buyback to make an open offer. Again can law force a person holding 25% and whose holding increases to 30.1% on account of buyback, to make an open offer.

e) However, while we could debate endlessly, the reality is that companies/promoters have already been making applications for seeking exemption for increase on account of buyback. SEBI has also been expressly and publicly granting such exemptions on a case-to-case basis discussing the merits. SEBI has issued a Press Release indirectly stating that it considers increase through buyback as ‘creeping acquisition’. The recent amendment further supports this view. Consider also this in the background that in reality it is the promoter who pushes the buyback and it is the promoter who does not participate-in the buyback which results in the increase in promoter’s holding. All of this still cannot change the express provision of law. But, surely, a Judge interpreting this law, which requires a purposive interpretation, would want to inquire of the promoter how he can ignore the fact that his (promoter’s) holding has increased and hold that the amendment is effectively redundant?

11) SEBI has also made what seems to be a consequential amendment to 11(2A). Consistent with Regulation 11(2),Regulation 11(2A)provided that if a person holding between 55-75/90% seeks to acquire, he can do so only through an open offer. Now, the word ‘only’ has been dropped, apparently to suggest that one can acquire up to 5% under the 2nd Proviso but one could also go through the open offer route. This seems to be the intention, though the wording could have been better.

12) There is yet another interesting amendment to Regulation 11(2). Regulation 11(2) prohibits acquisition of ‘additional shares’. These words are amended and now read’ additional shares entitling him to exercise voting rights’. I confess I do not understand this amendment and its intent. The Take-over Regulations define shares as shares carrying voting rights including securities that entitle the holder to receive shares with voting rights, but excluding preference shares. The amendment now says that the additional shares should be such that should entitle the acquirer to exercise voting rights. Numerous questions arise of which I do not have answer and seek readers’ views:

a) Does this mean that, for acquisitions under 11(2), only shares presently carrying voting rights are covered? Does this mean, therefore, that, for example, fully convertible debentures can be acquired? But then, what would happen at the time of ‘conversion’ ?

b) The 2nd Proviso obviously is intended to be an exception to 11(2) and in such case, how can it have broader scope than 11(2) itself? Of course, under the 2nd Proviso one has to acquire ‘shares or voting rights’ through open market operations on the stock exchange and hence this issue may be academic.

c) Why has 11(1)not been so amended? Does this mean that creeping acquisition up to 55% may be of any type of ‘shares’ but thereafter, only by acquisitions of additional shares with such voting rights?

(13) To conclude, it is likely that this is just one of the many tweaking amendments that have been made to Regulations to try to revive stock markets. The law of course gets only more complex in the process! But who bothers.

Is levy of penalty mandatory for violation of securities laws ?

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

(1) Is levy of penalty for violation of securities laws
mandatory ? Is there no discretion to the Adjudicating Officer on whether or not
to levy penalty ? Are adjudication proceedings a mere formality ? Is intention
to commit the violation a totally irrelevant factor in determining penalty ?
And, finally, are all the preceding questions answered in the affirmative
by the Supreme Court ?

(2) In the past couple of years, SEBI has repeatedly levied
stiff penalties citing certain sentences mainly from a decision of the Supreme
Court. It is claimed that the Supreme Court has held that if one does not comply
with securities laws, levy of penalty is mandatory. Good intentions and other
mitigating factors are irrelevant. And that the Supreme Court had mandated SEBI
only to find whether a particular provision is violated or not and their job
ends there. They are then left with the only choice of levying a penalty —
usually a stiff one.

(3) One of the following sentences from two Supreme Court
decisions is invariably cited :

“The Board does not have any discretion in the matter and,
thus, the adjudication proceeding is a mere formality. Imposition of penalty
upon the appellant would, thus, be a foregone conclusion.”

And, from another decision, :

“Once the violation of statutory regulations is
established, imposition of penalty becomes sine qua non of violation
and the intention of parties committing such violation becomes totally
irrelevant. Once the contravention is established, then the penalty is to
follow.”

(4) Amongst the numerous SEBI orders levying penalty citing
the above and, very often, doing nothing more, are Platinum Finvest Private
Limited – AO No. SD/AO/-46/2009, dated April 20, 2009 in which a penalty of
Rs.10 lakhs was levied for non-filing of certain reports regarding their
holdings, the order in Jayesh Waghela’s case dated June 23, 2009 where a penalty
of Rs.15 lakhs was levied and the order in Santosh Narvekar’s case levying a
penalty of Rs.25 lakhs.

(5) These Supreme Court decisions are also cited in ongoing
penalty proceedings and parties are sought to be persuaded that their
intentions, whether good or bad, are now irrelevant and adjudication proceedings
are a mere formality now. Penalty is a foregone conclusion. Considering that
typically SEBI has power to levy penalty of Rs.25 crores or even more and Rs.1
lakh per day of delay, parties find settling through consent orders a better
option rather than fight a battle that is lost to begin with since it amounts to
payment of penalty where otherwise penalty may not be warranted. Of course,
settling through consent order means that one is forced to accept a stiff
penalty.

(6) However, is it true that the above mentioned statements
are really what the Supreme Court has decided ? What was the
context in which it has said that ? What are the qualifications to such
statements ? What are the related observations ? What were the facts of these
decisions that led the Supreme Court to make these statements ? And, thus,
finally, what conclusions should one draw regarding the state of law on levy of
penalty for violation of securities laws ?

(7) To begin with, the Supreme Court has said exactly what
the SEBI orders say and what has been cited above. The Supreme Court has made
the above statements in Swedish Match AB v. SEBI, (122 Comp. Cas. 83 (SC)
(2004)) and SEBI v. Shriram Mutual Fund, [68 SCL 216 (SC)], respectively
(let us refer these decisions as Swedish Match & Shriram).

(8) It is worth reviewing these decisions briefly. However,
before we do that, let us consider the background of the issue.

(9) Violations under securities laws could be broadly and
loosely bifurcated between what are non-compliances of civil obligations and
what amounts to criminal violations. The former would typically involve civil
proceedings to levy penalty, etc., while the latter may result in prosecution.
Secu-rities Laws have numerous provisions that amount to civil obligations such
as requirements of filing of information and documents. When faced with penalty
proceedings for such non-filings, parties often argue that levy of penalty
requires that SEBI should prove that there was mens rea — i.e.,
guilty mind or intention. In other words, the argument was that a guilty state
of mind has to be proved and, further, the onus to prove it was on SEBI. If SEBI
could not establish mens rea, no penalty could be levied. As we will see
further, the decisions of Shriram and Swedish Match have settled the law by
holding that establishing of mens rea by SEBI is not a pre-condition for
levy of penalty.

(10) However, this is what the Supreme Court has said and
nothing further, if one reads the decisions as a whole, reads the same into
context and reads the qualifying and incidental statements.

(11) Since Shriram is the decision consistently cited, let us
review this decision. In that case, Shriram Mutual Fund was alleged (all
statements made in this article are allegations of SEBI and not necessarily
established to be true) to have repeatedly exceeded the trading limits placed on
mutual funds for dealings through associated brokers. Penalties were levied on
the mutual fund and the matter went finally to the Supreme Court. The Supreme
Court observed (incidentally the decision was ex parte) that this
violation was conclusively established. The question then was, when such
violation is conclusively established, does “imposition of penalty becomes a
sine qua non
of the violation” ?

(12) The Supreme Court described the scheme of the Act and
particularly the framework for levy of penalty. It pointed out that various
factors were specifically laid down as relevant for consideration for
determination of the quantum of penalty, and that “The Legislature in its wisdom
had not included mens rea or deliberate or wilful nature of default as a
factor to be considered by the Adjudicating Officer in determining the quantum
of liability to be imposed on the defaulter”.

(13) It also pointed out that the provisions relating to
penalty contained in S. 15A to S. 15H, etc. provide that the violator ‘shall be
liable’ to penalty and therefore, it held that penalty is mandatory.
Incidentally, it was not brought before the Court that S. 15I which provides for
levy of penalty by the Adjudicating Officer specifically uses the words ‘he
may
impose such penalty’ as he deems fit.

14) It further held that the provisions relating to penalty under the aforesaid Sections were ‘neither criminal nor quasi-criminal’ and were actually breaches of civil obligations. Thus, it held that “Therefore, there is no question of proof of intention or any mens rea by the appellants and it is not essential element for imposing penalty under SEBI Act and the Regulations.” This issue is thus well settled now.

15) The issue, however, is not whether mens rea has to be proved by SEBI or not. The issue is whether mens rea is wholly irrelevant as SEBI claims. Or that even absence of mens rea is irrelevant. Or that mens rea does not appear into the picture at all.

16) I repeat and submit that the only thing the Supreme Court has laid down is that there is no onus on SEBI to prove mens rea as a pre-condition to levy penalty. Violation is by itself sufficient to attract penalty. However, mens rea is certainly a factor to determine the quantum of penalty, when the penalty provided is within a range of amount. Further, I would even submit that absence of mens rea and presence of other mitigating factors should actually mean that SEBI should use its discretion not to levy any penalty at all. As one reads the decision further, this is actually what the Supreme Court has laid down.

17) One should also note the peculiar facts of the case which the Supreme Court specifically listed. Firstly, the offender was a mutual fund which is expected to know the law. Secondly, the facts showed that the mutual fund had repeatedly violated the law – as many as 12 times. The nature of the violation that was violated is also of interest. The mutual violated the restriction on not dealing through associated brokers beyond 5% – the intention of the restriction is obvious – the mutual fund should not farm out business of brokerage to group concerns beyond a specified limit. In fact, the mutual fund farmed out business even to the extent of 91% and 52% in a couple of cases.

18) It was also felt that when a knowledgeable mutual fund violates the limit, then ex facie, the violation    was intentional.

19) Importantly, the Supreme Court emphasised that the discretion of the Adjudicating Officer in levy of penalty and held that “the quantum of penalty is discretionary”.

20) It also held that “the respondents have wil-fully violated statutory provisions with impunity and hence the imposition of penalty was fully justified”. In other words, far from holding that intention or mens rea is irrelevant, it has actually given weight to the fact that the violation was wilful, made with impunity and this factor made the levy of penalty justified.

21) The Supreme Court further observed, “it has been established by the Adjudicating Officer as well as admitted by the respondents that there has been a conscious disregard of the obligation inas-much as the respondents were aware that they were acting in violation of the provisions of Regulations.”. In other words, while, to begin with, there was no onus on SEBI to establish mens rea as a pre-condition to levy penalty, the Court itself gave full weight to the fact that the violation was a conscious one, that the mutual fund was aware that they were acting in violation and, finally, the mutual fund itself admitted that they were so conscious and aware. Thus, mens rea was given its full and due weight as regards the quantum of the penalty and also as regards whether the discretion to waive penalty should be exercised or not. In the face of such words, it does not at all lie on SEBI to contend that mens rea is irrelevant.

22) I submit that discretion to levy penalty is actually discretion not to levy any penalty and the Supreme Court made observations confirming this position of law. The Supreme Court observed,” The facts and circumstances of the present case in no way indicate the existence of special circumstances so as to waive the penalty imposed by the Adjudicating Officer.” In other words, it, firstly, recognized that penalty can be waived, and that under special circumstances, it, should be waived. It then proceeded to discuss the various factors in that case that, on one hand justified a lesser penalty and on the other hand justified a higher penalty. An important adverse factor was whether the violation was made for benefit by the mutual fund.

23) The summary and essence of the decision – which strangely none of the SEBI decisions ever cite is beautifully and succinctly laid down in the following observation – “On particular facts and circumstances of the case, proper exercise or judicial discretion is a must, but not on a foundation that mens rea is an essential to impose penalty in each and every breach of provisions of the SEBI Act.”

24) It is in the above light, then, the words of the Supreme Court cited at the start of this article need to be reread. To repeat, the Supreme Court observed, “In our considered opinion, penalty is attracted as soon as the contravention of the statutory obligation as contemplated by the Act and the Regulation is established and hence the intention of the parties committing such violation becomes wholly irrelevant.” Thus, it is only for deciding the question whether penalty is to be levied or not that the intention is wholly irrelevant. However, for determining the quantum of penalty – from zero to Rs.25 crores – indeed for even waiving the penalty intention and mens rea are very much relevant. Indeed, the Supreme Court itself, in this very decision, repeatedly relied on the intention and mens rea.

25) Then let us consider the apparently even more drastic words of the Supreme Court that in Swedish Match’s case that, “The Board does not have any discretion in the matter and, thus, the adjudication proceeding is a mere formality. Imposition of penalty upon the appellant would, thus, be a forgone conclusion.”

26) Let us first consider the facts of this second case. To summarise them very briefly, in this case, the appellant was held to have violated the requirements of open offer and thus was required to make an open offer and also pay interest for the period of delay. The appellant, however, expressed concern that SEBI may levy penalty on them. The Supreme Court noted that the appellant was by the decision required to comply with all its obligations and, in fact, taking into account also the interest, the appellant was being made to pay a large amount. The Supreme Court had already decided the dispute of law before it as to whether the open offer was required to be made or not. The issue of penalty was not at all a matter of appeal. There was no order or even Notice of SEBI relating to penalty.

27) However, the concern arose on whether, after the appellant makes the open offer, SEBI may initiate penalty proceedings and even levy a penalty of Rs.25 crores. The appellant argued that SEBI cannot initiate such proceedings. SEBI rightly pointed out that this matter was not at all the subject matter of proceedings before the Supreme Court and therefore should not be discussed or decided.

28) It is in this light that the Supreme Court raised the concern that since the appellant is complying with its obligations and also even paying interest, should it also face penalty the levy of which is a matter of course. It also apparently referred to a peculiar wording of the law where the penalty leviable is exactly Rs.25 crores and not upto Rs.25 crores. It observed that in such a case, levy of penalty of Rs.25 crores would be ‘a foregone conclusion’ and the adjudication proceedings being reduced to a mere formality.

29) The Supreme Court thus directed that SEBI should not initiate penalty proceedings. It gave this direction by exercising its jurisdiction under Article 142 of the Constitution of India. In fact, it even stated specifically that “This may not, however, be treated to be a precedent”.

30) I submit that the issue as to whether levy of maximum penalty is automatic or not, and whether adjudication proceedings are required or not were not matters for consideration before the Supreme Court. Hence, at best, these were mere obiter dicta and not a considered decision on issues raised. With great respect, I would also state that the view that adjudication proceedings are now a mere formality is not correct. In any case, this decision was followed by Shriram which in fact laid down the objective factors for levy of penalty.

32) To conclude, unfortunately for SEBI, the Supreme Court has not made its job easy so that it needs only to establish the default to levy the maximum penalty. Adjudication proceedings are not a formality – at least not in the manner which SEBI would like us to believe. Far from ignoring the intentions of parties, SEBI will have to consider them. If it wants to levy very high penalties, it may even have to establish mens rea. It will have to consider other factors such as disproportionate gain, loss caused to investors and repetitive nature of the default. It will have to consider mitigating factors. Of course, all these will have to be put forth by the party – obviously SEBI may not go out of its way to help the party. And, in the right and special facts, SEBI will even have to exercise its judicious discretion to waive the penalty.
 
32) In other words, the presumption that has been invalidated is ‘no mens rea, no penalty’. But, there is no new rule that ‘mere violation = maximum penalty’.

Registration, restrictions, reprimands and retributions of intermediaries — the new all-in-one regulations for intermediaries

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

1. It was a long-standing vision of SEBI that there should be
common regulations relating to all intermediaries not only as regards procedures
for registration but also for continuing matters such as restrictions and
punishment. That dream is finally achieved, though partly (and perhaps
anomalously) by the Notification of the SEBI (Intermediaries) Regulations, 2008,
on 26th May 2008.

2. SEBI had issued a consultative paper in July 2007 giving
the Draft Regulations for discussion. These Draft Regulations have now been
given the status of law.

3. To recap, we see today a multitude of regulations
providing for matters relating to registration, regulation and finally
reprimands and retributions. We have separate regulations for stockbrokers,
merchant bankers, bankers, registrars, etc. Each of these regulations provide
for substantially similar requirements. Such a multitude of regulations does not
merely make the law complex, but also results in conflicting provisions. Later,
amendments or innovations are often not updated at all places. Further, because
of separate regulations for each type of intermediary there also arises a need
for having common regulations for dealing with some aspects or provisions that
apply to all intermediaries. A good example of this is ‘enquiry and punishment’
for violations of law. A separate set of regulations for this purpose applicable
to all intermediaries was required. Yet another example is of certain
eligibility requirements for registration that are common to all intermediaries.
These too were required to be put into yet another set of regulations (the ‘Fit
and Proper’ regulations) since otherwise these provisions would have had to be
inserted in regulations for each category of intermediaries. Thus, the existing
multiple regulations became more complex and voluminous.

4. There was a need for having a common set of regulations
which deal with all common matters relating to all
categories of intermediaries. The common regulations would deal with :


à
registration of all intermediaries.


à
monitoring


à
in case of wrongdoing, they should deal with enquiry, action for violation and
penalisation.



The recently notified regulations do just that. In effect,
these regulations do not provide for anything new except for consolidation and
reduction of complexity and volume. However, the process goes beyond the effort
of mere compilation, as attempt has been made to remove inconsistency as well as
provide for common approach.

5. It is also worth reviewing the background of these
regulations in terms of what SEBI stated in its Consultative Paper in July 2007
as to the intention of the regulations :

“2. In the past 15 years SEBI has notified more than a
dozen regulations, each with the objective of regulating a different category
of intermediary/entity. As each of these regulations was drafted in order to
provide a framework which would enable SEBI to better regulate and monitor
intermediaries/entities, the broad framework of such regulations is very
similar to one another.

3. It has been observed that every regulation seeking to
regulate an intermediary incorporates some basic provisions regarding
registration, general obligations, inspection and investigation, default, etc.
In addition to the above, the general requirements of the Code of Conduct
provided in almost all the regulations are also similar in nature. Except for
the clauses relating to the specific requirements of, and particular concerns
in, each category, the content of all the regulations is common either in
language or in spirit, if not in both.

4. Given the overlap in content and the fact that many
requirements and obligations of most intermediaries are common, SEBI now
proposes to consolidate the common requirements under these regulations and
put in place a comprehensive regulation which will apply to all intermediaries
and prescribe the obligations, procedure, limitations, etc. insofar as the
common requirements are concerned.”

6. Having said that, one must quickly dispel an illusion that
we would now have ‘Master Regulations’ dealing with all aspects of all
intermediaries. It needs to be noted that the intention is to have only ‘common’
provisions relating to intermediaries to be placed in these regulations. Thus,
though a little anomalous, there would exist separate set of regulations for
each category of intermediaries in addition to the common regulations.

7. It would be thus worth reviewing these new regulations
from at least two angles. Firstly, an overview of the scheme of the regulations
is worth since it will refresh our memory of the manner in which intermediaries
have been always regulated in some aspects and in any case would now be
regulated. Secondly, it is worth seeing how the new regulations have common and
uniform provisions applicable to all intermediaries in place of differently
drafted, if not inconsistent, regulations applicable to different
intermediaries.

8. It is important to note here that the new regulations are only partially applicable with immediate effect. As of now, only the provisions relating to enquiry and taking of action for violation contained in these new regulations have been brought into effect. Other provisions, for example, those relating to application and registration common to all intenmediaries, are not yet effective. Thus, the provisions in the existing regulations for each category continue to be in force. The regulations provide that SEBI will notify from time to time the categories of intermediaries to whom these regulations will apply. The intention appears to be that the regulations will be notified for one or more categories at a time, with the corresponding existing regulations relating to those intermediaries being repealed. However, since the provisions relating to enquiry and taking of action for violation have been brought into effect immediately, the corresponding common regulations of 2002 have been repealed. Further, the provisions relating to ‘fit and proper’ requirements for intermediaries have been also brought into effect – though they are a slimmer version of the separate regulations – and such separate regulations have also been repealed.

9. Let us now consider some special features of these regulations.

10. A common application form for registration as an intermediary has been prescribed. Thus, all intermediaries would have to use this form when they seek registration. However, this common form will not be enough as the intermediary would also ha e to provide information that is required by the applicable specific regulations. In other words, for example, if the applicant is a stockbroker, he will have to provide the additional information sought by the ‘Regulations’ applicable to the stockbrokers.

11.1 It may appear that this requirement applies only to new applicants seeking registration for the first time. However, there is a strange requirement which will result in all intermediaries having to register themselves all over again and that too by a specified deadline. It has been provided that every intermediary will have to make a fresh application within 21 months (actually 24 months less 3 months advance period specified) of the commensment of the regulations for that intermediary. If the intermediary does not apply, it will have to stop continuing its activities. If the term for which the intermediary has been granted registration expires earlier than the specified date for making fresh application, the expiry date would be relevant for seeking registration in the ‘common form’. For those intermediaries who have been given ‘permanent’ registrations, the corresponding deadline is 24 months.

11.2 To repeat, as this requirement is not yet made effective, the existing provisions will continue to apply.

12. ‘Fit and  Proper’ criteria:

Readers may recollect that the intermediaries have to pass the so-called ‘fit and proper’ criteria for registration. These have been contained in a separate set of regulations. The existing regulations have been repealed and the, simplified requirements have been incorporated in these ‘Common Regulations’.

13. Change  of status  or constitution:

Change of status or the constitution of the intermediary would require prior approval of SEBI. What is change of status or constitution has been very broadly defined in the ‘Common Regulations’ and hence before carrying out any form of such change, the intermediary needs to carefully study the ‘definition’.

14. Registration to be permanent:

The registration under these new regulations will be permanent subject of course to continuing compliance of the conditions of registration. However, the intermediary will have to provide a certificate from its Compliance Officer annually that these regulations as well as the eligibility criteria continue to be complied with.

Q. : Has any form for compliance certificate been prescribed? If so please mention the fact.

15. Code  of Conduct    :

A comprehensive Code of Conduct has been provided for in the ‘Common Regulations’ to be complied with by the intermediaries. However, though this Code seems to be elaborate, it appears that the Code of Conduct under the respective Regulations applicable to each category of intermediaries will also apply. Possibly, SEBI may from time to time, remove the common requirements that have been inserted in these regulations. Until this happens, the intermediaries would have to look at and comply with two Codes of Conduct.

16. Enquiry and punishment:

16.1 A separate Chapter has been brought into force with immediate effect, which provides for enquiry with regard to violations and punishment in the form of suspension or cancellation of the certificate of registration, or other action.

16.2 The structure and procedure remains quite similar to the existing procedures. Having said that, if one goes in detail, there are important differences with regard to the type of punishment, with regard to procedural aspects of hearing, etc.

16.3 Appeal to the Securities Appellate Tribunal can be made against orders under this Chapter.

16.4 In a future article, I may analyse the changes in the procedure and punishment.

17. Conclusion:

Clearly, the ‘Common Regulations’ are a step that has been taken towards simplification of the law, though it is equally clear that it is only a partial step. The expectation of having a common and exhaustive set of regulations dealing with all aspects relating all categories of intermediaries has not been realised. In fact, it can be seen that while the volume may decrease, the complexity remains and has even increased, since instead of repealing multiple regulations, yet another set of regulations has been created.

Pre-Emptive Rights Held Void — Trouble in Joint Venture Paradise

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

The Bombay High Court has
recently held (in Western Maharashtra Development Corpn. Ltd. vs. Bajaj Auto
Ltd.
— unreported, Arbitration Petition No. 174 of 2006, order dated
February 15, 2010) that an agreement between two shareholder groups that one
will not sell its shares, without offering them at the proposed sale terms to
the other, shall be void. This decision would effectively make other similar
agreements such as ‘tag-along rights’ (explained later) also void. Fears have
been expressed, exaggerated I think, that the decision is so unequivocal that
even statutory restrictions such as those under SEBI Guidelines and Regulations
such as those for lock-in period would also be affected.

This decision would apply
not just to listed companies but also to other public companies. However, its
significance and wide implications made it a worthy topic for this column.
Shareholders of surely thousands of companies have entered into such agreements
and clearly all these will suddenly find their arrangements disturbed.

The implication is that not
only the company cannot honour such agreements — not even if the terms of this
agreement are incorporated in its articles — but the agreement is void even
between the shareholders themselves.

The decision affects not
merely promoters who often have such agreements amongst themselves but also to
the large number of companies having private equity/strategic investors who are
relatively passive but still hold significant quantity of shares.

Let us make a quick review
of why and how such agreements are entered into. Typically, when two shareholder
groups join together in a company and invest in it, they would like to ensure
that the other group does not exit leaving the former halfway. This is
particularly so in case of investments by private equity and similar investors
who invest on the faith of the main and working promoters continuing with their
stake. There is also usually a certain level of faith on the skills and other
personal qualities of such promoters that prompt them to invest. Such investors
thus insist on certain terms. For example, they require that if the main
promoter seeks to sell his shares, he shall offer those shares to such other
group first at the same price and other terms offered by the outsider (‘right of
pre-emption’). The other group may alternatively ask that his shares be
‘tagged-along’ with the proposed sale and also sold at the same terms offered by
the outsider.

Depending upon the needs and
often the bargaining strengths of the parties, other terms are also agreed upon.

Often the company is also
made a party to such agreements and is required to effectively honour such
agreements, particularly by not allowing transfer of shares that are in
violation of such agreements. This raises the protection, practically and also
legally, since this is consistent with what the Supreme Court held in V. B.
Rangaraj v. V. B. Gopalakrishnan
[(1992) 1 SCC 160]. The Supreme Court had
held that for such restrictions to be binding on the company, such terms should
be incorporated in the articles of association of such company.

In a sense, then, it
appeared to be well-settled law, in the light of the aforesaid decision of the
Supreme Court and several other decisions that some of such restrictions are
valid inter-se the shareholders and also binding on the company if they are
incorporated in the Articles. The recent Bombay High Court decision now
overturns this state of affairs.

The facts of the case are
complicated and actually involved appeal against a ruling of an arbitrator on
several issues, but essentially, the issue for discussion here is whether such a
right of pre-emption was valid under law.

The Court considered the
Supreme Court’s decision in Rangaraj and also another Supreme Court’s decision,
i.e., M. S. Madhusoodhanan v. Kerala Kaumudi [(2003) 117 Com. Cases 19].

The Court then analysed the
provisions of S. 111A of the Companies Act, 1956, the relevant Ss.(2) of which
reads as under :

“Subject to the provisions
of this Section, the shares and debentures and any interest therein of a company
shall be freely transferable”. (emphasis supplied)

The aforesaid provision is
applicable to public companies, as compared to the provisions of S. 111 that is
applicable to private companies.

The Court then applied the
provisions of S. 9 of the Act, which says that any provisions in the Memorandum
and Articles, in any agreement entered into by the company or in resolutions,
etc. that is repugnant to the provisions of the Act would be to that extent
void.

The Court also analysed the
meaning of the term ‘freely transferable’ referring to dictionaries and
decisions and also the implications of such restrictive clauses being
incorporated in the Articles of Association of the company.

The Court held that in case
of private companies, the Articles are required by law to provide for
restrictions on transfer of shares. However, the position for public companies
is different. It observed, “situation involving the restriction on the
transferability of shares in a private company has to be contrasted with cases
involving public companies where the law provides for free transferability. Free
transferability of shares is the norm in the case of shares in a public
company”.

When persons form a public
company or buy shares of a public company, they should be conscious that the
shares are, by law, freely transferable and they cannot enter into agreements
that restrict such free transfer. The Court observed :

“The provision contained in the law for the free transferability of shares in a public company is founded on the principle that members of the public must have the freedom to purchase and, every share-holder, the freedom to transfer. The incorporation of a company in the public, as distinguished from the private, realm leads to specific consequences and the imposition of obligations envisaged in law. Those who promote and manage public companies assume those obligations. Corresponding to those obligations are rights, which the law recognises as inhering in the members of the public who subscribe to shares.

The principle of free transferability must be given a broad dimension in order to fulfil the object of the law. Imposing restrictions on the principle of free transferability, is a legislative function, simply because the postulate of free transferability was enunciated as a matter of legislative policy when the Parliament introduced S. 111A into the Companies’ Act, 1956. That is a binding precept which governs the discourse on transferability of shares. The word ‘transferable’ is of the widest possible import and the Parliament by using the expression ‘freely transferable’, has reinforced the legislative intent of allowing transfers of shares of public companies in a free and efficient domain.”

The Court particularly relied on a decision of the Delhi High Court in Smt. Pushpa Katoch v. Manu Maharani Hotels Ltd., [121 (2005) DLT 333] where too the grievance was that some shareholders, in violation of the agreement between the shareholders, transferred their shares without offering to others. The Court held that no provision was made in the articles of association recognising such restriction. Morever, even if such a restriction was contained, such restriction would have been void since the provisions of Act override the Articles and make contrary provisions void u/s.9. This part is as important as it is controversial, since it now holds that even a specific provision in the Articles of the company will not help — in fact, even this provision would be void.

The Court specifically rejected the argument that private agreements could still be made for such restrictions. The Court rejected the argument that the provisions of S. 111A were intended to curb the directors from refusing the transfer of shares.

To reiterate, the decisions would have far-reaching implications both for existing and new arrangements. Numerous companies, listed and unlisted, have entered into some form of such agreements to provide for rights for preemption and similar other restrictions. If the decision reflects the correct state of law, all these agreements would be deemed to be void.

It is submitted that, with great respect, this decision requires reconsideration on several grounds.

Firstly, the decision incorrectly relies on S. 9 which holds that provisions contained in articles, agreements, etc. that are contrary to the provisions of the Act are void. S. 9 clearly refers to such provisions in the “articles of a company, or in any agreement executed by it.”. Thus, S. 9 applies only where the company is a party and I also submit that it makes even such agreement void only as far as the company is concerned. While in the early part of the decision, the Court refers to the exact wording of this Section, in the concluding part, the Court observes that “A provision contained in the Memorandum, Articles, Agreement or Resolution is to the extent to which it is repugnant to the provisions of the Act, regarded as void.”. I submit respectfully that the Court has cast the net unjustifiably wider and has held even agreements to which the compa-ny is not a party to be void on account of S. 9 when that Section covers only agreements to which the company is a party.

Even the provisions of S. 111A are read out of context and particularly out of the mischief that provision was designed to cure. If one reads the heading of S. 111A, it reads ‘Rectification of register of transfer’. Even its originating S. 111 has the heading ‘Power to refuse registration and appeal against refusal’. If one traces the history and purpose of this Section, they were meant to cover the circumstances under which the Board of Directors of a company can refuse transfer of shares. Indeed, simultaneous with the introduction of S. 111A, the counterpart provision in the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, S. 22A, was omitted and this S. 22A dealt with the circumstances under which transfer of shares of a listed company could be refused.

S. 111A was also introduced in the context of demate-rialisation of shares and dealing of transfer of shares by a depository. In case of dematerialised shares, the transfer takes place electronically and there is no formal process of approval by the Board. In fact, for this reason itself, S. 111A was introduced to provide for ‘rectification’ post-transfer and a fairly wide power is given for raising objections against transfers taken place and reverse them.

However, having said that, it has to be conceded that the intention was also to emphasise free transferability of shares. The technical argument also could be that when the words itself are clear and unambiguous, one cannot refer to headings, history, etc.

Nevertheless, the scheme of provisions does point to the role of the company and its Board in inter-fering with transfer of shares. In fact, even for the Board, specific power has been given to interfere when there are specified factors present, such as violation of laws, etc. or even generally if there is ‘sufficient cause’.

Having stated the above, it is also apparent that many of these defensive arguments were actually raised before the Court and the Court did consider and rule on them. Thus, it may be tough to argue that the decision should have restricted application.

While one hopes that there is an early re-consideration of this decision at a higher appellate level, companies and promoters will have to be careful as regards their existing agreements and also new ones.

SEBI amends lock-in and other requirements

 This series of articles introducing securities laws for listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .

(1) SEBI has amended the DIP Guidelines vide Circular dated 24th February 2009 (available on http://www.sebi.gov.in/circulars/2009/ dip342009.pdf). It may be recollected that the SEBI DIP Guidelines provide for various requirements in connection with issue of shares and other securities by listed companies and for other matters. Some of the recent amendments are minor or consequential to other amendments while some have far-reaching impact. The amendments have been made to tighten up the schedule relating to IPOs and incidental matters. Some important amendments are highlighted here but two of them — those relating to Share Warrants and those relating to lock-in — are discussed in detail.

(2) Listing of equity shares with differential rights as to dividends, voting or otherwise :

    (a) Equity shares with differential rights as to dividends, voting, etc. are emerging instruments being tested in India. These are available globally. As they tend to protect and favour the Promoters/Founders, they are also criticised. However, many investors are happy with diluted voting rights if there are other sweeteners involved and hence such shares are often accepted as investments. The alternative is issuing shares with higher voting rights (but with lesser other rights) to the Promoters. It is also found in the West that even such a situation is acceptable. In India, amendments to the law permitting issue of such shares were made a decade back, but because of procedural hurdles and other reasons, these shares were not common in listed companies though recently some companies did experiment with such issues. SEBI has now made an amendment in the Guidelines to clarify some issues.

           (b) By an amendment, conditions for listing of such equity shares that are issued otherwise than by making an IPO have been laid down. Important substantive conditions are that such shares should be issued by way of rights/bonus to all existing shareholders and the Company should be compliant of minimum public shareholding norms for its equity shares already listed and also for the fresh issue.

(3) Listing of warrants offered along with NCDs under Chapter XIII-A (Qualified Institutions Placements) :

(a) Such warrants can now be considered for listing if there is a combined issue of NCDs/warrants and Chapter XIII-A is fully complied with for such issue.

 (b) There would be a minimum trading lot of such NCDs/warrants of Rs.1 lakh.

(c) The application for listing of the equity shares with differential rights and warrants/NCDs shall be made through the designated stock exchange which will forward the application to SEBI with its recommendations.

(4) Increase of minimum deposit on Share Warrants from 10% to 25% :

    (a) Share Warrants can be issued on a preferential basis to selective investors. One of the conditions for such issue is that the investor should pay a minimum deposit of 10% of the issue price which has to be forfeited if the Share Warrants are not exercised. It was increasingly felt that (as discussed in more detail in latter paragraphs) that this 10% deposit is too low. Finally, now, the minimum amount payable with application for Share Warrants in case of preferential issues has been raised from 10% to 25% of the issue price.

         
    (b) Considering the ongoing debate on such low deposit amount since a long time now, this amendment was the least unexpected. In my opinion, the amendment has come too late, because Share Warrants have already been heavily misused and abused. The amendment is also made at a time when Promoters are least likely to subscribe to Share Warrants. In fact, there appears to be literally a flood of cases of Promoters allowing the 10% deposit on existing Share Warrants to be forfeited.

(c)    It is also worth  considering  the very rationale – in idealistic theory and in actual practice – of Share Warrants.

(d)    Let us first quickly highlight some aspects of Share Warrants to place the recent amendment in context. Share Warrants are instruments that give a right and option to the holder to acquire shares within a specified time at a specified price. They are thus similar to ESOPs and also to options traded in markets, though the latter represent private contracts where the listed company is not involved.

(e)    Share Warrants have several advantages. You don’t need to pay the full share price up front. You can exercise the Share Warrants anytime. You even have the option to back out and let the deposit be forfeited.

(f)    For the Company, they were often useful as, for example, acting as sweeteners to otherwise unattractive unsecured, non-convertible bonds. They also had the weak justification, in the early years of globalisation, of allowing Promoters to increase their stake to prevent hostile takeovers. However, they quickly degenerated to being used almost exclusively to enrich Promoters, at the cost of the Company and other shareholders.

(g)    Consider, from the point of view of the Promoters, the undue advantage Share Warrants offer them.

(i)    They get Share Warrants (earlier for free) by paying just 10% deposit. Even if this deposit is forfeited, they still get to share it to the extent of their holding (e.g., a Promoter holding 50% of the Company thus shares 50% of the for-feited deposit).

(ii)    Even this deposit of 10% was an absurdly low amount – it barely covered the interest on the balance 90% for 18 months. But interest is obviously not the only factor. Often the bigger advantage is of the option. Even if you do simple valuation of such Share Warrants, applying even the basic Black-Scholes or similar formula, it will be seen that particularly in times of higher volatility, even the increased 25% deposit would be too low.

(iii)    Further, in case of market-traded options, the option premium is an additional cost and not part-payment of the purchase price. Thus, even if one decides to actually purchase the shares, one pays the full purchase price in addition to this premium. In case of Share Warrants, the deposit paid is adjusted  against the issue price.

(iv)    Till a recent prohibition, Share Warrants also represented simple arbitrage. Sell today and buy Share Warrants by paying 10% deposit. This also meant that the surplus cash could be used to acquire higher shares and raise the balance amount later.

(v)    It was also quickly realised by Promoters that Share Warrants could help avoid the creeping acquisition limits. Well planned, the Promoters could increase their holding by 15% over 18 months without violating the 5% creeping acquisition limits. All this by paying just 10% today and that too at today’s prices! Needless to say, this technique was widely used.

(h)    How sound was the deal from the point of view of the Company? Almost certainly a loss-making one since if the same deal was offered to a third party, he would have paid a far higher amount. The public shareholders also lost.

(i)    SEBI of course has been chipping away slowly at the anomalies. The early amendments included reducing the conversion period to 18 months. There is a ban on preferential allotment to those who have sold shares in the last six months. The lock-in period has been effectively increased, as discussed separately here.

(j)    Consider from a different perspective, these amendments over a period of time are mainly in-tended to protect Share Warrants from misuse by Promoters. How these amendments will impact Share Warrants as a financial instrument?

How sound a financial proposition  they appear to third  party  –  non-Promoter  investors?

How attractive would Share Warrants sound, if one has to :

  • pay 25% up front, if one converts them within 18 months, suffer double lock-in period,

  • and if the conversion price has to be a minimum one related to recent prices?

(k)    The latest amendment comes not only too late, but also at a time when Promoters are least in the mood to acquire ‘Share Warrants’, simply because the six-monthly average prices are typically higher than the current market price.

(1)    Share Warrants thus, the way they are generally issued now, result in profits to the Promoters at the cost of the Company and other shareholders. I would even go to the extent of recommending that they be simply prohibited.

(m)    Alternatively, major changes are required if they are to be continued. Linking their pricing and deposit for Share Warrants to past average prices is absurd. Share Warrants are equivalent to options and should be valued as ‘options’. Even a rudimentary version of the Black-Scholes formula would give a fairer price. Remember, this technique is already being used, albeit as an alternative, for valuing and accounting for ESOPs.

(n)    And, at the very least, it is this price that should be paid. The amount should be paid as a premium for being granted the Share Warrants and not as a deposit that is adjustable towards the issue price! At the risk of sounding petty, I would even suggest that if the amount paid by Promoters is forfeited, it should be distributed as a special dividend/bonus to non-promoter shareholders!

(o)    There should also be a commercial justification for issuance of Share Warrants, especially from the point of view of the Company. The Company puts itself in a peculiar position when it issues Share Warrants. Other potential investors are wary of the potential dilution and thus investment in the Company becomes slightly unattractive. The uncertainties involved are:

  • the Company may not receive the balance amount.

  • the balance price is to be received at any time the Promoters deem fit, though there is a time limit.

The question is :

‘Is it a commercially sound proposition for the Company to issue Share Warrants on such terms ?’

Unless the answer to the above issues is a clear yes, the Share Warrants should not be issued. I would suggest that there should be a ban on issuance of Share Warrants to only Promoters, just as ESOPs are banned.

(5)    Amendments clarifying lock-in of Share Warrants and shares arising out of exercise of Share Warrants:

(a) Readers  may recollect that in August  2008, the lock-in period relating to warrants, etc. were amended. There was controversy arising out of such amendment. SEBI has attempted to simplify the wording and make it internally consistent.

(b)    Let us again consider the background and con-text of this amendment. Securities issued on a preferential basis are typically locked in for 1 year from the date of allotment (Promoters face a lock-in for 3 years to some extent, but this aspect is not discussed here). Some of the securities such as Share Warrants, FCDs, etc. are convertible into equity shares. The requirement was that all securities so allotted should be locked in for one year and if convertible securities are converted into equity shares during such lock-in period, the shares so allotted would be locked in for the remaining period out of such one year. In other words, the shares allotted did not face a fresh lock-in period of one year but the period for which the convertible securities already suffered lock-in was netted of and the equity shares suffered lock-in for the balance period.

(c)    It was felt that Share Warrants were different from equity shares, FCDs, etc. since in case of Share Warrants, only a part of the amount was paid up front, there were other differences also. SEBI had amended the Guidelines in August 2008 whereby it intended to provide that the aforesaid rule of netting off shall not apply in case of Share Warrants. Thus, in case of Share Warrants, the shares allotted on exercise of Share Warrants will face a fresh lock-in period. However, the amendments were ambiguously worded – at least as opined by some experts
and so the latest amendments seek to make clarificatory amendments.

(d)    This has been done by. bifurcating the ambiguous clause relating to lock-in period of instruments/ shares into two parts.

(e)    The first part talks of lock-in period of instruments allotted to Promoter/Promoter Group and shares allotted to them on exercise of Warrants. Both shall be locked in for 1 year. These lock-in periods are obviously in addition to the 3-year period otherwise applicable for allotments to such persons, read with of course the 20% limit for the 3-year lock-in.

(f)    The second part is almost identically worded, except that it refers to instruments/shares allotted to persons other than such Promoters.

(g)    In clause (d), which refers to set-off of lock-in suffered by instruments, it is now provided that such instruments shall not include warrants.

(h)    The amended clauses are certainly worded better, if one compares only to the earlier wording, which was felt to be a little convoluted, being the result of redrafting exercises over time. However, despite such amendments and consistency in wording, certain basic ambiguities remain. Actually, the lock-in requirements are intended to be quite simple and the whole clause could have been redrafted, instead of focussing on the recent changes.

(6) The  Sat yam  amendments:

Several relaxations to pricing, disclosures, etc. are now provided for where SEBI has already granted exemption under the new Regulation 29A to the Takeover Regulations. Considering that Regulation 29A itself had, I think, effective applicability of one single case, the amendments will have similar shelf life. However, they will remain as part of Regulations and the DIP Guidelines till they are dropped.
 
(7)  Bonus shares:

These shall now be issued within 15 days of Board approval, where shareholder approval for such issue is not required. And the Board cannot change such decision. Where approval of shareholders is required as per the Company’s Articles of Association, the issue shall be made within 2 months of the Board meeting where such issue was announced.

(8)    The amendments made by these Guidelines are generally prospective but with two interesting exceptions.

(a)    The amendment increasing the minimum amount payable for issue of Share Warrants from 10% to 25% applies if the shareholders’ approval is obtained before 24th February 2009. This would affect all those cases (I presently do not know how many or if any) where notices are already issued and the general meeting is convened on 25th February 2009 or later.

(b)    It would be interesting to examine how the amendments relating to lock-in apply to issues made since the last amendment in August.

SAT speaks — a few recent and interesting decisions of SAT

fiogf49gjkf0d

Securities Laws

This series of articles introducing securities laws for
listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .


(1) The Securities Appellate Tribunal (‘the SAT’) is a vital
appellate authority. It hears appeals from decisions of SEBI. For most small and
medium entities and persons, it is for all practical purposes, the last
appellate authority, since appeals against decisions of SAT are to be made
directly to the Supreme Court.

(2) Another interesting feature of the Hon’ble SAT is that
its Bench consists of a mix of Members with legal and commercial backgrounds.
SAT, like SEBI, examines issues that are not purely legal and are often
commercial issues where an in-depth knowledge of the current dynamics of the
securities markets is required. Even the procedural rules help the Hon’ble SAT
to ignore at times the highly technical and legal niceties.

(3) Yet another interesting aspect is that SAT is an
all-India appellate body, in the sense that there is a single Bench for the
whole of India. Contrast this with, e.g., the Income-tax Appellate
Tribunal which has state-wise Benches. One advantage of this is that one does
not face the confusion of differing decisions from Benches of the Tribunal.
Undoubtedly, while the SAT may, in its wisdom, reverse its earlier decisions if
it deems fit, generally speaking, SAT follows its earlier precedents. This, once
again, establishes the importance of a person dealing with the securities market
to keep abreast of the decisions of SAT.

(4) Finally, it is necessary for a Chartered Accountant to be
aware of the SAT decisions, because as an auditor he should be able to advise
the auditee of recent developments and he can also appear before SAT.

(6) Mefcom Securities Limited v. SEBI,


(2008) 82 SCL 193 :

(a) SEBI’s framework also requires regular checking of the
compliance of ‘intermediaries’ by auditors. Auditors during the conduct of audit
may come across irregularities which may be both mundane — that is —
non-compliances in documentation and involving serious violation of law. Often,
SEBI itself censures the broker or levies nominal penalties. The logic behind
the requirements are often thought to be procedural — more so when the
irregularities are not in the nature of manipulations or fraud. Of course, some
requirements lie between being merely procedural on the one hand and being a
blatant manipulation/fraud on the other hand. In this background, SEBI’s
decision to levy a hefty penalty of Rs.10 lakhs on a broker and the Hon’ble
SAT’s upholding of the same with reasons make this decision of SAT worthy of
note.

(b) In this decision, the audit resulted in many findings,
such as failure to maintain separate books of account for transactions,
non-maintenance of client agreements, failure to separate clients’ funds from
own funds, dealing with unregistered sub-brokers, etc. SEBI deemed it fit to
levy a penalty of Rs.10 lakhs.

(c) In appeal, the appellant made, inter alia, an
important submission that 83% of its trades were proprietary in nature. Further,
of the remaining 17%, 14% did not result in deliveries and only 3% resulted in
deliveries. Often, it is seen that brokers shun clients and do exclusively or
predominantly own trading, since having even a few clients would need compliance
with several requirements. The appellant also submitted that there was no
complaint made by any client.

(d) However, the SAT upheld the penalty on several grounds.
It did not accept that the defaults were merely technical ones. It explained the
logic of some requirements and the consequences that may result if these are not
complied with. It upheld the whole of such penalty. Consider some extracts from
the decision of SAT :

“The proportion of the trade of the appellant on account of
clients vis-à-vis his proprietary trade has little to do with the
extent of care and skill to be exercised by him in adhering to the regulatory
requirements that are meant to protect the interest of investors. The size of
the clientele is not relevant in this respect, nor is the fact whether there
are complaints from the clients. We also do not agree that the violations of
regulations found during inspection were merely technical in nature. In any
case, the appellant had no reason whatsoever to allow its banker the authority
to transfer funds from and to the accounts of the clients, since this was a
gross violation of a statutory regulation. While some of the infractions are
of procedural nature, others could be quite serious in their consequences. For
example, segregation of every client’s account from the broker’s account as
well as use of unique client code leads to greater transparency in the
business operations of the brokers and thereby enhances the integrity and
quality of the securities markets. It is far from correct to hold that such
requirements are ‘merely’ technical in nature. Similarly, absence of
broker-client agreement would lead to difficulties or even failure in
retrieval of information by regulators during any check or investigation and
this would seriously affect the efficacy of the regulation process. The lapses
on the part of the appellant clearly reflect a lack of exercise of due care,
skill and diligence required of a broker and deserve to be viewed seriously.”


(e) Thus, in one stroke many of the standard defenses pleaded
by brokers have been categorically rejected. One hopes that this decision
removes the complacency often found in ‘intermediaries’ with regard to
compliance with procedural requirements.

(7) Deep Kumar Trivedi v. SEBI, (2008) 82 SCL 209 :

a) The issue in this decision is actually more on facts than of law. SEBI alleged that it had served a summons on the appellant, seeking that he appear before it. When the appellant did not appear, SEBI levied penalty of Rs.10 lakhs on the appellant for such non-appearance. In appeal, the appellant denied that he was served with the summons. The Hon’ble SAT went into the documents and contentions relating to the service of notice. On review of the facts, SAT finally held that it was not conclusively brought out that the summons was indeed served. The SAT also made an important observation that the appellant was not informed at any stage in the related proceedings that a summons was served and that the appellant had not complied with it. The order of penalty was thus set aside.

b) One reason for highlighting this decision is that several such proceedings have been required to be dropped on similar grounds. In several cases, at the level of the Adjudicating Officer itself, the )-proceedings are formally dropped on the ground that no adequate proof existed for summons/notice having been served.

c) Further, often, the distinction between summons for ‘Information’ and summons for ‘Presence’ is forgotten. A summons for information (as the wording of the summons itself clearly brings it out) seeks information that is to be filed with SEBI.The summons does not state at any place that the person served with such summons should appear before the SEBI Officer. Indeed, no date and time is given and, in fact, a last date is usually given for filing of the information. However, though the person concerned files the information, later on, it is alleged that the person should have appeared personally also. Usually, these proceedings are dropped, but the party has to undergo the suffering of the proceedings.

8) HFCL Infotel  Ltd. v. SEBI, 82 SCL 199 (2008) :

a) Often, a difficulty is faced by parties who have proceedings initiated against them under one or more provisions of securities laws. While these proceedings are pending, the party may need to – approach SEBI for one or more clearances, registrations, etc. SEBI is naturally in a dilemma. If it does not give such clearances, etc., and if it is ultimately found that the party has not violated securities laws as alleged, then there would be injustice. However, in the reverse situation, if the party was indeed guilty, by allowing it further access to securities markets, SEBI would have effectively allowed it perhaps to commit more irregularities.

b) As the decision cited above shows, it is not uncommon that such a party may find that its proposals before SEBI may be held up indefinitely. In fact, the party may have to suffer because SEBI itself may take quite a long time to complete the proceedings. Having said that, it is also interesting to note that SEBI has framed guidelines on how to expeditiously dispose such matters. So let us consider this case to know what SAT spoke on these issues.

c) The facts of the case were that the appellant company was the result of a merger between an unlisted company and a listed company. The unlisted company was of far greater size than the listed company. Without going into more details, it may be stated here that a requirement was placed on the appellant to make an offer of a certain number of shares to the public. The appellant initiated the process for this and filed an offer document in 2003. The offer document was held up by SEBI, because SEBIhad initiated proceedings against the company and other parties in relation to alleged violations of the SEBI FUTP Regulations. Till the offer was not made, the shares of the appellant that were issued pursuant to the merger could not be listed. The appellant appealed to SAT against the holding up of such clearance.

d) The Hon’ble SAT noted the fact that there was an undue delay. A huge quantity of shares got held up for listing on account of a small quantity of shares that were required to be offered to the public. The Hon’ble SAT also pointed out that SEBI itself has framed Guidelines for its guidance in such matters and the delay in the present case was against these very Guidelines.

e) The following were some extracts from the Guidelines:

“2. Treatment where show-cause notice has been issued. – Where a show-cause notice has been issued to the entities, observations on draft offer document(s) filed by the issuer with the Board shall be kept in abeyance for a period of 90 days from the date of show-cause notice or filing of draft offer document with the Board, whichever is later. The appropriate authority shall, in a fit case, within the period of 90 days, pass an appropriate interim or final order after hearing the person affected;

Provided that where there is any pending show-cause notice as on the date of issuance of this General Order, the period of 90 days shall begin from the date of issuance of this General Order:

Provided further that any time taken by such entities/notice(s) shall be excluded while computing the 90 days period.

Where no such interim or final order is passed within the period of 90 days, the Board may process the draft offer document for the purpose of issuance of observations subject to relevant disclosures in the offer document about receipt of the show-cause notice and the possible adverse impact of the order on the entities.”

9. Allowing the appeal and directing SEBIto dispose of the application within six weeks, the SAT observed as follows :

“The Board itself observes in this order that no person is presumed to be guilty unless proved to be so and, therefore, it would be in the interest of the investors and the securities market that their application for the consideration of offer documents be considered and disposed of within a reasonable period even when proceedings against such entities are contemplated or have been initiated. The guidelines framed by the Board provide that the offer documents are to be disposed of within a period of 21 days, but in the case of entities against whom proceedings are either contemplated or have been initiated, the same shall be disposed of within a period of 90 days. This period has long expired and no action has been taken. There is logic in what the Board has said in the general order. In the case of offer documents presented by entities against whom any regulatory action is contemplated or to whom show-cause notices have been issued, the Board insists that they ‘should make all relevant disclosures in the offer document including the receipt of show-cause notice and the possible adverse impact it could have, so that the investing public is adequately informed. The purpose of these disclosures is to enable the investing public to make informed investment decisions. It follows and the Board is aware that in the case of such entities, the consideration of the offer document is not to be withheld till the disposal of the proceedings against them, but relevant disclosures are to be insisted upon. In the case in hand, the Board should and, we have no doubt that it shall, insist for such disclosures and leave it to the public to invest or not. Whoever then invests shall do so with eyes open and will have no cause to complain later. The guidelines also provide for such disclosures. This is in accordance with the scheme of the Act, different regulations and guidelines framed thereunder. The Board as a regulator has a duty to protect the interest of the investors and to promote the development of and to regulate the securities market by such measures as it thinks fit. It thought fit in its wisdom to issue the general order, which in our opinion, is in the interest of investors and the securities market and there is a recital to this effect in that order. In view of the general order passed by the Board, it should have itself disposed of the letter of offer as per the procedure stated therein.”

a) In conclusion, I may add that parties do not merely face the problem of delay of clearances, etc. but often, a more serious issue arises, viz., if, during pendency of such proceedings, the party has to make an application for renewal of registration or they propose to make an application for registration as another form of intermediary, the entity faces the possibility of its application being rejected on the ground that it is not a ‘fit and proper’ person (see the column in this series for September 2007 issue of BCAJfor several such examples). ‘Justice delayed is justice denied’ may sound to be a cliche, but the impact of this denial of justice is really experienced only by persons whose proposals are indefinitely put on hold or, worse, rejected, on account of such pending proceedings.

Hence, speedy disposal of such issues is advocated and this is what SAT suggests in this decision.

Foreign investment in India by SEBI registered Long term investors in Government dated Securities

fiogf49gjkf0d
Presently, SEBI registered Foreign Institutional Investors (FII), Qualified Foreign Investors (QFI) and long term investors can purchase, on repatriation basis, Government securities up to US $ 25 billion and non-convertible debentures (NCD)/onds issued by an Indian company up to US $ 51 billion.
This circular has increased the limit for investment in Government securities by US $ 5 billion from US $ 25 billion to US $ 30 billion. This additional limit of US $ 5 billion is available to long term investors registered with SEBI viz. Sovereign Wealth Funds (SWFs), Multilateral Agencies, Pension/ Insurance/ Endowment Funds, Foreign Central Banks.
levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 110 dated June 12, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Foreign Direct Investment – Reporting of issue/ transfer of Shares to/by a FVCI

Presently, transfer of equity shares/fully and mandatorily convertible debentures/fully and mandatorily convertible preference shares (hereinafter referred to as ‘shares’) of an Indian company, from a nonresident to a person resident in India (resident) or vice versa, has to be reported to RBI, through the bank, within 60 days of the transaction. Also, receipt of consideration for issue of shares of an Indian company, to a non-resident has to be reported to RBI, through a bank, within 30 days from the date of receipt.

This circular has amended Form FC-GPR & Form FC-TRS by inserting the following remarks in para 3(4) and 5(a)(4) of form FC-GPR and para 4(4) and para 5(4) of form FC-TRS: –

‘The investment/s made by SEBI registered FVCI is /are under FDI Scheme, in terms of Schedule 1 to Notification No. FEMA 20 dated 3rd May, 2000.’ This circular also clarifies that whenever a SEBI registered FVCI acquires shares of an Indian company under FDI Scheme in terms of Schedule 1 of Notification No. FEMA 20/2000-RB dated 3rd May, 2000 such investments have to be reported in form FC-GPR/ FC-TRS only. When investment is made in terms of Schedule 6 of the Notification No. FEMA 20/2000-RB dated May 3, 2000 no FC-GPR/FC-TRS needs to be filed. Such transactions have to be reported by the custodian bank in the monthly reporting format as prescribed by RBI from time to time.

Annexed to this circular are the revised forms FCGPR and FC-TRS.

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 111 dated June 12, 2013

levitra

Part D : Good Governance

fiogf49gjkf0d
Jean Dreze & Amartya Sen in their book “An Uncertain Glory – India and Its Contradictions” write: The issue of accountability relates closely to that of corruption, which has received a great deal of attention recently in Indian political debates. In the absence of good systems of accountability, there may not only be serious neglects of duties, but much temptation for officials to deliver at high ‘prices’ what they are actually supposed to deliver freely, as part of their job. This ‘reward’, aside from being an example of corruption based on official privilege, can also deflect a facility from those for whom it was meant to others who have means and willingness to buy favours. Corruption has become such an endemic feature of Indian administration and commercial life that in some part of the country nothing moves in the intended direction unless the palm of the deliverer is greased.
levitra

PART B: RTI Act, 2005 – The Use of Right to Information Laws in India:

fiogf49gjkf0d
A Rapid Study based on the Annual Reports of Information Commissions (2011-12) has been made by Commonwealth Human Rights Initiative (CHRI), New Delhi. Research and Report compiled by Venkatesh Nayak, Amrita Paul & Seema Chaudhary, General Editor is Maja Daruwala.

It is released in October’ 2013. Executive Summary thereof is being produced in parts in this and further next few issues:

I. Availability of the Annual Reports of Information Commissions on Websites Main findings of the study:
• Although in our previous study we had found the Mizoram State Information Commission defaulting over public disclosure of its Annual Reports, it has now uploaded all Annual Reports up to the year 2011-12. Seven State Information Commissions identified in our study last year, namely, those in Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, Manipur, Sikkim, Tamil Nadu, Tripura and Uttar Pradesh continue to be defaulters in terms of displaying their Annual Reports on their websites. These websites do not contain even a link for ‘Annual Reports’.

• Only Maharashtra State Information Commission has uploaded on its website, its latest Annual Report due, for the calendar year 2012. No other Information Commission has uploaded its latest Annual Report due, for either the calendar year (January – December 2012) or the financial year (April 2012 – March 2013).

• The Central Information Commission and 9 Information Commissions in the States of Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Jammu and Kashmir (J&K), Karnataka, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland and Rajasthan have uploaded their Annual Reports for all the years up to 2011-12. Others have displayed Annual Reports for one year or more but not for the period 2011-13.

• With the exception of the Central Information Commission and the State Information Commissions of Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Maharashtra and Rajasthan, all other Information Commissions have published their Annual Reports in English only. Recommendations:

• Publishing Annual Reports in a timely manner at least within six months of the ending of the reporting year must become a priority with all Information Commissions.

• Information Commissions will be able to compile their Annual Reports in a timely manner only if they receive statistical data from all public authorities under their jurisdiction. According to Section 25 (2) of the Central RTI Act and Section 22(2) of the J&K RTI Act, the duty of ensuring reporting of RTI returns from all public authorities lies squarely on the concerned Ministries. Unless they apply pressure on public authorities under their jurisdiction they will not fall in line to submit RTI returns in a timely manner. They must insist filing of RTI returns at least every quarter. The nodal department charged with ensuring the implementation of the RTI law under each appropriate Government, must send frequent reminders to the other Ministries and Department to do their mandated job.

• Even if the RTI returns are not forthcoming from the ministries/departments, Information Commissions have the statutory duty to publish a report of their own activities at least and submit it to the respective Legislatures in order to account for spending the taxpayers’ money. This would provide them the opportunity to publicly name and shame the defaulting public authorities and compel compliance with the reporting requirement under the respective RTI laws.

• At the very minimum, all Annual Reports must be drafted in the official languages used by the appropriate Governments.

levitra

Gross negligence – Clause 7 of Part I of Second Schedule (contd.)

fiogf49gjkf0d
Gross negligence – Clause 7 of Part I of Second Schedule (contd.)

Series 3

 Arjun (A) – Last time you told me about gross negligence. It was a great relief that every negligence is not necessarily a gross negligence!

Shrikrishna (S)–No my dear! Don’t take it so lightly. It is not a licence to commit any blunder.

A – But you only said mere error or even a blunder is not negligence and every negligence is not a gross negligence.

S – It is true. The Council itself has taken that view. But don’t stretch it too far. The line between the two is very thin.

 A – But how can one be so perfect? In every audit, there may be some flaw or the other. It is impossible to do any audit so ideally perfect.

S – Agreed. But what is important is your approach and attitude. Moreover, I also mentioned to you that now the amended clause also talks of ‘lack of due diligence’. This is a very wide concept.

A – But how does one judge a member’s attitude? How can one prove that there was no negligence; but only an inadvertent error?

S – Remember, work should not only be done but it should be seen that it is done. You need to maintain working papers.

A – Our clients don’t have a good accountant. There is always a mess in the records. Some how, we manage to draw up the balance sheet ourselves. If there are errors, we get them set right there and then. Who will keep all those queries? We don’t have time nor space to keep so many papers.

S – Understand this difficulty. But you have a double jeopardy. On one hand, clients do not realise how much work you have done. So they don’t pay your fees, let alone increase. On the other hand, your position is vulnerable before the Council.

A – But Council should understand the difficulties of the common practioners. They don’t have so much resources.

S – That is where your attitude comes into play. You have technology at your disposal. You can always email your queries, store them in your computers.

A – But clients can’t understand the queries. They want us only to reply our own queries!

S – But this will at least make him aware of the extent of discrepancies.

A – Now take our accounting standards. They just don’t care. They are not interested even in knowing the implications.

S – You need to use your persuasion skills. Sooner or later, they will realise it.

A – But what to do till then?

S – You need to be assertive. If you tolerate or cover up the flaws, you will be taken for granted.

A – That is already happening. What is the solution?

S – See, my dear. If you compromise once, you invite a great risk. First and foremost, you lose your respect. The value of the profession also goes down.

A – We become helpless.

S – Secondly, if there are flaws in the accounts, you may suffer scrutiny from Revenue Authorities.

A – Yes. We need to ‘manage’ the things over there.

S – And client says, it is your own mistake. So he does not pay for your efforts in taxdepartments.

A – I am told, now-a-days, tax authorities are routinely writing to the Institute about the shortcomings in audited accounts.

S – That’s what I am saying. And even if the client does not pay or hike the audit fees, you have to continue the audit. You are always worried that if some new auditor comes in your place, your mistakes will get exposed! Hence, you perpetuate your mistakes.

A – What you say is true. In a way, we blackmail ourselves and are afraid of deviating from wrong path.

S – Your compromising attitude leads to negligence – or lack of due diligence. Negligence is a very wide term. It covers many things. You can not define it. There can not be an exhaustive list.

 A – You mean it is as endless as your manifestations that you described in ‘Vishwa Roop Darshan’!

S – Yes. That I told you the 11th Chapter of ‘Geeta’.

A – Still, you please tell me at least a few illustrations of negligence.

S – It starts right from your appointment. See that it is properly made with reference to applicable laws, that organisation’s bylaws, and so on. You must take an appointment letter. Then, maintain working papers, preserve the queries raised by you and their replies.

A – Yes. I will be careful.

S – Then take Management Representation Letter – MRL. I don’t think you have ever taken it!

A – I have recently started taking. But not in all cases.

S – Prepare a proper audit program covering all aspect of audit. This you studied in exam but never followed.

A – I have seen some CAs who spend lot of time on all these things. They compile heap of files of working papers. This report and that opinion! I wonder whether they really do any audit!

S – It is easy to criticise others. But try to understand the spirit behind it. Then you need to know not only the applicable laws – like tax, company law, FEMA; but also your Institute’s pronouncements like accounting standards, auditing standards, guidance notes, statements, resolutions – and so on.

A – Wait wait! I cannot digest and remember all these things. We will meet again after this July returns, when I will focus on audits.

S – Yes. I don’t mind meeting again. But don’t be under an impression that negligence is invoked only in audits. It also covers tax practice. In fact, it encompasses each and every aspect of your professional functioning. I will explain next time.

Om Shanti !

The above dialogue between Shri Krishna and Arjuna is a continuation of earlier dialogues published in BCA Journals of May 2013 and June 2013. It deals with the terminologies ‘gross negligence’ and ‘lack of due diligence’ used in Clause (7) of Part I of Second Schedule. This is the most important and serious charge of misconduct. Discussion on this clause will continue.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 12 dated July 15, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) Policy Repayment of Rupee loans and / or fresh Rupee capital expenditure – $ 10 billion Scheme

Presently, Indian companies in the manufacturing, infrastructure sector and hotel sector, which are consistent foreign exchange earners, can avail of ECB for repayment of their outstanding Rupee loan(s) availed of from the domestic banking system and / or for fresh Rupee capital expenditure under the Approval Route.

This circular permits the above (i.e. Indian companies in the manufacturing, infrastructure sector and hotel sector) which have established Joint Venture (JV) / Wholly Owned Subsidiary (WOS) / have acquired assets overseas to avail of ECB under the $ 10 billion scheme for repayment of all term loans having average residual maturity of 5 years and above / credit facilities availed of by Indian companies from domestic banks for investment in JV / WOS overseas, in addition to ‘Capital Expenditure’. Some of the important terms and conditions are: –

1. ECB that can be availed of is the higher of 75% of the average foreign exchange earnings realised during the past three financial years and / or 75% of the average of foreign exchange earnings potential for the next three financial years of the Indian companies from the JV / WOS / assets abroad. These projections have to be certified by the Statutory Auditors / Chartered Accountant / Certified Public Accountant / Category I Merchant Banker registered with SEBI / an Investment Banker outside India registered with the appropriate regulatory authority in the host country.

2. ECB availed of under the scheme has to be repaid out of foreign exchange earnings from the overseas JV / WOS / assets.

3. Past earnings in the form of dividend / repatriated profit / other foreign exchange inflows like royalty, technical know-how, fee, etc. from overseas JV / WOS / assets will be reckoned as foreign exchange earnings for the purpose of $ 10 billion scheme.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 11 dated July 11, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d

External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) Policy – Review of all-in-cost ceiling

This circular states that the present all-in-cost ceiling for ECB, as mentioned below, will continue till 31st March, 2013: –

 Sr. 

 Average Maturity Period

 All-in-cost over 6 month
LIBOR for the respective
currency of borrowing or
applicable benchmark

 1

 Three years and up to
five years

 350 bps

 2.

 More than five years

 500 bps

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 10 dated July 11, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) Policy – Refinancing / Rescheduling of ECB

This circular permits borrowers to refinance under the Approval Route, upto 30th September, 2013, an existing ECB by raising fresh ECB at a higher all-in-cost / reschedule an existing ECB at a higher all-in-cost. However, the enhanced all-in-cost must not exceed the current all-in-cost ceiling.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 09 dated July 11, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d

Trade Credits for Imports into India – Review of all-in-cost ceiling

This circular states that the present all-in-cost ceiling for trade credits, as mentioned below, will continue till 30th September, 2013: –

 Maturity period 

 All-in-cost ceilings over
6 months LIBOR for the
respective currency of credit
or applicable benchmark

 Up to 1 year

 350 basis points

 More than 1 year and up to
3 years

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 08 dated July 11, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Overseas Investments – Shares of SWIFT

Notification No. FEMA.271/RB-2013 dated March 19, 2013

Presently, banks resident in India require specific approval of RBI to acquire shares of the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT), Belgium.

This circular grants general permission to a bank in India which has been permitted by RBI to become a member of the ‘SWIFT User’s Group in India’ to acquire the shares of SWIFT.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 07 dated July 08, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Risk Management and Inter Bank Dealings

This circular prohibits banks from banks from carrying out any proprietary trading in the currency futures / exchange traded currency options markets. Thus, banks can undertake transactions in these markets only on behalf of their clients.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 6 dated July 8, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) Policy – Non-Banking Finance Company – Asset Finance Companies (NBFC – AFCs)

This circular permits NBFC – AFC to avail ECB (including outstanding ECB) up to 75% of their owned funds, subject to a maximum of $ 200 million or its equivalent per financial year under the Automatic Route to finance the import of infrastructure equipment for leasing to infrastructure projects. ECB in excess of the above limit can be availed of under the Approval Route. The minimum average maturity period of the ECB must be five years. Where ECB is availed of in the form of Foreign Currency Bonds from international capital markets, than such ECB must be raised only from those international capital markets that are subject to regulations prescribed by regulator in the host country which is a member of the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) and is compliant with FATF guidelines. Foreign currency risk in respect of ECB will have to be hedged in full.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 02 dated July 04, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Risk Management and Inter-Bank Dealings – Liberalisation of documentation requirements for the resident entities in the Indian Forex Market

Presently, resident entities who have hedged their foreign exchange risks are required to submit to their Banks a Quarterly certificate signed by their statutory auditors stating that the contracts outstanding at any point of time with all banks during the quarter did not exceed the value of the underlying exposures.

This circular provides that resident entities now have to submit an annual certificate from their statutory auditors stating that the contracts outstanding with all banks at any time during the year did not exceed the value of the underlying exposures at that time.

Resident entities will have to continue to give an undertaking to the Banks stating that the contracted exposure against which the derivative transaction is being booked has not been used for any derivative transaction with any other bank.

PRESS NOTE 3 (2013 Series) – D/o IPP F. No. 5/3/2005- FC.I Dated June 03, 2013

Review of the policy on foreign direct investment in the Multi Brand Trading Sector – amendement of paragraph 6.2.16.5(2) of ‘Circular 1 of 2013 – Consolidated FDI Policy’

This Press Note has amended the List of States / Union Territories has mentioned in paragraph 6.2.16.5(1)(viii) by adding the name of Karnataka as the State which has given its consent to implent the policy on Multi Brand Retail Trading. With this the name of States / Union Territories that have given their consent has increased to 12. The revised list is as under: –

 S. No

Sector/Activity

  % of FDI Cap/
Equity

 Entry route

 6.2.16.5
 

  Multi Brand Retail
Trading

 51%

 Government

 

 (1) FDI in….
(2) List of States/Union Territories as mentitoned in paragraph 6.2.16.5(1)(viii)
1. Andhra Pradesh
2. Assam
3. Delhi
4. Haryana
5. Himachal Pradesh
6. Jammu & Kashmir
7. Karnataka
8. Maharashtra
9. Manipur
10. Rajasthan
11. Uttarakhand
12. Daman & Diu and Dadra and Nagar Haveli Union Territories

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 01 dated July 04, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Notification No.FEMA.278/2013-RB dated June 07, 2013

Foreign Investment in India – Guidelines for calculation of total foreign investment in Indian companies, transfer of ownership and control of Indian companies and downstream investment by Indian companies

Vide the above Notification a new Schedule – Schedule 14 – has been added in Notification No. FEMA 20/2000-RB dated 3rd May 2000 (Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by a Person Resident outside India) Regulations, 2000). This Notification has come into effect, retrospectively, from 13th February, 2009.

Annexed to this circular are guidelines for calculation of total foreign investment, i.e., direct and indirect foreign investment in Indian companies and for establishment of Indian companies/ transfer of ownership or control of Indian companies from resident Indian citizens to non-resident entities, in sectors with caps. Since these guidelines are to be applied retrospectively, this circular provides that: –

1. Any foreign investment already made in accordance with the guidelines in existence prior to 13th February, 2009 would not require any modification to conform to these guidelines.

2. All other investments, after the said date (i.e. 13th February, 2009), would come under the ambit of these new guidelines. Hence, in case of investments made between 13th February, 2009 and the date of publication of the FEMA notification (notified vide G.S.R. 393(E) dated 21st June, 2013), Indian companies have to intimate the concerned Regional Office of RBI, within 90 days from the date of this circular, through their bank, detailed position with regard to the issue / transfer of shares or downstream investment which is not in conformity with the regulatory framework. They have to then comply with the guidelines within 6 months or such extended time as considered appropriate by RBI in consultation with Government of India.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 122 dated June 27, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Import of Gold by Nominated Banks / Agencies

Presently,

a. Import of gold on consignment basis by banks, nominated agencies / premier / star trading houses is permitted only to meet the genuine needs of the exporters of gold jewellery.

b. All Letters of Credit (LC) to be opened by Nominated Banks / Agencies for import of gold under all categories can only be on 100% cash margin basis and imports of gold will necessarily have to be on Documents against Payment (DP) basis. Thus, import of gold on Documents against Acceptance (DA) basis is not permitted.

This circular clarifies that Banks are required to ensure that credit in any form or name is not enabled for import of gold by the nominated agencies, etc. Import of gold on loan basis by banks & nominated agencies is permitted only for on-lending to exporters of jewellery as the restrictions of non-availing of credit for import of gold is not applicable to them.

Master Circulars dated July 1, 2013

RBI has issued 15 Master Circulars. These Master Circulars consolidate the existing instructions on the subject at one place. These Master Circulars are being issued with a sunset clause of one year. They will stand withdrawn on 1st July, 2014 and be replaced with an updated Master Circular on the subject.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 121 dated June 26, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Risk Management and Inter Bank Dealings

Presently, a Foreign Institutional Investor (FII) is permitted to hedge the currency risk on the market value of their entire investment in equity and/ or debt in India.

This circular clarifies that if a FII wants to hedge the exposure of one of its sub-account holders it must produce a clear mandate from the sub-account holder indicating the latter’s (sub-account holders) intention to enter into the derivative transaction. Banks must also verify the mandate as well as the eligibility of the contract with respect to the market value of the securities held in the concerned sub-account.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 120 dated June 26, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) Policy – Structured Obligations

Presently, credit enhancement can be provided by multilateral/regional financial institutions, Government owned development financial institutions, direct/indirect foreign equity holder(s), under the automatic route, for domestic debt raised through issue of capital market instruments, such as, Rupee denominated bonds and debentures, by Indian companies engaged exclusively in the development of infrastructure and by Infrastructure Finance Companies (IFC).

This circular states that credit enhancement can be also be provided by eligible non-resident entities to the domestic debt raised through issue of INR bonds /debentures by all borrowers eligible to raise ECB under the automatic route, subject to the following: –

1. The minimum average maturity of the underlying debt instruments must be three years.

2. Prepayment and call / put options will not be permissible for these capital market instruments with an average maturity period of up to 3 years.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 119 dated June 26, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) Policy – Import of Services, Technical know-how and License Fees

Presently, eligible borrowers can avail of ECB for import of capital goods for new projects/modernisation/ expansion of existing production units in the real sector, infrastructure sector and service sector. This circular permits eligible borrowers to avail ECB (under the Automatic Route/Approval Route, as the case may be) for import of services, technical knowhow and payment of license fees as part of import of capital goods by the companies for use in the manufacturing and infrastructure sectors as permissible end uses of ECB, subject to the following: –

(i) There must be a duly signed agreement between the service provider and the borrower company.

(ii) The original invoice raised by the service provider as per the payment schedule in the agreement must be duly certified by the borrower company.

(iii) The importer must give a declaration to the effect that the entire expenditure on import of services will be capitalised.

(iv) The importer must give a declaration to the effect that the entire expenditure on import of services forms part of project cost.

(v) Bank has to ensure the bonafides of the transaction.

levitra

Appellate Tribunal — Strictures against Department for filing appeal in avoidable litigation.

fiogf49gjkf0d
[Commissioner of Central Excise, Chandigarh-II v. Gee EMM Polyvin Ltd., 2011 (273) ELT 223 (P & H)]

The appeal had been preferred by the Revenue authorities u/s.35G of the Central Excise Act, 1944 against the order of CESTAT.

In original proceedings on the issue of deficient payment of excise duty on account of wrongful availment of Cenvat credit were dropped. This order had been upheld by the Commissioner (Appeals) and had been further upheld by the Tribunal. The Tribunal, inter alia, observed:

“The Department deserves to be complimented for their perseverance as the Tribunal’s decision dated 4-7-2008 in the previous set of proceedings on the main issue is in favour of the party, the question of allowing this appeal of the Department does not arise.”

In spite of the above observations, the Department had chosen to file the appeal before the High Court claiming that there is a substantial question of law. The Court held that the above action only shows total carelessness and nonapplication of mind. Apart from the fact that the original authority, the Appellate Authority and the Tribunal decided against the Department, the amount involved was only Rs.39,117. In spite of the judgments of the Supreme Court as well as observations made by the Court, the Department is turning a deaf ear and is wasting public money on avoidable litigation.

Accordingly, the appeal was dismissed with costs at Rs.10,000 to be recovered from the person taking decision to file the appeal within three months and to be deposited with the High Court Legal Services Committee.

levitra

Bringing disrepute to the profession (Clause 1 & 2 of Part IV of the First Schedule and Part III of Second Schedule)

fiogf49gjkf0d
Arjun (A) Oh Lord Shrikrishna! Save Me. It is becoming too much! Shrikrishna (S) Arey! What happened?

A – Cannot cope up with this work of March!

S – Why? March comes every year. What’s new about it?

A – That’s the problem. Nothing new happens. Same old things, only more tiring. Advance tax, service tax, time-barring assessments and returns.

S – Why are there time-barring returns? Can you not file them earlier?

A – No. Some clients have a habit of filing their returns only on the last day.

S – It is their habit or your habit? You could easily push them. Do you communicate with them properly? And in time?

A – No. We ourselves keep it pending for some reason or the other. Many times, there are some issues on which it is difficult to take decision.

 S – You simply keep on grumbling but don’t want to improve.

A – This year there is one more menace.

S – What is that?

A – Many clients had taken bills for adjustment of profits. But those suppliers never paid their VAT. And such defaulters’ list is now sent by MVAT authorities to income tax people.

S – Then?

A – Now, our clients had to pay the MVAT evaded by the suppliers. And on the top of it, they are facing disallowance in Income Tax.

S – What is wrong about it? They deserve it if they are falsifying the accounts. My worry is that you CAs should not be trapped into such rackets.

A – A few of my CA friends are doing only this ‘entry’ business. They are minting money and I have to slog like this.

S – I had already told you – you have a right only in the performance of your duty; not in the fruits. Those unscrupulous CAs are now getting the fruits of their deeds!

A – I agree. But the harassment at the tax office is unbearable. Their demands are astronomical.

S – Are you also involved in settling the cases?

A – What to do? There is no alternative. I don’t do it myself. That is why my cases remain pending and I get irritated.

S – Good. That is why you are so dear to me.

A – But I feel, those who settle down, enjoy life.

S – You are mistaken. Before the war in Mahabharata also, you were under similar obsession. That time, I gave you clear vision about life.

A – But that was Dwaparyuga. Today, we are in Kaliyug.

S – True. But that time your thoughts were unbecoming of a Kshatriya (Warrior). Today, your thoughts are unbecoming of a professional.

A – But the profession has degenerated into business.

S – Let the profession degenerate; but not a professional like you. Your thoughts are confused; but fortunately, your upbringing has held you from acting in that manner.

A – I was wondering how you have not mentioned anything about misconduct so far! Is this not covered in our Code of Ethics?

S – How can it not be covered? I told you that there are two schedules to your CA Act that specify different types of misconduct.

A – Then tell me, where it is stated?

 S – See, bribery is a crime. If you are a party to it, it is abetment. That again is a crime.

A – But that is only if one is caught! It is a secret deal between the client and the officer. CA is just a middleman.

S – Remember, apart from the specific items of misconduct in the Schedules, section 22 of your CA Act covers ‘other misconduct’ also. That is very wide.

A – You mean, it is not only professional misconduct.

S – No. So if you are caught, you are directly covered by clause (1) of Part IV of the First Schedule and so also Part III of the Second Schedule. That means, convicted of a punishable crime.

A – What else?

S – Clause (2) of Part of IV of the First Schedule is very very wide. It says, if your action brings disrepute to the profession, that is also a misconduct. See, if you are involved as a middle-man, both the officer as well as your client discounts your value. They are happy because they are benefitted; but your image is tarnished.

A – That is true. Many clients treat us as agents only.

S – You should be careful as to how the society perceives your profession. In many scandals, the role of your colleagues is exposed.

A – What are the other instances?

S – What to tell you? There are cases of even CAs demanding dowry.

 A – Really? I am aware that in certain communities, CA commands a hefty dowry. I am told, nowadays that rate also has gone down!

S – That is public perception! Do they really respect you? Three CAs formed a company for some business. But the business did not pick up, so they neglected compliances totally. That company was transferred to someone; and due to some friction, the buyer filed a complaint and such negligence brings disrepute to the profession.

A – What was the outcome?

S – They were held guilty, though left on reprimand.

A – Oh! Then it will cover traffic rules also.

S – Yes. Even the indiscipline in behaviour, indecency and so many things! There are complaints of ill treatment of articles, misbehaviour with lady staff and what not!

A – One needs to be cautious everywhere! I thought our Code covers only professional misconduct.

S – Any professional is expected to have exemplary behaviour. It covers punctuality, courtesy, proper communication, personal habits – and what not? It is all-pervasive.

A – I have seen CAs whose personal habits and mannerisms are irritating. They can’t even speak properly. Even in conferences, the manner in which they rush for lunch is not befitting a professional! The less said the better.

S – Good! You have understood it. Take care of public image and you will command respect. Council is concerned with that. Om Shanti! The above dialogue is with reference to Clause 1 & 2 of Part IV of the First Schedule and Part III of Second Schedule which read as under:

Clause 1: is held guilty by any civil or criminal court for an offence which is punishable with imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months;

Clause 2: in the opinion of the Council, brings disrepute to the profession or the Institute as a result of his action whether or not related to his professional work.

Part III of Second Schedule: A member of the Institute, whether in practice or not, shall be deemed to be guilty of other misconduct, if he is held guilty by any civil or criminal court for an offence which is punishable with imprisonment for a term exceeding six months.

Further, readers may also refer page 229 of ICAI’s publication on Code of Ethics, January 2009 edition (reprinted in May 2009).

levitra

Appellate Tribunal — Precedent — Judicial propriety — Co-ordinated Benches of Tribunal.

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Supreme Court while deciding an appeal under the Customs Act, 1962 against the order of CESTAT, noticed difference of opinion between co-ordinate Benches of Tribunal on an identical issue. The Court showed their deep concern on the conduct of the two Benches of the Tribunal while deciding appeals in the cases of two parties, namely, IVRCL Infrastructures & Projects Ltd. and Techni Bharathi Ltd. After noticing the decision of a co-ordinate Bench in the present case, they still thought it fit to proceed to take a view totally contrary to the view taken in the earlier judgment, thereby creating a judicial uncertainty with regard to the declaration of law involved on an identical issue in respect of the same Exemption Notification. It needs to be emphasised that if a Bench of a Tribunal, in identical fact-situation, is permitted to come to a conclusion directly opposed to the conclusion reached by another Bench of the Tribunal on earlier occasion, that will be destructive of the institutional integrity itself. What was important is the Tribunal as an institution and not the personality of the members constituting it. If a Bench of the Tribunal wishes to take a view different from the one taken by the earlier Bench, the propriety demands that it should place the matter before the President of the Tribunal so that the case is referred to a larger Bench, for which provision exists in the Act itself. The Court referred to the observations of a three-Judge Bench of the Court in Sub-Inspector Rooplal & Anr. v. Ltd. Governor & Ors., (2000) 1 SCC 644. The Court further directed that all the Courts and various Tribunals in the country shall follow these salutary observations in letter and spirit.
levitra

Accident claim — Legal representative — Married daughter — Motor Vehicles Act, section 166.

fiogf49gjkf0d
(Smt. Joy Minocha & Ors. v. Vijay Kumar & Ors., AIR 2011 Chhattisgarh 166)

The appellant No. 1 Smt. Joy Minocha was daughter of deceased persons Naresh Arora and Smt. Bharti Arora. The other appellants are minor children of the appellant No. 1. The deceased persons had expired in a road accident. The appellant along with the minor children being legal heirs had filed petition for compensation. The Tribunal dismissed the claim petition on the ground that the appellant No. 1 was married daughter of the deceased persons, therefore not entitled to receive any compensation.

The question that arose before the High Court was whether any compensation is payable where the claim is filed by legal representatives of the deceased who were not dependent on them?

The Court observed that the expression ‘Legal Representative’ had not been defined in the Motor Vehicles Act or the Rules made thereunder. However, it has been defined in s.s (11) of section 2 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 which reads as under:

‘Legal representative’ means a person who in law represents the estate of a deceased person, and includes any person who intermeddles with the estate of the deceased and where a party sues or is sued in a representative character the person on whom the estate devolves on the death of the party so suing or sued;’

Almost in similar terms is the definition of ‘legal representative’ u/s.2(1)(g) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.

The Court relying on the decision of Smt. Manjuri Bera v. Oriental Insurance Company Ltd., AIR 2007 SC 1474, observed that the right to file claim application has to be considered in the background of right to entitlement. Further section 166 of the Motor Vehicles Act corresponds to section 110 of the Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 (old Act). It provides that an application for compensation may be made by all or any of the legal representatives of the deceased in case where death has resulted from the accident.

In view of the above it was held that though there is no loss of dependency, yet the claimants being legal representatives are entitled to inherit the estate of the deceased persons, therefore, in the facts of the present cases, the appellants were entitled to receive compensation under no fault liability in terms of section 140(2) of the Act. Hence the claim petitions was maintainable as filed by the legal representatives of the deceased.

levitra

Amendments To Din Rules 2006

fiogf49gjkf0d
Vide Notification dated 15th March 2013, the Central Government has amended the Companies (Directors Identification Number) Rules 2006, whereby the DIN 4 Form can be filed for cancellation or deactivation of a DIN in case of

a. The DIN is found to be duplicate
b. DIN was obtained by wrongful manner or fraudulent means
c. Death of the concerned individual
d. Concerned individual is declared lunatic by the competent court or e. Concerned individual is adjudicated an insolvent.

levitra

Clarification for Section 372A(3)

fiogf49gjkf0d
Vide General Circular No. 6/2013 dated 14-03-2013, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs has issued a clarification to Section 372A (3). The Ministry noted that the response to the Tax Free Bonds [issued under Income Tax Act Section 10(15)] issued by the Government, carrying a lower rate of interest, currently in the range of 6.75% to 7.5% was less.

The provisions of Section 372A(3) do not permit “any loan to any body corporate to be made at a rate of interest lower than the prevailing bank rate, being standard rate made public u/s. 49 of the Reserve Bank of lndia Act, 1934 (2 of L934).” Through this clarification the Government clarifies that there is no violation of Section 372A(3) by investment in these Bonds as the effective yield ( effective rate of return) on tax free bonds is greater than the yield of the prevailing Bank rate.

levitra

Maintenance of Collateral by Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs) for transactions in the cash and F & O segments

fiogf49gjkf0d

This circular permits FII to offer as collateral, in addition to already permitted collaterals, government securities/corporate bonds, cash and foreign sovereign securities with AAA ratings, in both cash and F & O segments.

levitra

Money Transfer Service Scheme – Revised Guidelines

fiogf49gjkf0d

Annexed to this circular are the revised guidelines pertaining to the Money Transfer Service Scheme (MTSS). These guidelines are applicable to Indian agents and their sub-agents.

levitra

“Write-off” of unrealised export bills – Export of Goods and Services – Simplification of procedure

fiogf49gjkf0d
This circular permits “write-off” a certain % of unrealised export bills without obtaining prior approval of RBI. The amount that can be written-off has to be calculated as a % total export proceeds realised during the previous calendar year. The “write-off” permitted by this circular is as under: –

Write-off by

% permitted to be
written-off

Self “write-off” by an exporter – other than Status Holder Exporter

5%

Self “write-off” by Status Holder Exporters

10%

‘Write-off” by Authorised Dealer bank

10%

The above limits are cumulative and can be availed of at any time during the year. To avail of this facility, the exporter will have to fulfill the following conditions: –

1. The relevant amount must be outstanding for more than one year.

2. Satisfactory documentary evidence is furnished by the exporter to indicate that all efforts have been made to realise the dues.

3. The exporters case falls under any of the undernoted categories: –

a. The overseas buyer has been declared insolvent and a certificate from the official liquidator indicating that there is no possibility of recovery of export proceeds has been produced.

b. The overseas buyer is not traceable over a reasonably long period of time.

c. The goods exported have been auctioned or destroyed by the Port/Customs/Health authorities in the importing country.

d. The unrealised amount represents the balance due in a case settled through the intervention of the Indian Embassy/Foreign Chamber of Commerce/similar Organisation.

e. The unrealised amount represents the undrawn balance of an export bill (not exceeding 10% of the invoice value) remaining outstanding and turned out to be unrealisable despite all efforts made by the exporter.

f. The cost of resorting to legal action would be disproportionate to the unrealised amount of the export bill or where the exporter even after winning the Court case against the overseas buyer, has not been able to execute the Court decree due to reasons beyond his control.

g. Bills were drawn for the difference between the letter of credit value and actual export value or between the provisional and the actual freight charges, but the amount has remained unrealised due to dishonour of the bills by the overseas buyer and there are no prospects of realisation.

 h. The exporter has surrendered proportionate export incentives, if any, availed of in respect of the relative shipments and submitted documents evidencing the same.

4. In case of self-write-off, the exporter will have to submit to the concerned bank, a Chartered Accountant’s certificate, indicating the following: –

a. Export realisation in the preceding calendar year.
b. The amount of write-off already availed of during the year, if any.
c. The relevant GR/SDF Nos. to be written off. d. Bill No., invoice value, commodity exported, country of export.
e. Surrender of export benefits, if any, availed of by the exporter.

Write-off cannot be availed of under the following circumstances without obtaining prior approval of RBI: –

a. Exports made to countries with externalisation problem i.e. where the overseas buyer has deposited the value of export in local currency but the amount has not been allowed to be repatriated by the central banking authorities of the country.

b. GR/SDF forms which are under investigation by agencies like, Enforcement Directorate, Directorate of Revenue Intelligence, Central Bureau of Investigation, etc. as also the outstanding bills which are subject matter of civil /criminal suit.

c. Cases not complying with the above conditions/ beyond the above limits.

levitra

Notification No. FEMA.256/2013-RB dated 6th February, 2013, notified vide G.S.R.No.125(E) dated 26th February, 2013 External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) Policy – Corporates under Investigation.

fiogf49gjkf0d

Presently, corporates who are under investigation by any law enforcing agency like the Directorate of Enforcement (DoE), etc. can access ECB only under the Approval Route.

This circular permits, with immediate effect, all entities to avail of ECB under the Automatic Route notwithstanding any pending investigations/adjudications/ appeals by the law enforcing agencies, and also without prejudice to the outcome of such investigations/adjudications/appeals. Banks/RBI while approving the ECB proposal will have to intimate the concerned agencies by endorsing the copy of the approval letter to them.

levitra

Risk Management and Inter-Bank Dealings

fiogf49gjkf0d

Annexed to this circular are the revised guidelines on calculation of the Foreign Exchange Exposure Limits of the Authorised Dealers.

The revised guidelines have withdrawn the restrictions on open positions limits (both overnight and intra-day) of Authorised Dealers involving Rupee as one of the currencies. However, the following restrictions will continue to apply: –

i. Positions on the exchanges (both Futures and Options) cannot be netted/offset by undertaking positions in the OTC market and vice-versa. Positions initiated on the exchanges mt be liquidated /closed in the exchanges only.

 ii. Position limit for the trading member bank in the exchanges for trading Currency Futures and Options will be US INR6,152 million or 15% of the outstanding open interest, whichever is lower.

levitra

Memorandum of Instructions for Opening and Maintenance of Rupee/Foreign Currency Vostro Accounts of Non-resident Exchange Houses

fiogf49gjkf0d
Presently, banks in India can receive cross-border inward remittances under Rupee Drawing Arrangements (RDA) through Exchange Houses situated in Gulf countries, Hong Kong, Singapore. In case of Malaysia, banks in India can receive cross-border inward remittances under Rupee Drawing Arrangements (RDA) through Exchange Houses only under Speed Remittance Procedure.

This circular provides that banks in India can now receive cross-border inward remittances under Rupee Drawing Arrangements (RDA) through Exchange Houses situated in all countries which are FATF compliant under Speed Remittance Procedure.

 Items No. 7 and 8 under Part (B) – Permitted Transactions have been modified, as under, to reflect the above mentioned change: –
 
7. Payments to medical institutions and hospitals in India, for medical treatment of NRI/their dependents and nationals of all FATF countries.

8. Payments to hotels by nationals of all FATF compliant countries/NRI for their stay.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 84 dated 22nd February, 2013 Know Your Customer (KYC) norms/Anti-Money Laundering (AML) Standards/Combating the Financing of Terrorism (CFT) Standards – Obligation of Authorised Persons under Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA), 2002 as amended by PML (Amendment) Act 2009 Money Changing activities.

fiogf49gjkf0d
This circular contains the procedure, as mentioned below, to be followed by authorised dealers and all their agents/franchisees to identify the beneficial owner in money changing transactions in terms of Rule 9(1A) of Prevention of Money Laundering Rules 2005: –

A. Where the client is a person other than an individual or trust, the Authorised Person shall identify the beneficial owners of the client and take reasonable measures to verify the identity of such persons, through the following information:

(i) The identity of the natural person, who, whether acting alone or together, or through one or more juridical person, exercises control through ownership or who ultimately has a controlling ownership interest.

Explanation:

Controlling ownership interest means ownership of/entitlement to more than 25% of shares or capital or profits of the juridical person, where the juridical person is a company; ownership of/entitlement to more than 15% of the capital or profits of the juridical person where the juridical person is a partnership; or, ownership of/entitlement to more than 15% of the property or capital or profits of the juridical person where the juridical person is an unincorporated association or body of individuals.

(ii) In cases where there exists doubt under (i) as to whether the person with the controlling ownership interest is the beneficial owner or where no natural person exerts control through ownership interests, the identity of the natural person exercising control over the juridical person through other means.

Explanation:

Control through other means can be exercised through voting rights, agreement, arrangements, etc.

 (iii) Where no natural person is identified under (i) or (ii) above, the identity of the relevant natural person who holds the position of senior managing official.

B. Where the client is a trust, the Authorised Person shall identify the beneficial owners of the client and take reasonable measures to verify the identity of such persons, through the identity of the settler of the trust, the trustee, the protector, the beneficiaries with 15% or more interest in the trust and any other natural person exercising ultimate effective control over the trust through a chain of control or ownership.

C. Where the client or the owner of the controlling interest is a company listed on a stock exchange, or is a majority-owned subsidiary of such a company, it is not necessary to identify and verify the identity of any shareholder or beneficial owner of such companies.

levitra

COMPANIES BIL, 2011 Provisions relating to Accounts and Audit

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Companies Bill, 2009, was introduced in the Lok Sabha on 3rd August, 2009. It was referred to the Standing Committee of Finance which submitted its report on 31st August, 2010. After consideration of the recommendations of the Standing Committee and suggestions of various chambers of commerce, professional bodies and others, the Government has made changes in the original bill and now introduced a revised Companies Bill, 2011, in the Lok Sabha on 14th December, 2011. This Bill will replace the 55-year-old Companies Act, 1956 (existing Act). The new Bill proposes to introduce far-reaching changes which will have impact on the registration of companies, management and administration of companies, shareholder’s rights, director’s responsibilities, maintenance of accounts and audit of companies and other provisions relating to mergers, acquisitions, winding up of companies, etc. The new Bill is divided into 29 Chapters and contains 470 sections and 7 Schedules. The new Bill is likely to be considered and adopted in the Budget session of the Parliament in March, 2012 and may come into force on the date to be notified by the Government. In this article, some important provisions in the new Bill relating to Accounts and Audit are discussed.

2. Accounts of companies

Sections 128 to 138 deal with accounts to be maintained by all companies. It is provided in section 128 that every company shall maintain books of accounts on mercantile system of accounting. These provisions are on the same lines as provisions in section 209 of the existing Act. At present, a company can adopt any accounting year for maintaining its accounts. It is now provided that all companies will have to follow uniform accounting year ending 31st March of every year. The existing companies which are following different accounting years will have to comply with the new provisions within a period of two years from the date when the Companies Act, 2011, comes into force. Exemption from this provision can be claimed by obtaining permission of the National Company Law Tribunal (Tribunal) in respect of foreign subsidiary companies which are required, by the laws of the foreign countries, to adopt different accounting year.

3. Financial statements

3.1 Section 129 provides that every company has to prepare financial statements for each accounting year and place them before the Annual General Meeting of the company. The term financial statements has been defined to include Balance Sheet, Profit and Loss A/c. or Income & Expenditure A/c., Cash Flow statement, A statement of changes in equity and notes to accounts. These financial statements have to comply with Accounting Standards prescribed by the Government as provided in section 133. If the company has one or more subsidiary companies, associate companies or joint ventures, the financial statements of these companies and joint ventures will have to be consolidated and these consolidated financial statements will also be required to be placed before the General Meeting. Further, such a company is also required to attach with the financial statements a statement of salient features of the subsidiaries including associates and joint ventures in the prescribed manner. The Government has power to notify any class of companies to which these provisions will not apply.

3.2 Every company will have to prepare financial statements every year in the Form given in Schedule III. This Schedule gives forms of Balance Sheet, Statement of Profit and Loss and General Instructions for preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements. This Form of Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss is similar to present Schedule VI as revised from 1-4-2011. The above financial statements have to be approved by the Board of Directors. The procedure for adoption of these statements is similar to section 215 of the existing Act.

4. Reopening of accounts


4.1 This is a new provision. At present, there is no provision to reopen the accounts of the company. Section 130 now provides that if any Court or Tribunal passes an order that accounts for any accounting year have been prepared in a fraudulent manner or the affairs of the company were mismanaged and there is a doubt about reliability of financial statements, the accounts of that year shall be reopened. Before passing such order the Court/Tribunal shall invite comments from the Government and the Income-tax Department. If the financial statements are revised by the company as per the above order, such statements shall be final.

4.2 Section 131 provides that it is also possible for the Board of Directors to revise the financial statements or the report of Board for any of the three previous financial years if they find that these statements and/or report are not in accordance with the requirements of sections 129 to 134. For this purpose, the Board will have to take the approval of the Tribunal. Before giving such approval the Tribunal has to give notice to the Government and the Income-tax Department and invite their comments. Such revision of accounts can be made only once in a financial year. The Board will have to give detailed reasons for such revision of financial statements in its report to the members. Copies of the revised financial statements or Board Report will have to be sent to the members of the company and the Registrar of Companies. The revised financial statements will have to be approved by the members in General Meeting.

4.3 The Government is authorised to make Rules about the form in which application is to be made to the Tribunal for this purpose. These rules will also provide about the role of the company’s Auditors about their report on the accounts audited by them. The Directors have also to take such steps as may be provided in these rules.

5. Accounting and auditing standards

5.1 At present, the accounting standards to be followed by companies are formulated by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI). The Government has appointed a National Advisory Committee on Accounting Standards. This Committee examines these standards and makes recommendations to the Government. Thereafter, the Government notifies the accounting standards to be adopted by companies in the preparation of financial statements. So far as auditing standards are concerned, they are issued by ICAI and auditors have to follow these standards for conducting the audit of companies.

5.2 New sections 132, 133 and 143 give very wide powers to the Government to notify the accounting and auditing standards and to take action against the auditors who do not comply with these requirements. These provisions are as under.

(i) Section 132 provides that the Government will appoint a National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA) for formulation of accounting and auditing standards and for enforcement of these standards. The NFRA will have a chairman and 15 members who will be appointed by the Government. For this purpose, the Government will notify the detailed rules and procedure.

(ii) The Government will notify the accounting standards as recommended by ICAI in consultation with NFRA u/s.133.

(iii) Similarly, the Government will notify the Auditing Standards as recommended by ICAI in consultation with NFRA u/s.143. This will mean that the present authority of ICAI to formulate auditing standards will now be taken over by the Government.

(iv) NFRA has been given powers to monitor and enforce compliance with the accounting and auditing standards, oversee the quality of professional services of auditors and suggest measures to make improvement in such services.

    v) NFRA can investigate about the professional or other misconduct of Chartered Accountants, Cost Accountants and Company Secretaries in practice while rendering professional services to any company and take disciplinary action against the members or firms rendering such services. Once NFRA starts disciplinary proceedings against any member or firm, the respective Institutes cannot take any action against such member or firm. This particular provision will mean that the powers of the three Institutes of Chartered Accountants, Cost Accountants and Companies Secretaries to take disciplinary action against their members in such matters will be transferred to this NFRA appointed by the Government.

    vi) NFRA has been given powers of a civil court for conducting this investigation. For the purpose of deciding whether there is professional or other misconduct on the part of the member or firm, it is provided that the items listed in section 22 of the Act governing the three Institutes will apply.

    vii) If a member or a firm is found guilty of professional or other misconduct, the NFRA has power to

    a) impose a minimum penalty of Rs. one lac on the Individual member and a minimum penalty of Rs.10 lacs on the firm, and

    b) debar the member or the firm from professional practice for a minimum period of six months or for such higher period up to 10 years.

    viii) Any member or firm aggrieved by the above order of the NFRA can file appeal before the Appellate Authority constituted u/s.22A the
Acts governing the three Institutes.

    ix) The detailed provisions are made in section 132 for day-to-day administration of the NFRA, its accounts, audit, etc.

    6. Report of the Board of Directors

Section 134 provides that the Board of Directors of a company shall adopt the financial statements for each financial year and get the auditors report on the accounts. The Board has to prepare its report to the members every year and submit to the members at the Annual General Meeting along with the financial statements and audit report. The report of the Board should contain the information as required under the existing Act as well as some additional items as under.

    i) Statement of declaration given by Independent Directors u/s.149(6).

    ii) In the case of a listed company or any other company as specified by the Rules as provided in section 178(1), the company’s policy on director’s appointment and remuneration, criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes, independence of directors, etc.

    iii) Particulars of loans, guarantees or investments in subsidiaries as provided in section 186.

    iv) Particulars of contracts or arrangements with related parties as stated in section 188.

    v) A statement indicating development and implementation of risk management policy for the company which in the opinion of the Board may threaten the existence of the company.

    vi) Details about policy developed and implementation of corporate social responsibility policy.

    vii) In the case of listed and other specified companies a statement indicating formal annual evaluation made by the Board about its performance and of its committees and Independent Directors.

    viii) Such other matters as provided in the Rules notified by the Government.

6.2 The Board has to send the financial state-ments with Audit Report, Directors report, etc. to each member before the Annual General Meeting. The Meeting should be held within six months of close of financial year i.e., before 30th September every year. These provisions are more or less on the same lines as existing provisions. These statements and reports have to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the same manner as at present.


    7. Internal audit

This is a new provision. At present, the Internal Audit can be conducted by the company’s staff. Now section 138 provides that such class or classes of companies as may be prescribed, the Board of Directors will have to appoint a Chartered Accountant, Cost Accountant or other professional for carrying out Internal Audit. For this purpose, the Government is authorised to make Rules as to how this audit should be conducted.
    

    8. Corporate social responsibilities

8.1 This is a new provision made in section 135. This section applies to every company having net worth of Rs.500 crore or more or turnover of Rs.1000 crore or more or a net profit of Rs.5 crore or more during any financial year. The Board of such a company has to constitute a corporate social responsibility committee consisting of 3 or more directors of which one should be an Independent Director. The Board Report to the members should disclose the details of composition of this committee.


8.2    The functions of this committee shall be as under:

    i) To formulate and recommend to the Board a Corporate Responsibility Policy giving details of activities in the fields listed in Schedule VII.

    ii) To recommend about the expenditure to be incurred for these activities.

    iii) To supervise the implementation of this policy.

8.3 The Board has to consider the recommendations of this committee and formulate the policy for such expenditure every year. The Board should make all efforts to spend at least 2% of the average profits of the preceding 3 years for this purpose. If the Board is not able to spend this amount it will have to give reasons for not spending the same.

8.4 The type of activities for which the company has to spend for its social responsibilities, as listed in Schedule VII, are as under:

    i) Eradicating extreme hunger and poverty.

    ii) Promotion of education, gender equity, empowerment of women, reducing child mortality and improving maternal health.

    iii) Combating HIV, AIDS, malaria and other diseases.

    iv) Ensuring environment sustainability.

    v) Enhancing vocational skills and social business projects.

    vi) Contribution to P.M. National Relief Fund or any other fund set up by Central or State Governments for social development and relief work, welfare of SC, ST and backward classes, minorities and women.


    9. Audit of accounts of companies

Sections 139 to 148 deal with provisions for audit of accounts of companies and auditors. Every company is required to get its accounts audited for each financial year from a Chartered Accountant or a Firm of Chartered Accountants. For this purpose, ‘Firm’ will include a Limited Liability Partnership (LLP) engaged in the profession as Chartered Accountants. U/s.139, the first auditor can be appointed by the Board of Directors. At present, auditors are appointed by the members at the Annual General Meeting every year. Now, at the annual general meeting the members have to appoint auditors for a term of 5 years. Thereafter, on expiry of every 5 years, the members have to appoint auditors for a further term of 5 years. It is also provided in section 139 that the members will have to follow the procedure for selecting the auditors as per the Rules which will be notified by the Government. The company has to file the notice of appointment of auditors within 15 days with the Registrar of Companies.


    10. Rotation of auditors

10.1 In the case of listed companies and such class or classes of companies as may be prescribed a new provision is made in section 139(2) for rotation of auditors. This provision is as under:

    i) An Individual auditor shall not be appointed for more than 5 consecutive years.

    ii) A firm of auditors shall not be appointed for more than 10 consecutive years.

    iii) The auditors who have completed the above term, cannot be reappointed as auditors of that company for a period of 5 years. This restriction for reappointment shall apply to the audit firm which is to be appointed after completion of the above term to any audit firm in which one or more partners are partners in the firm which has completed its term as stated above.

    iv) In respect an existing company to which this provision applies it is provided that such company shall comply with the above provision within 3 years from the date of commencement of the Companies Act, 2011.

    v) Members of the company can resolve that the firm of auditors appointed by them shall rotate the audit partner and his team every year or the members may decide to appoint two or more audit firms as auditors of the company.

    vi) The Government may frame rules about the manner in which the companies shall rotate the auditors.

10.2 As regards Government companies the procedure for appointment and removal of auditors by C & AG is the same as existing at present. The provisions relating to appointment of another auditor in the case of casual vacancy in the office of auditor due to resignation, death, etc. are more or less the same as existing at present.

  

 11. Removal of auditors

11.1 The auditor of a company once appointed can be removed before expiry of his term by passing a special resolution after obtaining previous approval of the Government as provided in the rules. If the auditor submits his resignation before the expiry of his term of office, he has to file within 30 days a statement in the prescribed form about the reasons and other facts relevant to whis resignation with the company and the ROC. If this statement is not filed by the auditor he can be penalised by levy of minimum fine of Rs.50,000 which may extend up to maximum of Rs.5 lac.

11.2 On the expiry of the term of the appointment of the auditor, the retiring auditor is to be appointed if he is eligible for this purpose. If the members desire to appoint another person as auditor in his place, special notice from a member is required for this purpose. The procedure to be followed by the company is similar to the existing provisions for appointment of another auditor in place of retiring auditor.

    12. Penal provisions

Section 140(5) gives very wide powers to the Tribunal to take action against the auditor or the audit firm. It is provided in this section that if the Tribunal is satisfied on its own, or on an application by the Government or any person that the auditor of a company has acted in a fraudulent manner or assisted in any fraud by the company, its directors or officers, it can order the company to change the auditor. Further, if the Government makes an application to the Tribunal, and it is satisfied, the Tribunal can pass an order within 15 days that the auditor of the company shall not function as auditor and the Government shall, thereafter, appoint another auditor in place of the auditor so removed. It is also provided that if any final order is passed by the Tribunal against the auditor u/s.140, such auditor will not be eligible for appointment as auditor of any company for 5 years. Further, section 447 provides that if found to be guilty of fraud he shall be punishable with imprisonment for a minimum period of six months which may extend up to 10 years. If the fraud involves public interest, the minimum period of imprisonment shall be 3 years. Apart from this punishment, such auditor shall also be liable to pay minimum fine equal to the amount of the fraud which may extend up to three times of the fraud amount.

    13. Qualifications of auditors

13.1 Section 141 provides that only Chartered Accountants can be appointed as auditors of a company. A firm of Chartered Accountants or LLP engaged in the practice as Chartered Accountants can also be appointed as auditors.

13.2 It is, however, provided that the following persons cannot be appointed as auditors of a company:

    i) A Body Corporate other than LLP.

    ii) An officer or an employee of the company or a person who is a partner or who is in employment of the officer or employee of the company.

    iii) A person (including his relative or his partner) who (a) holds any security or interest in the company, its subsidiary, its holding or its associate company, etc. It may be noted that if such security or interest is less than Rs.1,000 or such sum as may be prescribed by rules, this provision will not apply. (b) is indebted to or who has given guarantee for any debt in relation to the company, its subsidiary, its holding company or its associate company of such amount as may be prescribed.

    iv) A person or a firm has business relationship with the company, its subsidiary, its holding or its associate company directly or indirectly.

    v) A person who is relative of a director or is in the employment of the company as a director or key managerial personnel.

    vi) A person who is convicted by any Court of an offence involving fraud, and a period of 10 years has not elapsed from the date of such conviction.

    vii) Any person, firm or its associate is engaged on the date of appointment in consulting and specified services as provided in section
144.

13.3 A person who is an employee of any other organisation cannot be appointed as auditor of a company. Further, the auditor should not be auditor of more than the specified number of companies as provided by the rules to be framed by the Government.

    14. Remuneration of auditors and other functions

The remuneration of the auditors of a company shall be fixed in its General Meeting or shall be determined in such a manner as may be decided by General Meeting. As regards powers and duties of the auditors and the reporting requirements, the provisions are contained in section 143 which are more or less similar to section 227 of the existing Act. It is also provided that every auditor shall comply with the auditing standards as notified by the Government. The Government is also given authority to pass an order specifying the matters on which the auditors have to report. Such order can be passed in consultation with the NFRA appointed u/s.132. If the auditor of a company finds that an offence involving fraud has been committed against the company by officers or employees of the company he has to report to the Government within such time and in such manner as may be prescribed by rules. The above provisions apply even to a Cost Accountant in practice relating to cost audit of a company u/s.148 as well as to the Company Secretary in practice conducting secretarial audit u/s.204.

    15. Consultancy services

15.1 Section 144 is a new section in which it is provided that the auditors of a company can render such other services as are approved by the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee. It is, however, provided that such services shall not include:

    i. Accounting and book-keeping services.

    ii. Internal audit.

    iii. Design and implementation of any financial information system.

    iv. Actuarial services.

    v. Investment advisory, investment banking or any other financial services.

    vi. Management services.

    vii. Any other services as may be prescribed by rules.

15.2 It is clarified in this section that the above services cannot be rendered to the company either directly or indirectly by the auditors of the company. In the case of an individual auditor or an audit firm, such services cannot be rendered by any relative or any other partners or by any of the associate concerns in which the auditors have significant influence or control or whose name or trade mark or brand is used by the auditor or audit firm or any of the partners of the audit firm.

    16. Punishment for contravention

If the auditors of a company contravene the provisions of sections 143 to 145, the auditors shall be punishable with a minimum fine of Rs.25,000 which may extend up to Rs.5 lac. It is further provided that if the auditor has contravened these provisions with the intention to deceive the company or its shareholders or creditors or other persons interested in the company, he shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend up to one year or with a minimum fine of Rs.1 lac which may extend up to Rs.25 lac. Further, the auditor is also liable to refund the remuneration received by him and pay for damages to the company or other person for loss arising out of incorrect or misleading statement made in the audit report.

    17. Some suggestions

17.1 The above provisions relating to accounts and audit contained in the Companies Bill, 2011, will have far-reaching impact on the companies and auditors. It appears that these provisions are being made with a view to curb the present-day tendency on the part of some companies to manipulate accounts with a view to benefit those in management or with a view to reduce tax. Some of these provisions are harsh and they are likely to affect the development of the profession of Chartered Accountants.

17.2 At present, the National Advisory Committee of Accounting Standards (NACAS) is working satisfactorily. There is no need to replace this body by appointment of NFRA. Further, the provisions of sections 132 and 133 giving wide powers to this authority to regulate the auditing profession cut at the very root of autonomy conferred on ICAI which is set up by an Act of the Parliament. It is, therefore, suggested that the existing advisory body viz. NACAS should not be replaced by NFRA.

17.3 Further, ICAI is the only competent authority to issue auditing standards for members of C.A. profession. Therefore, provisions in section 143(10) giving power to the Government to notify the auditing standards will curtail the autonomy given to ICAI under the C.A. Act.

17.4 Section 139(2) provides for maximum limit of 10 years for an audit firm to continue as auditors of any listed or large specified companies. Thereafter, there is a cooling period of 5 years. When this provision is made there is no need of again providing in section 139(4) that the Government can notify the rules for rotation of auditors in cases of such companies.

17.5 The provisions of section 140 for removal of auditors and punishment of erring auditors as discussed in para 11 and 12 above are very harsh and apply to auditors of all companies. It is suggested that these provisions should be restricted to only auditors of listed and large specified companies.

17.6 Similarly, provisions of section 147 providing for punishment and fine as discussed in para 16 above also apply to auditors of all companies. These provisions should be made applicable to only auditors of listed and large specified companies.

17.7 The provisions of section 144 prohibiting auditors from rendering certain consultancy services apply to all companies. This will hamper the development of C.A. profession. It is, therefore, suggested that section 144 should be made applicable to listed and large specified companies only.

17.8 If the present Companies Bill is passed in its present form it will curtail the autonomy of ICAI in relation to issue of auditing standards and disciplinary matters. Further, considering the additional responsibilities being thrust on the auditors it appears that small and medium-size audit firms will find it difficult to continue in audit practice. This will affect the development and progress of auditing profession in India.

Whoever fights monsters should see to it that in the process he does not become a monster.
— Friedrich Nietzsche

Rights Issue by Unlisted Company can Become a Public Issue – Kerala High Court

fiogf49gjkf0d
When does a rights issue by an unlisted company become a public issue? What are the implications if such a rights issue is deemed to be a public issue? Whether it will become liable to comply with extensive requirements relating to public issue? More specifically, does a right to renounce shares so offered to non-shareholders make it an offer to the public?

The issue is important since it is becoming common that unlisted companies issue shares on rights basis. It is also a fact that renouncing rights shares is a statutory right unless taken away by articles, that one can renounce only in favour of another shareholder.

The Kerala High Court has held recently in SEBI vs. Kunnamkulam Paper Mills Ltd. (dated 20th December 2012, WA No. 2203 of 2009, In WPC 19192/2003, Unreported) that a rights issue to more than 50 shareholders would become a public issue if such a right could be renounced in favour of non-shareholders. Accordingly, SEBI required that the whole of the proceeds raised through such rights issue be refunded, with interest, or else the company would face penalty and prosecution.

At the outset, it may be emphasised that this decision would effectively apply only to those unlisted public companies who have more than 50 shareholders and who make a rights issue carrying such right of renunciation. By definition, private companies do not have more than 50 shareholders (the marginal cases of private companies having exactly 50 shareholders or having employee shareholders are not discussed here). Thus, any public company that has more than 50 shareholders would be affected by this decision.

The background of introducing safeguards in case of issue of shares can be easily appreciated. There is a concern that unlisted companies try to raise monies from public without following procedures that are in investors’ interest and are provided in detail under SEBI Regulations/Guidelines and the Companies Act, 1956. To prevent this, certain issues of shares made are deemed to be public issues under Section 67 of the Companies Act, 1956 (“the Act”).

Section 67 (reading its sub-sections and provisos together) provides that any offer/invitation to the public, whether selected as members of the Company or otherwise, would amount to a public offering. However, if the offer is limited to existing shareholders, then it will not amount to a public offer, unless such offer to begin with is to 50 or more persons.

In the present case, the petitioner Company had made a rights issue to its 296 shareholders. The offer document relating to the rights issue permitted renunciation of such rights to non-members. Pursuant to such rights issue, 1,73,995 equity shares were allotted to 163 persons including non-members. The question was whether issue to shareholders – whose number was admittedly more than 50 – carrying the right of renunciation amounted to a public issue. SEBI held that it was indeed a public issue and ordered the company to refund the monies raised with interest. On appeal before the High Court, a Single Judge held that SEBI had no jurisdiction since the company was an unlisted company. SEBI appealed and a two-member bench reversed the decision of the Single Judge.

The Court examined the relevant provisions of the Act, the SEBI DIP Guidelines (as they then were before the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations were notified in 2009), analysed several precedents including decisions of the Supreme Court and held that the issue was indeed a public issue.

The Court observed:-

“No doubt that section 67(3) clearly indicates that such offer or invitation shall not be applicable under certain circumstances as provided u/s/s. 3(a) and (b). But the first proviso to sub-section (3) clearly indicates that the deeming provision u/s. 67(1) and (2) applies in respect of subscription of shares or debentures made to 50 or more persons. That being the situation when a company exercises its power u/s. 81(1)(c) which gives right to a shareholder to renounce right shares in favour of persons who are not shareholders and when such right is given to 50 or more persons that also will be deemed to be an offer made to any section of the public as provided u/s. 67(1) and (2).”. It may be added that the Court also held that such a rights issue would also amount to a public issue for the purposes of the SEBI Guidelines/SEBI Act and thereby SEBI has jurisdiction. This aspect, however, has not been discussed here in detail in view of space constraint. Further, another point of note is that the Court held that SEBI Act, being a special Act, overrides the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956.

The dilemma for public companies having more than 50 shareholders or more can be imagined. On one hand, Section 81(1)(c) provides for a right, unless the articles provide to the contrary to renounce in case of a rights issue. On other hand, such an issue would become a public issue with serious adverse consequences. It needs to be noted that the Court did not hold a final view on the merits of the case but set aside the decision of the Single Judge setting aside SEBI’s order. This was because the remedy for the petition are company against SEBI’s order was appeal to the Securities Appellate Tribunal (“SAT”). Accordingly, the Court asked the petitioner company to appeal to SAT, if it still felt aggrieved.

 A few incidental observations:

Letter No. 8/81/56-PR dated 4th November, 1957 issued by the Department of Company Law Administration prescribes that issue of further shares by a company to its members with the right to renounce in favour of third parties does not require registration of prospectus. It would be a matter of consideration whether this clarification would apply to a case particularly where the issue is to more than 50 persons. In any case, the Court’s decision, is quite clear on the issue.

Readers may recollect that in the Sahara companies matter too, an issue had arisen as to where an offer of shares is to more than 50 persons whether it becomes a public offer and the Supreme Court had extensively analysed the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956, and SEBI Act/Regulations. The Supreme Court dwelt on matters such as the power and jurisdiction of SEBI, when an issue of securities becomes a public issue. The facts in that case were of course, very glaring where a very large number of persons were issued securities. A reference can be made to earlier articles in this column though this decision of the Kerala High Court stands on its own. Particularly since it deals with a peculiar situation of rights issue by a public company with right of renunciation.

It is worth considering also what the Companies Bill, 2012, as passed by Lok Sabha provides. The provisions proposed in the Bill seem ambiguous and contradictory in this context. The scheme of the Bill for issue of shares seems to broadly categorize issue of shares into three, namely,
1. a public issue, or
2. as a rights issue or
 3. “private placement”.

The provisions clearly state that rights issue need to allow for, as the existing Section 81 also provides, right of renunciation, unless the articles provide to the contrary. Rigorous restrictions have been placed in case of a private placement of shares including prohibition of offer to more than 50 persons in a year. However, in the changed scheme, wordings similar to the existing Section 67 in the Companies Act, 1956, are not there. The way the term private placement is defined and placed alongside a public issue and a rights issue seems to suggest that a rights issue may not be deemed to be a private placement. At the same time, it has been stated that any offer to allot shares to more than 50 persons shall be deemed to be a public offer. Thus, it is not wholly clear whether the intention is to permit issue of rights shares carrying right of renunciation to more than 50 members without deeming such issue to be a public issue. One will have to wait till the law is passed and examine the exact wordings, to understand whether the new law will apply or not to such rights issue.

In conclusion, it may be said that SEBI and the law makers are generally grappling with the issue of companies raising funds from the public without following the statutory safeguards of disclosures, promoters’ contribution, etc. Members of the public may unsuspectingly fall prey to fly by night operators or otherwise do not have the various benefits of listing. if they acquire shares which do not follow the required provisions of law relating to public issue. One has also to concede that in case of a rights issue with a right to renounce in favour of non-members — persons who are not familiar with the company — may end up buying shares of companies promoted by unscrupulous persons. Hence, while companies may find the provision restrictive, it makes sense to restrict the right of renunciation only in favour of existing shareholders or as an alternative, follow SEBI regulations.

In either case, public unlisted companies seeking to issue ‘rights shares’ will have to keep in mind the decision of the Kerala High Court. It would also be interesting to watch what the Companies Bill 2012 finally provides.

Stop Press: – Just as this article was going for print, this author received a copy of unreported decision of Supreme Court in appeal to the Kerala High Court decision discussed above. The Supreme Court has, vide its decision dated 21st February 2013, stayed this judgment of the Kerala High Court. An update will be provided in this column on the final decision of the Supreme Court.

PART A: Judgment of H.C. of Bombay

fiogf49gjkf0d
Section 2(h): Public Authority:

When some citizens sought certain information from Shikshan Prasarak Mandali Trust (SPM), it responded by taking the stand that SPM is not falling within the definition of Public Authority. The contention of SPM was:

 “The argument is that the Trust is not a public authority within the meaning of Section 2(h) of the RTI Act. An Educational Institution, managed and administered by the Trust receives the grants and assistance from the Government. It is at best that Institution which can be said to falling within the definition of the term ‘public authority’ but certainly this will not take within its import or fold the public charitable trust which merely manages and administers the Educational Institution. A public charitable trust pure simple cannot be said to be a public authority under the RTI Act. It cannot be said to be an Authority or body owned or controlled by the State Government.”

The Contention of Maharashtra Information Commission was:

 “The term “public authority” as defined in the RTI Act, would make it clear that first part of it clarifies that all statutory bodies and authorities would be covered and the latter part of it includes bodies owned, controlled or substantially financed by the government. Now, when non-Governmental organisations, substantially financed directly or indirectly by funds provided by the appropriate government are brought within the ambit and purview of the RTI Act, then, all the more a conclusion is inescapable that the petitioner trust’s plea could not have been entertained. It is reading the Act as if it applies to an activity or function of a public trust but it will not apply to that public trust even if that activity or function is being performed under its auspices or control. If every single Educational Institution is established, managed, administered and controlled by the public trust or societies or bodies of the present nature, then, a defence will always be raised to resist the application of the Act by urging that the Act will apply to its activity or function and not to it. This will defeat and frustrate the Act. It would run counter to the Legislative intent in making all such bodies, organisations, including non-Governmental ones, accountable and answerable to the public. For all these reasons, it was submitted that the petition be dismissed.

Public authorities should realise that in an era of transparency, previous practices of unwarranted secrecy have no longer a place. Accountability and prevention of corruption is possible only through transparency. Attaining transparency no doubt would involve additional work with reference to maintaining records and furnishing information. Parliament has enacted the RTI Act providing access to information, after great debate and deliberations by the Civil Society and the Parliament. In its wisdom, the Parliament has chosen to exempt only certain categories of information from disclosure and certain organisations from the applicability of the Act.”

 The HC quoted some paras from the judgment of the Supreme Court in case of Institute of Chartered Accountants vs. Shaunak H. Satya reported in A.I.R. 2011 S.C. 3336, [ RTIR IV (2011) 82 (SC)] In that context and dealing with some of the provisions of the Act, it was held as under:

 “The information to which RTI Act applies falls into two categories, namely

(i) information which promotes transparency and accountability in the working of every public authority, disclosure of which helps in containing or discouraging corruption. Enumerated in clauses (b) and (c) of Section 4(1) of RTI Act. and

(ii) other information held by public authorities not falling u/s. 4(1)(b) and (c) of then RTI Act. In regard to information falling under the first category, the public authorities owe a duty to disseminate the information wide suo motu to the public so as to make it easily accessible to the public. In regard to information enumerated or required to be enumerated u/s. 4(1)(b) and (c) of RTI Act, necessarily and naturally, the competent authorities under the RTI Act, will have to act in a proactive manner so as to ensure accountability and ensure that the fight against corruption goes on relentlessly. But with regard to other information which does not fall u/s. 4(1)(b) and (c) of the Act, there is a need to proceed with circumspection as it is necessary to find out whether they are exempted from disclosure.

One of the objects of democracy is to bring about transparency of information to contain corruption and bring about accountability. But achieving this object does not mean that other equally important public interests including efficient functioning of the Government and public authorities, optimum use of limited fiscal resources, preservation of confidentiality of sensitive information, etc. are to be ignored or sacrificed. The object of RTI act is to harmonise the conflicting public interest, that is, ensuring transparency to bring in accountability and containing corruption on the one hand, and at the same time ensure that the revelation of information, in actual practice, does not harm or adversely affect other public interests which includes efficient functioning of the Governments, optimum use of limited fiscal resources and preservation of confidentiality of sensitive information, on the other hand. While Sections 3 and 4 seek to achieve the first objective, Sections 8, 9 10 and 11 seek to 0achieve the second objective. Therefore, when Section 8 exempts certain information from being disclosed, it should not be considered to be a fetter on the right to information, but as an equally important provision protecting other public interests essential for the fulfillment and preservation of democratic ideals. Therefore, in dealing with information not falling u/s. 4(1)(b) and (c), the competent authorities under the RTI Act will not read the exemptions in Section 8 in a restrictive manner but in a practical manner, so that the other public interests are preserved and the RTI Act attains a fine balance between its goal of attaining transparency of information and safeguarding the other public interests.” “Among the ten categories of information which are exempted from disclosure u/s. 8 of the RTI Act, six categories which are described in clauses (a), (b), (c), (f), ( g) and (h) carry absolute exemption. Information enumerated in clauses (d), (e) and (j) on the other hand get only conditional exemption for a specific period, with an obligation to make the said information public after such period. The information referred to in clause (i) relates to an exemption for a specific period, with an obligation to make the said information public after such period. The information relating to intellectual property and the information available to persons in their fiduciary relationship referred to in clauses (d) and (e) of Section 8(1) do not enjoy absolute exemption. Though exempted, if the competent authority under the Act is satisfied that larger public interest warrants disclosure of such information, such information will have to be disclosed. It is needless to say that the competent authority will have to record reasons for holding that exempted information should be disclosed in larger public interest.”

H.C. then gave meaning to certain words/ terms covered in Section 2(h), e.g. ‘established’, ‘constituted’, ‘owned’, ‘controlled’ or ‘substantially financed by funds provided directly or indirectly.’

The word “established” means “to bring into existence” whereas the word “constituted” does not necessarily mean “created” or “set up” though it may mean that also. The word is used in a wider significance and would include both the idea of creating or establishing and giving a legal form to the body (see A.I.R. 1959 S.C. 868 M/s. R.C. Mitter and Sons vs. Commissioner of Income Tax, West Bengal). It includes in the later part “any body owned, controlled or substantially financed” and equally a non-Governmental organisation, sub-stantially financed directly or indirectly by funds provided by appropriate government. Thus, any body owned, controlled or substantially financed is being brought within the net and purview of the definition so as to clearly set out its duty and obligation to provide information and thereafter, make it possible for the citizens to enforce it. It is very clear that the Legislature did not exhaust itself but included bodies owned, controlled or sub-stantially financed, directly or indirectly by funds provided by appropriate Government. Therefore, to urge that there is no control over the public charitable trust by the appropriate government or if at all there is any control or the element of public dealings come in, that is only in relation to Educational Institutions which are run, administered and managed by the Trust is nothing but an attempt to escape from being covered by the Act and complying with its mandate. A definition as inserted and worded in Section 2(h) of the RTI Act can safely be termed as partly exhaustive and partly inclusive. The choice of words as noted above would mean enlarging the meaning of the words or phrases occurring in the statute.

HC further noted:

“A citizen is not expected to indulge in futile litigation and endless chase in overcoming technical hurdles and obstacles for seeking information. Public authorities are not obliging him by giving him information because the rule of the day is transparency, accountability in public dealing and public affairs and in relation to public funds. In cases of present nature, the information can be sought by approaching both the educational institutions and the parent entity controlling them or either. However, the duty and obligation to provide information as long as the right to seek it is enforceable by the RTI Act must be discharged by the Public Authority. In this case, it is the petitioner Trust.”

For the reasons aforestated, this petition fails, Rule is discharged without any costs. The finding and conclusion that the RTI Act is applicable to the petitioners and they are obliged to provide information in relation to its educational institutions is confirmed.

[Shikshan Prasarak Mandali vs. Maharashtra SIC & ors. Writ petition decided on 18.10.2012] [Citation: RTIR I (2013) 234 (Bombay)]

Copyright – The Need for Registration?

fiogf49gjkf0d
To be registered or not to be registered, that is the question1.

The Copyright Act, 1957 (hereinafter referred to as “the Act”) deals with the law relating to copyright and the works in which copyright subsists, the rights of a copyright owner, the remedies of a copyright owner in case of infringement, registration of copyright etc. Now, whilst in the case of trade mark law and the law relating to patents, the respective statutes are explicitly clear that infringement can only be of a registered trade mark and of a patent granted under the Patents Act, 1970 respectively2, the Act does not so clarify in express terms. This aspect of registration of copyright and whether or not the same is mandatory in order to avail the benefits of copyright and the remedies provided under the Act has been the subject matter of several judgments, some of which will be discussed in this article. This question has now come to the fore in the light of a recent judgment3 of the Bombay High Court, which has held that registration of copyright is necessary to avail of the remedies provided under the Act.

Hence, in order to address this question, I would like to draw attention to the broad scheme of the Act and the relevant provisions thereof, followed by some judgments on the issue and thereafter, my thoughts on the law as prevailing currently and on the said recent judgment of the Bombay High Court.

Statutory provisions

The Act was enacted to amend and consolidate the law relating to copyright. The Act comprises of 79 sections spread subjectwise over 15 Chapters. For the purposes of addressing the query at hand, it would be necessary to consider the provisions of Chapter III, Chapter X and Chapter XI of the Act. Chapter III of the Act deals with works in which copyright subsists and nature of rights therein. In this regard, reference may be had in particular to section 13 of the Act which provides for, inter alia, works in which works copyright subsists as also in which works copyright does not subsist. Section 14 provides that copyright means the exclusive rights stated therein whilst section 16 provides, inter alia, that no person shall be entitled to copyright or any similar right in any work otherwise than and in accordance with the Act.

The subject of registration of copyright is dealt with in Chapter X of the Act. Section 44 provides that there shall be kept at the Copyright Office a register to be called the Register of Copyrights in which may be entered the names or titles of works and such other particulars as may be prescribed. Section 48 provides that the Register of Copyrights shall be prima facie evidence of the particulars entered therein. Section 50A provides that every entry made in the Register of Copyrights shall be published.

It may also be relevant to note that Chapter XI deals with infringement of copyright and section 51 provides, inter alia, that doing of any act by any person, the exclusive right to do which is conferred by the Act upon the owner, without the licence of the owner would be an infringement of copyright. Copyright is also infringed by allowing for profit any place to be utilised for communication of a work (which is infringing) to the public. Copyright is also infringed when a person offers for sale etc. an infringing copy of the work.

Thus, on a plain reading of the statute, it would be evident that u/s. 13 of the Act, copyright subsists in certain works. Section 13 of the Act makes no qualification as to the need for registration for a copyright to subsist. Similarly, section 51 of the Act does not talk of infringement of a registered copyright but only lays down that if any person without licence does any of the acts which only the owner of the copyright is granted the exclusive right to do, then such person would infringe the copyright.

At this juncture, it may also be relevant to point out that under the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works, to which India is a signatory, a provision is made that enjoyment and the exercise of the rights recognised therein shall not be subject to any formality4. This clause was one of the foremost reasons why the United States which has traditionally required registration of copyright did not become a signatory to the said Berne Convention for a very long time. It may be noted that even today, several countries continue to have certain formalities imposed within their legal framework but in such a manner so as to avoid falling foul of their treaty obligations.

Case law

In the light of the aforesaid statutory background, attention is invited to two contradictory judgments of the Bombay High Court on this issue. Both judgments have been passed by bench comprising of a single judge.

The first judgment is in the case of Asian Paints vs. Jaikishan Paints and Allied Products reported in 2002 (4) MhLJ 536 wherein His Lordship the Honourable Mr. Justice Vazifdar has inter alia, held as under,

“Registration under the Copyright Act is optional and not compulsory. Registration is not necessary to claim a copyright. Registration under the Copyright Act merely raises a prima-facie presumption in respect of the particulars entered in the Register of Copyright. The presumption is however not conclusive. Copyright subsists as soon as the work is created and given a material form even if it is not registered (See Buroughs (I) Ltd. vs. Uni Soni Ltd. 1997 (3) Mh.L.J. 914). Thus even if the plaintiffs work was not registered, the plaintiff having established that it had created the same prior to the defendant, mere registration by the defendant of its work cannot defeat the plaintiff’s claim.”

En suite, attention is invited to a recent judgment of His Lordship the Honourable Mr. Justice A. B. Chaudhary in the case of Dhiraj Dharamdas Dewani vs. M/s Sonal Info Systems Pvt. Ltd. reported in 2012 (3) MhLJ 888, wherein it has, inter alia, been held as under,

“Perusal of section 51 clearly shows that it shall be deemed that there shall be infringement of the copyright when any person does anything, the exclusive right to do is conferred upon the owner of the copyright by the Copyright Act or any person makes sale of copies of such work by infringement of the copyright in the said work. It is thus clear from the reading of section 51 that infringement shall be deemed when exclusive right to do of the owner of the copyright is utilized by some other person viz. the infringer. Now unless such person (the infringer) knows that there is any particular owner of the copyright in India or that such owner of copyright has registered his work u/s. 44 of the Act before he did, attributing infringement by him or on his part intentionally or unintentionally, would be preposterous. Such a person who is infringing the copyright in a work must be deemed to have knowledge about the owner of the copyright and such knowledge cannot be attributed unless the provisions of Chapter 10 regarding registration of copyright, publication thereof etc. are complied with. Otherwise a person who is innocent can in that event be easily brought in the net of infringement under civil law or criminally, which can never be the intention of the legislature. Thus, reading of section 51 which defines infringement of right conferred by this Act, with section 45(1) and the word ‘may’ therein to my mind means; if owner of a copyright wants to invoke the provisions of this Act for enforcing civil and criminal nature of remedies before the special forum, namely the District Judge rather than a normal civil Court, he must have the registration….

25.    Thus careful survey of the above provisions of the Copyright Act, 1957 to my mind clearly denotes that in the absence of registration u/s. 44 of the Copyright Act by the owner of the copyright it would be impossible to enforce the remedies under the provisions of the Copyright Act against the infringer for any infringement u/s. 51 of the Copyright Act. Thus, I answer point No. 1 in the affirmative.”

Thus, as on date, there are two contradictory views of co-ordinate benches of the Bombay High Court. It must, however, be appreciated that the second judgment has been passed in ignorance of the first in as much as Justice Chaudhary records in his judgment that there does not appear to be a Bombay judgment on the issue and hence, he is required to answer the same. Had the earlier judgment been brought to his notice, he would have been bound by the earlier judgment and even then if he had disagreed with the view, the right course would have been to refer the judgment to a larger bench of the High Court5.

It would also be relevant to note that since the earlier judgment in the case of Asian Paints6 was not brought to the notice of the later Bench, it could be urged that the judgment in Dhiraj Dewani’s7 case is per incuriam and hence, not a binding precedent. The Supreme Court has explained that “Incuria” literally means “carelessness” and that in practice per incuriam is taken to mean per ignoratium8.

Concluding remarks

Even though the Bombay High Court has recently held that registration of copyright is compulsory, it may be appreciated that the High Courts of Delhi9, Calcutta10, Madras11, Kerala12, Allahabad13 and Madhya Pradesh14 have respectively held that registration of copyright is not compulsory or mandatory. The Orissa High Court15 appears to be the only other Court which has taken the view that registration of copyright is compulsory.

Thus, it would be evident that the question of compulsory registration of copyright appears to be a vexed issue on which different High Courts seem to have taken different views over the years.

Without addressing the views already taken by the various High Courts, I would like to address the aspect of whether or not there ought to be a need for registration of copyright generally. It may be appreciated that copyright (taking the view of majority High Courts) is a form of intellectual property that subsists from the moment it is created and requires no registration or formal notice. This is different from the procedure either under trade mark law or law relating to patents or law relating to geographical indications etc. all of which require registration in order to enable their owner to claim statutory remedies.

The idea behind registration is the aspect of notice. Registration tends to amount to notice to the world at large, since if something is noted in a register, it would be possible for people to inspect the same and learn of the different rights being claimed by people. However, with respect to copyright law such a system appears to be optional (taking the view of majority High Courts). Thus, as has been high-lighted in the recent judgment in Dhiraj Dewani’s16 case, there could be instances where the alleged infringer may not even be aware of the rights of a person claiming copyright in his work.

A possible answer to this issue lies in the fact that, at a very basic level, copyright law seeks to prevent copying. The Act grants certain exclusive rights to an owner with respect to his work for example in case of a literary work, the owner has the exclusive right to reproduce the work, issue copies, perform the work etc. Hence, in order for infringement to be established, it would be necessary to show that the work being complained of is a colourable imitation or substantial reproduction of the original work. On the other hand, if there has been no copying even if there be similarities, there cannot be an infringement17. Thus, a person who seeks to copy a work must make due enquiry before doing so. Of course, even in such a situation where a person is bona fide interested in copying a work and is even willing to take a licence, if required, in the absence of the details being entered in an official register, it may not be possible for him to know whether the copyright protection for the work has expired or the details of the owner whom he may wish to approach for a licence etc.

This aspect of details of a work being unknown is even more acute in today’s modern era of cyberspace. Articles and other materials are regularly sourced over the internet but often these articles are not identified as to which is their country of origin or whether they are the subject matter of copyright or who is the owner thereof etc. Hence, in such cases even if a person were willing to bona fide approach a copyright owner for a licence, there could be no means for ascertaining the details of the owner. Some of the works available online may also have expired their term of copyright, but in the absence of a database such as a Register where all such details can be verified, it is almost impossible for people to even bona fide use such works. This results in the non-dissemination or non-communication of works, on account of lack of relevant material, which is against the public good.

Copyright law whilst protecting authors and owners must also recognise the rights of the general public to access such work and hence, must make provisions whereby adequate knowledge of the status of works and their owners is available to the general public, to enable them to access the work and/or obtain appropriate licences as may be necessary.

Hence, it may be necessary considering the advances in technology and the vast materials now available, to consider some amendment to the legal system to ensure the maintenance of proper details with regard to copyrighted works. In this regard, my suggestion would be a hybrid of the present system where under copyright subsists as soon as the work is created, but that the same must be compulsorily registered thereafter so as to provide adequate notice to all concerned.

1    Based on the famous opening phrase of the soliloquy in William Shakespeare’s play Hamlet

2    Section 27 of the Trade Marks Act, 1999 and section 48 of the Patents Act, 1970

3    Dhiraj Dharamdas Dewani vs. M/s Sonal Info Systems Pvt. Ltd. 2012 (3) MhLJ 888

4    Article 5 of the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works

5    Uttar Pradesh Gram Panchayat Adhikari Sangh vs. Daya Ram Saroj 2007 (2) SCC 138 “Judicial discipline is self discipline. It is an inbuilt mechanism in the system itself. Judicial discipline demands that when the decision of a co-ordinate Bench of the same High Court is brought to the notice of the Bench, it is respected and is binding, subject of course, to the right to take a different view or to doubt the correctness of the decision and the permissible course then often is to refer the question or the case to a larger Bench. This is the minimum discipline and decorum to be maintained by judicial fraternity.”

6    Asian Paints vs. Jaikishan Paints and Allied Products 2002 (4) MhLj 536

7    Dhiraj Dharamdas Dewani vs. M/s. Sonal Info Systems Pvt. Ltd. 2012 (3) MhLJ 888

8    Mayuram Srinivasan vs. C.B.I. 2006 (5) SCC 752

9    Rajesh Masrani vs. Tahiliani Design Pvt. Ltd. AIR 2009 Del 44

10    Satsang & Anr. vs. Kiron Mukhopadhyay AIR 1972 Cal 533

11    Manojah Cine Productions vs. A. Sundaresan AIR 1976 Mad 22

12    R. Madhavan vs. S.K. Nayar AIR 1988 Ker 39

13    Nav Sahitya Prakash vs. Anand Kumar AIR 1981 All 200

14    K. C. Bokadia vs. Dinesh Dubey 1999 (1) M.P. L.J. 33

15    Brundaban Sahu vs. Rajendra Subudhi AIR 1986 Ori 210

16    Dhiraj Dharamdas Dewani vs. M/s Sonal Info Systems Pvt. Ltd. 2012 (3) MhLJ 888

17    Feist Publications, Inc. vs.Rural Telephone Service Company (1991) 499 U.S. 340 wherein the United States Supreme Court, inter alia, held that “To establish infringement, two elements must be proven (1)    ownership of valid copyright, and (2) copying of constituent elements of the work that are original.”

PART A: Decisions of CIC

fiogf49gjkf0d
Section 7(1) of the RTI Act Vide RTI application dated 5-7-2011, the appellant sought information regarding illegal accounts of Indians in Liechtenstein, obtained from the German government and steps taken by the Government of India to deal with black money.

Not satisfied with the response of the PIO and FAA, before the Central Information Commission, the appellant in support of his argument referred to the Supreme Court decision dated 4-7-2011, in W/P (Civil) 176 of 2009, Ram Jethmalani vs. Union of India, and submitted that exemption u/s. 8(1)(a) and (f) as claimed by the CPIO was not tenable. He also made a reference to CIC decision (appeal OK/C/2008/00897 dated 15-7-2011) supporting his argument. The CPIO submitted that the government has filed a modification petition which is pending in the Supreme Court.

The public authority brought to the notice of the Commission a para of the judgement dt 4.7.2011 of Honourable Supreme Court in W.P (Civil) 176 of 2009, Ram Jethmalani & Ors vs. Union of India which reads as follows:

“That the special investigation, constituted pursuant to the orders of today by this court, shall take over the matter of investigation of the individuals whose names have been disclosed by Germany as having accounts in Banks in Liechtenstein and expeditiously conduct the same. The Special Investigation Team shall review the concluded matters also in this regard to assess whether investigations have been thoroughly and properly conducted or not, and on coming to the conclusion that there is a need for further investigation shall proceed further in the matter. After conclusion of such investigation by Special Investigation Team, the respondents may disclose the names with regard to whom show cause notices have been issued and proceedings initiated.”

The public authority has also submitted that the Union of India has moved application for seeking recall and/or modification of orders dated 4-7-2011.

The Commission decided that since the information sought by the appellant was sub-judice, the appeal be dismissed.

[Paras Nath Singh vs. CBDT, New Delhi: CIC/ DS/A/2011/003377 & 003607/RM: Decision dated 12-11-2012]

Section 8(1)(j) of the RTI Act

The appellant had sought certain information from the CPIO including names of assessees/cases in which scrutiny is complete. The CPIO held that Trusts/assessees are public authority and their activities are of public nature and hence information about them should be in the public domain. Accordingly, the number of cases in which scrutiny was completed, was provided. However, names of such assessees were withheld citing that no public interest will be served. The Commission held that disclosure of names of assesssees whose returns have been scrutinised, would constitute an unwarranted invasion of privacy of the assessee, if this information is placed in the public domain and hence it is exempted from disclosure u/s. 8(1)(j) of the RTI Act. [Rakesh Kumar Gupta vs. Asst. Director of IT (Exemptions), Trust Circle-II & Addl. Director of IT (Exemptions), Range-1, Delhi: CIC/DS/A/2011/ 003072/RM decided on 6-11-2012]

Section 6(1) of the RTI Act

The issue was whether the applicant can extend the scope of his RTI application at the Appellate stage.
Vide RTI application dated 6-9-2010, the appellant had sought comments of the public authority to a complaint which had been filed by him earlier on 11-5-2010 regarding alleged misuse of government vehicles by Smt. C. Chandrakanta, the then Joint Commissioner, Income Tax Range-IV, Jalandhar and other unlawful activities.

Before the CIC, the applicant submitted that he had sought to know whether any enquiry was conducted regarding leaving of the headquarters by Smt. C. Chandrakanta without prior permission from a competent authority. The CPIO had responded that no enquiry was conducted. The AA in his order stated that the appellant had not sought any reasons for not initiating any action in his RTI. As such the order of the CPIO was justified. The appellant insisted that the public authority should provide him the reasons. In support of his submission he quoted CIC order dated 11-9-2008 – Smt. Sarla Rastogi vs. ESIC.

In hearing before CIC, the appellant submitted that in response to his query as to whether any enquiry was conducted in regards to the leaving of headquarters by Smt. Chandrakanta, the CPIO responded that no enquiry was conducted. The appellant submitted that reasons for the same should be provided and referred to section 4(1)(d) of the RTI Act as also CIC decision in the case of Smt. Sarla Rastogi vs. ESIC (Appeal No. CIC/MA/A/2008/01106 dated 11-9-2008). The AA had upheld the decision of the CPIO on the grounds that in his RTI, the appellant has not sought reasons.

Decision:

The Commission observed that the CPIO had replied to the specific queries raised in the RTI by the appellant. With the said reply, the query of RTI application is satisfied. There is no provision to raise subsequent questions as an extension of the RTI query, as sought by the appellant in his first appeal. Hence, the Commission does not find any merit in the appeal. The case is disposed of. [R.K. Mahajan vs Income Tax Department, Jalandhar: CIC/DA/A/2011/0001476/RM: decision dated 7-6-2012]

RTI (Regulation of Fee and Cost) Rules, 2005

The Commission decided that it was in agreement with submissions of the appellant that the application fee sent by him in favour of Accounts Officer, DGIT, New Delhi, should not have been returned and the CPIO was not correct, in asking the appellant to redeposit the application fee in favour of ZAO, CBDT, New Delhi. Rule 3 of the Right to Information (Regulation of Fee and Cost) Rules, 2005 stipulates that the amount is payable to the Accounts Officer of the public authority.

Decision:

 The Commission directs the public authority to ensure that in the future, the application fee sent in the name of Accounts Officer is not returned. DoPT orders issued on 5-12-2008 (OM No. F.10/9/2008-IR) shall be brought to the notice of all concerned officials handling RTI matters. Insofar as the RTI request is concerned, the Commission sees no reason to interfere with the order of the CPIO/AA.

[Nitesh Kumar Tripathi vs DGIT (Vigilance), New Delhi: CIC/DS/A/2011/002840/RM: decision dated 21-9-2012]

levitra

Transmission Formalities (Part I)

fiogf49gjkf0d
Introduction “Mors certa est, vita non est” The above latin phrase meaning “Death is Certain, Life is Not” sums up the reality of life. As certain as Death is, it’s very timing is extremely uncertain and unpredictable. More often than not, it catches you when one least expected it!! Hence, Life is Uncertain.

An unexpected demise of a close relative comes as a bolt from the blue for the family and while they are yet mourning, they have to grapple with several succession formalities, such as, death certificates, execution of wills, transmission formalities, etc.

Ironic as it may sound, it is this certainty of death which throws up several uncertainties for the heirs which a deceased may leave behind. Quite often, the family, in its period of grief, overlooks some formalities which snowball into major problems subsequently. Let us look at some of the important formalities which the family of a deceased are faced with and some practical suggestions to deal with them.

‘Transmission’, ‘Succession’ and ‘Inheritance’ are three terms which one often comes across when dealing with the property of a deceased. It would be gainful to understand the meaning of these three terms:

Succession – Black’s Law Dictionary defines the term to mean the devolution of title to property under the law of descent and distribution. Inheritance – succession by descent – East v. Twyford, 9 Hare, 729

Transmission – Stroud’s Judicial Dictionary defines the term as transmission by operation of law, unconnected with any direct act of the party to whom the property is transmitted.

Doctor’s Certificate

The first formality which the deceased’s family needs to immediately comply with when a person dies, is to obtain a Doctor’s Death Certificate. This is the most important document which sets in motion a chain of events. Hence, it always helps to have a family physician. There have been cases where there is no family doctor and when a person dies at home, no doctor is willing to give the certificate.

The Doctor’s Certificate is required in Form 4A under Rule 7 of the Maharashtra Registration of Births and Death Rules, 2000, framed under the Registration of Births and Deaths Act, 1969. The Forms are issued by the Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai. It is very important that the Doctor mentions the name of the deceased correctly just as it appears in all legal documents. If the deceased used aliases, it may be worthwhile to add them also in the Certificate. Get multiple copies of this document since the original would have to be surrendered to the Municipality.

Police Report

Consider a situation where a person is pronounced dead on admission to a hospital or has died at home, but is unsuccessfully taken for resuscitation efforts to the hospital. The hospital would like to rule out foul play in such cases and also the need for a post-mortem.

Hence, in addition to a Doctor’s Death Certificate, the hospital would also require the family to lodge a Police Report. The local Police Station would take down the close relative’s statement in Marathi which would include, the number of members living with the deceased, their ages, occupation and whether or not the family suspects any foul play. The Police Station would also fill up two Forms, Form 4 and Form 5, and obtain the relative’s signature on the Report. The family would be well advised to understand the contents of the Report before signing the same. The Report would be retained by the Police Station.

If the Police suspect a foul play, then they would insist upon a post-mortem before allowing cremation. The hospital would also not hand over the body of the deceased, without this Police NOC or a post-mortem. One age-old issue which often crops up is that of Police jurisdiction. Which Police Station should the family go to? Should it be the one where the deceased resided or the one where the hospital was situated?

Death Certificate from Municipality

A cremation (assuming a Hindu deceased) would be allowed only on the basis of a Doctor’s Death Certificate. The original of the Doctor’s Death Certificate and Police Form 4 along with a copy of Police Form 5 should be handed over to the office of the crematorium where the cremation of the deceased is to take place. The office would hand over a receipt in lieu of all these documents which should be carefully preserved. These documents are transmitted by the crematorium to the local Municipality office. As always, get copies made of this document.

BMC’s Death Certificate

 An application for a Death Certificate should be made to the office of the local ward of the Municipality in which the deceased resided. Normally, this application is to be made about a week after the death. Along with the application, a copy of the crematorium’s receipt should also be submitted. Care should be taken to fill in the details of the deceased as they appear in all legal documents.

The family can obtain as many copies of the Death Registry Certificate as they desire. It would be desirable to make copies of this Certificate and to get them Notarised by a Notary Public, since this is the most important document which would be required at several places.

Nomination

If the deceased has made Nominations in respect of his flat, bank account, Public Provident Fund, Insurance Policies, Demat Accounts, Mutual Funds, etc., then the nominee should intimate the fact of death along with a copy of the Death Certificate to these organisations. The assets would then stand in the name of the Nominee. It may be noted that the nominee is only a stop-gap arrangement till such time as the Will is executed or the assets are distributed in accordance with the Succession Law in case of intestate succession.

However, in the case of physical shares and demat accounts, the Nominee is both the legal and the beneficial owner and overrides what is stated in the Will. This is borne out by section 109A of the Companies Act, 1956 as well as the Bombay High Court’s decision in the case of Harsha Nitin Kokate v. The Saraswat Co-op. Bank Ltd, 112 (5) Bom. L.R. 2014. Clause 72 of the New Companies Bill, 2011 also carries forth this position. Hence, a person making his Will should ensure that the Nominee of his demat account is the same person who is the beneficiary of the same under the Will.

Will

Assuming that there is a valid Will left behind by the deceased, the same should then be placed before the family of the deceased by the Executor of the Will. The Executor should start taking steps for transmission of the properties of the deceased. Again, it would be desirable to make copies of this Will and to get them Notarised by a Notary Public, since the Will would be required at several places.

Transmission of Flat where there is no Nomination

On the death of a person, his flat in a co-operative society can be transferred by the Society to his nominee, if a nomination was made, or to his Legal Heir. Section 30 of the Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Act, 1960 provides that in the event of the death of a member of a Society, the Society is required to transfer the member’s interest to the nominee or to such person as may appear to the Committee to be the heir or legal representative of the deceased member.

The Act does not define the term “heir”. The Supreme Court in the case of N. Krishnammal v. R. Ekambaram, 1979 AIR SC 1298, has defined the term as follows:

“…The word “heirs”, as pointed out by this Court in Angurbala Mullick v. Debabrata Mullick (1) cannot normally be limited to “issues” only. It must mean all persons who are entitled to the property of another under the law of inheritance.”

The Act also does not define who is a “Legal Representative”. Hence, one may refer to the Civil Procedure Code. Section 2(11) of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 that defines a “Legal Representative” as follows:

“(11) ” legal representative ” means a person who in law represents the estate of a deceased person, and includes any person who intermeddles with the estate of the deceased and where a party sues or is sued in a representative character the person on whom the estate devolves on the death of the party so suing or sued;”

The decision of the Bombay High Court in the case of Om Siddharaj Co-Op. Hsg. Society Ltd v. The State of Maharashtra, 1998 (4) Bom. CR 506 is relevant:

“…On a plain reading of section 30, it is clear that on death of a member of the society, it is incumbent on the society to transfer the share or interest of the deceased member to” a person or persons nominated in accordance with the Rules”. It is only in the event of there being no nomination of any person, the society can transfer the share or interest of the deceased member to “such person as may appear to the committee to be the heir or legal representative” of the deceased member. The language of the section is clear and unambiguous. …..It is only if there is no nomination in favour of any person, that the share and interest of the deceased member has to be transferred to such person as may appear to the committee of the society to be the heir or legal representative of the deceased member.”

Hence, a co-operative society would be well within its rights to transfer the flat to the legal heirs of the deceased, if there is no nomination. The Society may, for its protection, insist upon a No Objection Certificate from the other legal heirs/representatives (if there are others than the transferee) and an Indemnity Bond from the transferee.

Transmission of Tenanted Property

A common misconception which most people have is that tenancy can be transferred or bequeathed by way of a will. Tenancy is a personal right of the tenant and hence, it cannot be transferred by way of any testamentary document. This principle has also been upheld by the Supreme Court in the case of Vasant Pratap Pandit vs Dr. Anant Trimbak Sabnis, 1994 SCC (3) 481. Tenancy passes on a tenant’s death to any member of his family who was residing with him at the time of his death. In the absence of such a member, it passes to any heir of the tenant. The Supreme Court in the above case has held that from a plain reading of the Rent Act, it is obvious that the legislative prescription is first to give protection to the members of the family of the tenant residing with him at the time of his death. The basis for such prescription seems to be that, when a tenant is in occupation of the premises, the tenancy is taken by him not only for his own benefit, but also for the benefit of the members of the family residing with him. Therefore, when the tenant dies, protection should be extended to the members of the family who were participants in the benefit of the tenancy and for whose needs as well the tenancy was originally taken by the tenant. It is for this avowed object, that the Legislature has, irrespective of the fact whether such members are ‘heirs’ in the strict sense of the term or not, given them the first priority to be treated as tenants. It is only when such members of the family are not there, the ‘heirs’ will be entitled to be treated as tenants as decided, in default of agreement, by the court. In other words, all the heirs are liable to be excluded, if any other member of the family was staying with the tenant at the time of his death.


Transmission of Land

In respect of any land belonging to the deceased, a Probate of the Will would be required, in case the deceased was a Christian or a Hindu, Sikh, Jain or Buddhist whose immovable properties are situated within the territory of West Bengal or the Presidency Towns of Madras and Bombay. A Probate would be required for effecting a change in the Record of Rights, 7/12 Extract, Property Card, etc.

Agricultural Lands of Deceased

U/s. 63 of the Bombay Tenancy and Agricultural Lands Act, 1948, any transfer, i.e., sale, gift, exchange, lease, mortgage with possession of agricultural land in favour of any non-agriculturist shall not be valid, unless it is in accordance with the provisions of the Act. An important exception to the provisions of section 63 is the case of succession to agricultural land by a non-agriculturist. Thus, even if the legal heirs of an agriculturist are non-agriculturists or the legatees under his will are non-agriculturists, the succession/bequest in their favour would be valid. In law, succession to property cannot lie in a vacuum and the Act would not override succession laws. The Act has no application to transmission of interest of holder on his death to his successor by any mode of succession of lands held by tenants.– Ghanshyambhai Nakheram v State of Gujarat, (1999) 2 Guj LR 1061.

If any person acquires any right by virtue of succession, survivorship, inheritance, etc., in any land, then, as per the Maharashtra Land Revenue Code, 1966, he must give a notice of the same to the Talathi within 3 months of such event. The Talathi would then enter such changes in a Register of Mutations which would alter the original record of rights.

U/s. 4 of the Maharashtra Agricultural Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) Act, 1961, the ceiling on the holding of agricultural lands is per “Family Unit”. This is a very unique and important concept introduced by this Act. It is very essential to have a clear picture as to who is and who is not included in one’s ceiling computation, since that could make all the difference between holding and acquisition of the land. A family unit is defined to mean a person and his spouse or more than one spouse if that be the case – thus, if a person dies leaving two or more widows, then they would constitute one consolidated family unit for considering the ceiling – State of Maharashtra v. Smt. Banabai And Anr. (1986) 4 SCC 281. His minor children are also included in the definition of a family unit.

A very interesting scenario arises in the case of testate/intestate succession. For instance, there is a person who is holding land up to the maximum limit permissible. His major son is also independently holding another piece of land up to the maximum limit permissible. The father dies and his sole legal heir is his son. On his death, the land becomes that of the son. Can the son contend that since he has received the land by inheritance, the ceiling should not apply to the second land received by him? The Supreme Court had an occasion to consider this issue in the case of State of Maharashtra v. Annapurnabai and others, AIR 1985 SC 1403. The facts were that the declarant died pending determination of excess ceiling area. A contention was raised that consequently on his death the proceedings stand abated and that therefore, the authorities have no jurisdiction to proceed further with the determination of the excess land under the Act. The Supreme Court held that until the proceedings are completed, there is no abatement and the excess ceiling land has to be computed pursuant to the declaration under the provisions of the Land Ceiling Act and that therefore, the
 
Government continues to have jurisdiction to determine the excess land. It held that the heirs and legal representatives of a deceased holder cannot be treated as independent tenure holders for fixing ceiling. Therefore, each heir would not be treated as independent tenure holders for fixing the ceiling in respect of agricultural land.

Similarly, the Supreme Court in Bhikoba Shankar Dhumal v. Mohan Lal Punchand Tathed 1982 SCR (3) 218 held that the persons on whom his ‘holding’ devolves on his death would be liable to surrender the surplus land as on the appointed day, because the liability attached to the holding of the deceased would not come to an end on his death. The heirs of the deceased cannot be permitted to contend to the contrary and allowed to get more land by way of inheritance than what they would have got if the death of the person had taken place after the acquisition of surplus land by the Government.

Further, a person holding surplus land, i.e., land in excess of the ceiling area, cannot transfer the same. In Kewal Keshari Patil v State of Mah, 1966 Mah LJ 94 it was held that a Will is not a transfer. When the Will was executed, it is not a transaction which is contravening the ceiling under the Act.

Dwelling House

The Hindu Succession Act earlier made a special provision in respect of partition of dwelling-houses which has now been omitted with effect from 9th September, 2005. A dwelling house has been defined as a house wholly inhabitated by one or more members of the family of the deceased at the time of his death – Narsimaha Murthy v. Susheelabai (1996) 3 SCC 644. It has also been held to mean the home or abode or residence of a person – K Ratnsawamy, (1980) 2 SCC 548.

The Act originally provided that where a Hindu (male or female) died intestate leaving behind both male and female heirs specified in Class I, and his/her property included a dwelling-house wholly occupied by members of his/her family, then, any such female heir could not claim partition of the dwelling-house until the male heirs choose to do so. However, the female heir was entitled to have a right of residence in such house. If such female heir was a daughter, then she was entitled to a right to residence in the dwelling-house only if she was unmarried or had been deserted/separated from her husband, or was a widow. Thus, the section prevented female members from claiming partition of a dwelling-house till such time as the male members decided to do so.

In 2005, this section has been deleted altogether to remove the inequalities. Now, a daughter of the family will also inherit a dwelling house under the provisions of the Act and she can also ask for a partition of such dwelling house where the male members are residing. Thus, a married daughter has a right to ask for a partition of a house where her brother is residing on the death of their father. This is an important provision which should be borne in mind.

Transmission of Demat Account in case of Joint Holders

In several cases, it so happens that the names of the husband and wife are added as first and second holders in demat accounts. The Will of the husband also provides that after his demise, all his assets go to his wife. In such an event, transmission of the demat account from the first holder to the second holder is a relatively easy process.

An application needs to be made to the depository for simultaneous closure of the joint account and transfer of all the securities to a new sole account of the second holder, i.e., the wife. Thus, as a result, all the securities would stand transmitted to a new sole account belonging to the wife, who was the second holder in the husband’s joint account. This application only requires a copy of the Death Certificate and KYC details of the second holder.
(to be continued….)

I Hope the Tea is Hot

fiogf49gjkf0d
This story is of an extraordinary person, the best that I have come across in my thirty nine years in public life. Since he has always been low key and shunned publicity, I would not like to mention his name. I also have to camouflage the identity of the other actors involved in this episode.

About fifteen years ago, we were in the midst of the aftermath of the Harshad Mehta scam. The times were in one respect very similar to, but in one respect very different, from the present. The media was screaming that the corrupt be punished severely and quickly, but there was no 24×7 news coverage, and outside the Government very few people had heard of the Central Vigilance Commission. Vigilance work could thus be carried on the way it was supposed to. Systems, when allowed to function, could still deliver. There is an important lesson in this story, for those who are looking for instant solutions to the problem of corruption.

 I had joined the Central Vigilance Commission (CVC) as its Additional Secretary just two months earlier. My room was flooded with voluminous files, and I returned home quite late in the evening every day. Even so, I woke up one fine December morning feeling very relaxed. The sun was shining brightly and the air was very crisp. It had rained the previous night, but when I opened my bedroom window overlooking Delhi Haat, a clear blue sky greeted me. I had got through all the pending files the night before; for a change, I had a little time to myself, and I decided to wear my new suit. When I reached my office at Bikaner house, near India Gate, all hopes of being complimented on how smart I was looking quickly vanished.

“The CVC wants you immediately, Sir. The meeting he was to take in the afternoon has been advanced. He wants HA as well. I have already informed him; he’ll be with you in a few minutes.” my secretary told me breathlessly.
“Thanks a lot, S— sahib.” I said. “Do I have time for quick cup of tea or not?” I asked.

“No Sir. K, his secretary, said you should see the CVC as soon as you arrive.

In a few minutes, my colleague HA entered my room. He was looking after the All India services and the Home Ministry. He asked me “Sir, did you get time to read the case?”

“Yes; I did. I’ve already recorded my note and sent it to the CVC.” “I’m sure you’re aware of the complexities involved.”HA told me as we were travelling from Bikaner House to Jaisalmer House, a distance of about a kilometre. “The man we’re dealing with is honest. Do you know Sir, he has topped in every examination that he has taken. He has all the right credentials and many important people, including some of the CVC’s batchmates have spoken to him. So do be careful.”

I thanked HA for this briefing, but before we could carry on the conversation any further, we reached our destination. In the anteroom, we were greeted by a stout middle aged man who gave the impression of being very competent and in total charge of his little office. The moment he saw us he spoke on the intercom and smiled.

“The CVC is expecting both of you,” he said.

 The CVC was a short, spectacled, fair complexioned person. He looked detached, austere and gentle, but when warranted could be hard as nails. He was also decisive and quick and brooked no nonsense from his subordinates. Every word he spoke was carefully measured. He never promised anything easily, but if he did, he made sure he delivered. Despite an enormous workload, he always had time at his hands and complete control over the organisation that he headed with so much distinction.

He looked at both of us. “Good morning. Do come in and sit down. Hardayal, I have been through your note and gather that both of you are familiar with the facts.”

“Yes, Sir,” I replied.

“So what is the case that the State Vigilance Department has made out?” “They have argued that the officer caused an undue loss to the Government, and an undue gain to a trust in which the then Chief Minister had an interest. He sold a plot of land at a very low rate. The organisation he headed sold the adjacent plot at about the same time at a much higher rate. So, I guess a case under the Prevention of Corruption Act has been made out. The State Government is seeking permission to prosecute him.”

 “Do you see anything going in his favour?” he asked looking as detached as ever. “HA has more knowledge than I do, Sir; but I do sympathise with him. To be very honest, I don’t think he had much choice. He had to choose between the devil and the deep blue sea”. I said. “Given the circumstances, very few people would have been able to say no. The present Government is prosecuting the Chief Minister separately. They feel that this person also played a part in furthering his criminal design.”

HA then pointed out, “But for this case, we have nothing against him. As an officer, he is rated highly and is reputed for his integrity.” I nodded my head in agreement. I knew the CVC had read the file thoroughly himself. He was making me speak, to test out how much I had learnt in the last two months and get some inputs which he needed. But he had such a pleasant way of doing things that I was totally at ease. Then came the inevitable question:

“What advice should we give.” “I am afraid we don’t have much choice in the matter. We have to act according to policy. If we don’t advise prosecution in this case, we’ll not be able to recommend it in other cases, where power is misused to cause a gain to a private person and loss to the government. It will also be unfair to others in whose case we have already advised prosecution on more or less similar facts.”As I said these words, I wondered whether I had spoken too much.

“What about the extenuating circumstances in this case?”

 “Those will have to be taken into account by the court, if it convicts him. I gather this has always been our policy, Sir.” He gave me piercing look. “It’s easy for us to sit in judgement and use the benefit of hindsight to judge his conduct. Can you imagine what he must have gone through?” I nodded in agreement.

He went through certain portions of the file; he was only refreshing his memory to see if any vital aspect had been lost sight of. He looked up again and said, “But I totally agree with you. There can be no relaxation of policy. These are professional hazards of being a civil servant, but we have to act correctly. Hardayal, the file will come back to you within an hour, please advise the Ministry today itself to sanction prosecution at the earliest.”

Before I got up, I realised how difficult it must have been for him to come to this decision. He may not have spoken much, but I could see that he could empathise with the plight of the officer – his excellent track record must have reminded him of his own career. Whether he knew him at all, I’ll never know. One doesn’t ask these questions. What weighed with him, in the ultimate analysis, was an important principle which he had sworn to uphold: the Commission can’t decide cases on the basis of its likes and dislikes. It has at all times to be fair, objective and consistent in its approach.

When we stepped out of his office, we found the weather had changed. The sky was overcast and it had begun raining again. Since my staff car was going to take a few minutes, we got tempted into accepting K.’s offer for a quick cup of tea. I was in the midst of sipping it, when the CVC opened the door and gave a few instructions to K. I immediately got up in respect as he was talking. Seeing my unease, he smiled and said: “I am glad K. is looking after you. I hope the tea is hot.”

Postscript: the officer was prosecuted and later sentenced to a term in prison. He took bail and then appealed to the High Court. The latter reviewed the evidence on record and came to the conclusion that the adjacent plot of land which was sold at a much higher price was qualitatively different from the plot under consideration; in other words, it could not form the basis for valuing the latter. He was honourably acquitted. His subsequent career was quite uneventful. He retired from a respectable position and rose as much in his service as he would have, had the incident not occurred. In other words, he did in the end get some justice.

The beauty of this case lies in the fact that, at every stage every functionary who dealt with it performed his duty efficiently and quickly. Contrary to what happens often with disastrous consequences, due processes were not short-circuited. As a consequence, the system delivered. Here is a lesson for all those who want a quick fix solution for dealing with the problem of corruption: there is none.

A.P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 51, dated 23-11-2011 — External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) Policy.

fiogf49gjkf0d

This Circular revises the all-in-cost ceiling for ECB as follows

This change which has come into force with immediate effect will be applicable till 31-3-2012.

levitra

A.P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 50, dated 23-11-2011 — Comprehensive guidelines on over-the-counter (OTC) foreign exchange derivatives — Foreign currency — INR swaps.

fiogf49gjkf0d
Presently, net supply of foreign exchange in the foreign currency — INR swap market cannot exceed US $ 100 million.

This Circular removes this cap/limit of US $ 100 million on net supply of foreign exchange in the foreign currency — INR swap market.

levitra

Moneys of client to be kept in a separate bank account (Clause 10 of Part I of Second Schedule)

fiogf49gjkf0d
Shrikrishna (S) – Hello, Arjun, you are looking in a good mood today, Any major fees received?

Arjun (A) – No. I am not that lucky. My last September’s bill will be received next September.

S – Then what is the secret of your smiling face today?

A – I just booked a foreign tour for my family in the coming vacation.

S – Great! But you go on vacation every year. What is special this year?

A – My son Abhimanyu is in the 10th SSC. Due to his classes and studies, we did not go anywhere for the last three years.

S – Where are you going?

A – Europe tour. But don’t tell Draupadi and Subhadra. I want to keep it as a secret.

S – But you said your clients don’t pay in time. You always crib about money, especially in March.

A – True. Fortunately, one of my clients went abroad for six months and he has kept a sizeable amount with me for his tax pay ments – Advance tax and self assessment.

S – Oh!

A – Another client has also given some amount to be invested in PPF next month. He is also touring for a long time.

S – Then what do you do with that money?

A – It came in handy to me for paying for the foreign trip. Sometimes, I also use it for my investments or share dealings.

S – Don’t you keep it separate?

A – Why? I will pay the tax or put in PPF at the appropriate time. I do it quite often.

S – But it is client’s money!

A – So what? He has entrusted it to me.

 S – But there are restrictions. It is not permissible.

A – Why should there be any bar? If the client has no objection, where is the problem?

S – Dear Partha, please read clause 10 – Second Schedule – in Part I.

A – Whatever I do, you always find some fault with it. My friends are also doing the same thing as I do and they deal with huge sums.

S – See, dear. So long as it is going smoothly, there will not be any problem. But basically, it is not ethical. You are using client’s money for your personal things.

A – But what is the logic?

S – There were instances where the CAs never paid the taxes of the clients. They also did not make investments as directed by the clients.

A – Many times, clients pay us for making Government payments. Stamp duty, registration fees and so on. Can we not deposit that amount in our accounts?

S – See, if it is to be expended in a short time, you may keep it. But if it is a long time, then you need to open a separate bank account for clients’ money.

A – This is strange!

S – Yes. It has also happened that CAs were tempted to play with others’ money. Some times, they lost it in the share market or entered into wrong deals.

A – This is alarming. I know one such instance. Fortunately, he could recover with the help of his friends. Otherwise, he had a tough time.

S – That is the wisdom to be learnt. Your Council does not want it to happen to other members.

A – You mean to say, I should not deposit the clients’ money in my account at all? There are no exceptions?

S – Not necessarily. The Council has already thought of practical situations. For exam ple, if an advance fee is received, it need not be deposited in a separate account. It is your money.

A – Good! Sounds sensible.

S – If some payments are to be made on behalf of clients in a short time, then it can be routed through your normal account.

A – Can I put it in short term deposits?

S – Ideally speaking, No. You are not supposed to use that money for personal benefit. You cannot earn out of it.

A – What do you mean by short time?

S – Council has used the expression ‘reasonably short time’. That depends on facts and circumstances of each case.

A – I have heard that lawyers are also required to keep separate account for clients’ money. They receive huge amounts – for court fees, stamp duty and even as stake-holders – as escrow money.

S – Yes. Same principle applies here. Another thing, whatever you receive in your capacity as a trustee, executor or liquidator, you must put it in a separate account.

A – Oh! I need to be cautious now.

S – What is really objectionable is using it for personal benefit. CAs have gone to the extent of even depositing client’s income tax refund order in their account.

A – That is criminal. It is a fraud.

S – But apart from the fraud, he was held guilty under this clause only.

A – You have opened my eyes. I feel like can celling the tour tickets.

S – You need not go that far. But make sure that whatever obligation of your client you have undertaken, fulfill those, please don’t let him down. Faith and credibility are your greatest assets and you can’t afford to lose those. After all, you are a trustee.

A – I agree. Om Shanti! The above dialogue is with reference to Clause 10 of Part I of the Second Schedule which reads as under:

Clause 10: fails to keep moneys of his client other than fees or remuneration or money meant to be expended in a separate banking account or to use such moneys for purposes for which they are intended within a reasonable time. Further, readers may also refer pages 286 – 289 of ICAI’s publication on Code of Ethics, January 2009 edition (reprinted in May 2009).

levitra

Extension of Time Limit for Filing Cost Audit Reports and Compliance Reports for the year 2011-12

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Cost Audit Branch of Ministry of Corporate Affairs Vide Circular No. 2/2013 has decided that all cost auditors and the companies concerned are allowed to file their Cost Audit Reports and Compliance Reports for the year 2011-12 [including the overdue reports relating to any previous year(s)] with the Central Government in the XBRL mode, without any penalty, within 180 days from the close of the company’s financial year to which the report relates or by 28th February, 2013, whichever is later.

levitra

Extension of Time Limit for Filing Form 23AC/ACA XBRL

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Ministry of Corporate Affairs Vide Circular No 05/2013 dated 12th February 2013 has extended the time limit for filing of Form 23 AC – ACA XBRL to 28th February 2013 or within 30 days from the due date of AGM of the Company, whichever is later for the financial year commencing on or after 1-4-2011.

levitra

Relaxation of Additional Fees and Extension of the last date of filing various forms with the Registrar of Companies.

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has vide Circular No 03/2013 dated 8th February, 2013 relaxed the Additional Fees and extended the last date of filing various forms with the Registrar of Companies.

 • The payment of Additional fees has been relaxed on Forms which ought to have been filed post the transition of MCA 21 from TCS to Infosys, but could not be filed due to technical issues in the system.

• Documents which have expired on or after 17th January 2013 due to non submission/resubmission PUCL may be restored.

• All the cases related to filing of court orders/ competent authority where the due date/date of filing was falling on or after 17th January is extended without payment of additional fees

 • Name availability which expired due to nonsubmission of incorporation documents will be made available for filing of the same.

• For documents regarding registration of charges, the due date is to be extended by the Regional Director on case to case basis for due dates on or after 17-1-2013. Due dates in these cases is extended till 28-2-2013 based on request received by the RD/ROC and examined on case to case basis without levying of additional fee – the request should be made by the Company/Professional by e-mail/post along with the supporting documents. A ticket will be raised on examining the application and on being resolved, the user will be accordingly informed for filing within the time given in the e-mail. However, stakeholders who are able to file the documents by date of this circular are not eligible for fees relaxation or extension nor refund.

levitra

Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 – Import of precious and semi precious stones – Clarification

fiogf49gjkf0d
This circular clarifies that, with immediate effect, Suppliers’ and Buyers’ Credit (trade credit) including the usance period of Letters of Credit opened for import of precious stones and semi-precious stones should not exceed 90 days from the date of shipment.

levitra

Opening of NRO accounts by individuals of Bangladesh Nationality.

fiogf49gjkf0d
Presently, Nationals of Bangladesh are permitted to open Non-Resident Ordinary (NRO) accounts in India only after obtaining RBI approval.

This circular permits Nationals of Bangladesh who hold a valid visa and a valid residential permit issued by Foreigner Registration Office (FRO) / Foreigner Regional Registration Office (FRRO) concerned to open a NRO account without obtaining RBI permission. However, entities of Bangladeshi ownership will continue to require RBI permission for opening Bank accounts in India.

levitra

Foreign investment in India by SEBI registered FIIs in Government securities and corporate debt

fiogf49gjkf0d
SEBI has revised the guidelines relating to investment in Government Securities & Corporate Debts by FII, Sovereign Wealth Funds (SWF), Multilateral Agencies, Endowment Funds, Insurance Funds, Pension Funds and Foreign Central Banks as under:

Exchange Earner’s Foreign Currency (EEFC) Account, Diamond Dollar Account (DDA) & Resident Foreign Currency (RFC) Domestic Account

fiogf49gjkf0d

Presently, EEFC, RFC (Domestic) and Diamond Dollar account holders can access the foreign exchange market for purchasing foreign exchange only after utilizing fully the available balances in their foreign currency account. This circular has removed the said restriction. Hence, EEFC, RFC (Domestic) and Diamond Dollar account holders can now access the foreign exchange market for purchasing foreign exchange without fully utilizing the available balances in their foreign currency account.

levitra

SEBI Investment Advisers Regulations — Formal Birth of a New Profession

fiogf49gjkf0d
SEBI has notified the Investment Advisers Regulations, 2013 on 21st January 2013. The objective is to require persons engaged in the business of advising on investments to get registered with SEBI and be subject to fairly elaborate regulations. The intention seems to create/recognise a separate category of advisers rendering investment advice and who are not affected by biases of distributors. Such Advisers would thus ideally advise clients on which investment mix is best suited to the clients’ needs and risks and get paid by the client for such advice.

Presently, there are certain concerns in respect of persons providing services in investments. Often, they are not paid by the clients to whom they render services, but are paid by the entities whose products they deal in. Even if they are paid by clients, they may get commissions and other amounts from entities whose products they recommend or distribute. Thus, there is an inherent conflict of interest. Further, even otherwise, if an adviser is paid in other manner such as the quantity of stock in which the client has traded or similar criteria, he faces other types of conflict of interest such as making the client trade more, etc. By such conflicts which over a period the client also understands and realises, the concept and field of investment advice itself is brought to disrepute. Some of those engaged in investment advice have been known not to follow a wholly ethical and professional practice. The advice may be without doing due diligence of the client of his risks and objectives. The advice may even be malafide in the sense that the adviser may himself trade in the opposite direction, while advising the client to take a particular direction.

Thus, there was a need for creating such a separate category of advisers who are engaged almost exclusively in rendering such advice, who take fees from the clients and who make due disclosures about the fees he receives and the trades he himself carries out and so on. It appears that the intention was also to either prohibit the adviser from distributing products himself or making due disclosures of that, particularly of the fact of the consideration he receives if the client buys products that he advises. These Regulations are intended to carry out such objectives. However, the intention also seems to exclude several categories of persons who are otherwise regulated by other regulators such as IRDA, by other professional organisations or even by SEBI itself. Important features of these Regulations are explained as follows.

All Investment Advisers will be required to register with SEBI as a pre-condition to carry on the business of rendering investment advice. The term “investment advice” is broadly framed and includes advice on dealing in investment related products. The Investment Advisers will need to have certain basic relevant qualification and also obtain specialised training/certification. The process of registration is elaborate. They are subject to a detailed code of conduct. The requirements of documentation for clients and in particular the advice given are quite detailed. However, these requirements are perhaps impractical or infeasible particularly for small advisers, though they do set a high benchmark of standards of ethics and good business practices.

The Regulations are dated 21st January 2013 and will come into effect from the ninetieth day of their notification. An existing Investment Advisers is required to apply for registration within six months of their coming into effect and if he has done so may to carry on the activity continue till disposal of his application. New Investment Advisers will have to first apply and obtain registration before commencing such activity.

Investment Adviser is a person who is engaged in the business of rendering investment advice to clients or other persons for a consideration. Thus, persons giving free advice/tips are not covered. Having said that, the business need not be the main business (though see later exemptions for certain categories). Investment advice is broadly defined. It essentially means, advice relating to dealing in securities or investment products. It is not clear whether this would exclude products like gold, real estate, etc. since these are investment products too, though the scheme of the Regulations seem to indicate that they may not be intended to be covered. Even otherwise, it is arguable whether SEBI has jurisdiction over investments in gold, real estate, etc. But even then, a large variety of products would be covered, such as shares, derivatives, mutual fund and other units, shares of unlisted companies, company deposits (even bank deposits), insurance policies/products, small savings like national savings certificates, public provident fund, etc. Viewed even in this way, the impression would be that it would cover almost every agent/ broker dealing in financial products. However, since the requirement is that the Investment Adviser should be rendering advise for consideration, and if one takes a view that the consideration should flow from the clients, then many distributors who earn purely through commissions and the like may not get covered.

There are certain specific exclusions and thus the Regulations will not apply to such excluded persons. Insurance agents/brokers registered with IRDA, who offer investment advice solely in insurance products are excluded. So are pension advisers registered with PFRDA advising solely in pension products. Question is whether advisers who advise on multitude of products (subject, of course, to restrictions by the Regulator) would also need registration.

Distributors of mutual funds registered with specified bodies and registered stock-brokers/sub-brokers who render investment advice to their clients incidental to their primary activity are also excluded.

Professionals like Chartered Accountants, Company Secretaries, lawyers, etc. find a special mention. They too are excluded if they provide advice incidental to their professional service/legal practice. However, the wording is ambiguous. For example, Chartered Accountants are excluded if they provide “investment advice to their clients, incidental to his professional service”. There are Chartered Accountants who, for example, as part of their tax advice, also advice on investments. However, there are Chartered Accountants for whom rendering of financial advice is the main and not incidental professional service they render. It is not clear whether the intention is to exclude all practicing professionals or only those whose principle professional service is other than investment advice.

Thus, if giving such advice is not merely incidental to their professional activity, they too may require registration, irrespective of the fact that they may be regulated by their parent body. It is possible that some of such professionals may thus be covered. Entities such as individuals, firms, corporates, etc. are all covered. The Investment Adviser needs to have formal qualification. The recognised qualifications include professional qualification/post-graduate degree/diploma in finance, accountancy, etc. from recognised institutions, etc. Alternatively, the person may be a graduate in any discipline with at least five years’ experience in areas such as advice in financial products, securities, etc. Individuals and representatives of Investment Advisers need to have – in addition to such qualification it appears – a certification in financial planning from recognised institutions.

Corporate Investment Advisers need to have a minimum net worth of at least Rs. 25 lakh. Individuals and firms need to have net tangible assets of at least Rs. 1 lakh. Elaborate responsibilities and code of conduct have been provided. In particular, stress is given on not placing oneself in conflict of interest.

More important to highlight are the elaborate documentation requirements expected of Investment Advisers. Extensive disclosures relating to the Investment Advisers to the clients need to be made. Significant information has also to be collected of the client. A formal process has to be laid down to assess and analyse the client data from various perspectives including risk profiling. There has to be a documented process for selecting investments based on the client’s investment objectives and financial situation. Know Your Client records of the client’s need to be maintained by the Investment Advisers.

Curiously, the investment advice provided, written or oral, and even its rationale, has to be recorded. This innocuous and even well intended requirement can have serious practical and legal consequences. It is interesting that professionals like CAs, lawyers, etc. need not record or render every professional advice they offer in writing, but Investment Advisers are being required to so record. This may be impractical and cumbersome where clients are numerous and amounts of investments involved small, as they often are. Of course, in case of advising high net worth clients and the like, recording such advice makes sense. No specific requirement is made to take acknowledgement of the client of having received such advice and in such a case, the one-sided recording does not make sense.

The Investment Advisers are required to carry out a yearly audit of compliance of the Regulations by a Chartered Accountant or Company Secretary. Moreover, an Investment Adviser, other than an individual, is required to appoint a Compliance Officer for monitoring the compliance of the Act, Regulations, etc.

The scheme of the Regulations has a few puzzling as-pects. Whom do the Regulations really intend to cover and what types of activities? Is the intention to cover only those Investment Advisers who are not otherwise regulated by SEBI or other bodies? Is the intention not to cover mere distribution of investment products? Or is the intention to cover only those people who carry out investment advice business as their primary activity? The Regulations are not wholly clear and it is just possible that any person who carries out, wholly or partly, the business of giving investment advice would be covered. Thus, there will be multiple and even overlapping regulation.

However, in the other extreme, if the intention is to totally exclude persons already regulated by other bodies or totally exclude distributors of investment products, then the scope of the Regulations may be too narrow and the ills sought to be cured by Regulations will remain only partially touched.

There is yet another confusing area. Is the intention to cover only those Investment Advisers who are compensated by the clients and not by the issuer of the products? The Regulations seem to suggest that the Investment Advisers may receive consideration for advice from any source and not merely the client. In such a case too, intentionally or otherwise, the scope of the Regulations is broadened.

In any case, there are many types of investment products where there are thousands of small investment advisers/agents. These include, for example, agents of public provident funds, small savings, etc. It is arguable that though these too render “investment advice”, SEBI may not have jurisdiction over such products/advice. It will also be cumbersome and expensive for such agents to register themselves and difficult for them to maintain the type of records expected of them, apart from other compliances. SEBI could specifically clarify – since this seems to be the intention also – that unless they receive consideration directly from the client, the Regulations should not apply.

Another concern is of multi -service financial companies. It appears that the intention is to create chinese walls between product distribution department and investment advice department and only the latter would come under the purview of these Regulations. However, in practice, these chinese walls can be expected to be porous and this will thus make a mockery of the Regulations.

SEBI needs to relook at the Regulations to consider the difficulties highlighted above
and have a dialogue with the industry and its participants, before bringing the Regulations into effect.

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 25 dated 14th August, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
All Scheduled Commercial Banks which are Authorised Dealers (ADs) in Foreign Exchange/All Agencies nominated for import of gold

This circular states that it supersedes all earlier instructions is respect of import of gold by Authorised Dealers in Foreign Exchange/Nominated Agencies. The circular provides that: –

a) Import of gold in the form of coins and medallions is now prohibited.

b) All nominated banks/nominated agencies and other entities must ensure that at least 20% of every lot of gold imported into the country is exclusively made available for the purpose of exports and the balance for domestic use. A working example of the operations of the 20/80 scheme is annexed to this circular. The scheme shall be monitored by customs authorities, and will be implemented port-wise only.

c) Nominated banks/nominated agencies and other entities can make available gold for domestic use only to the entities engaged in jewellery business/ bullion dealers and to banks authorised to administer the Gold Deposit Scheme against full upfront payment only.

d) Nominated banks/agencies/refineries and other entities must ensure that there is no front loading of imports, particularly in the first and second lots of imports. Such imports have to be linked to normal quantities of gold supplied to the exporters by the nominated banks/agencies and must not exceed the highest quantity supplied during any one year out of last three years. The quantity thus arrived at, however, will not be imported in one or two lots only. As a thumb rule, imports of more than maximum of two months of requirements of the exporters in a lot would be considered unusual. In case there is no previous record of having supplied gold to the exporters then nominated banks/agencies must seek prior approval of the RBI before placing orders for import of gold for the first lot under the 20/80 scheme.

e) The 20/80 principle would also apply for the henceforth import of gold in any form/purity including gold dore, whereby 20 % of the gold imported will be provided to the exporters. This will be administered and monitored at the refinery level for each consignment at the time of such imports as well as by the customs authorities. The refinery can make available gold for domestic use only to the entities engaged in jewellery business/bullion dealers and to the banks authorised to administer the Gold Deposit Scheme against full upfront payment and sale of gold against any other form of payment shall not be permitted. Import of gold dore can be permitted only against a license issued by the DGFT.

f) Any authorisation such as Advance Authorisation/ Duty Free Import Authorisation (DFIA) can be utilised for import of gold meant for export purposes only and no diversion for domestic use is permitted.

However, entities/units in the SEZs and EOUs, Premier and Star Trading Houses are permitted to import gold exclusively for the purpose of exports only.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 24 dated 14th August, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
NOTIFICATION [NO.FEMA 263/RB-2013]/GSR 529(E), DATED 05–03-2013

Liberalised Remittance Scheme for Resident Individuals- Reduction of limit from $200,000 to $75,000

This circular has made changes as under to the Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS):

1. The existing limit of $200,000 per financial year has been reduced to $75,000 per financial year (April-March).

2. Remittance can be made for any permitted current or capital account transaction or a combination of both. However, no remittance under LRS can be made for acquisition of immovable property, directly or indirectly, outside India.

3. With effect from 5th August, 2013 resident individuals (single or in association with another resident individual or with an ‘Indian Party’ as defined in this Notification) satisfying the criteria as per Schedule V of Notification No. 263/RB-2013 dated 5th March 2013, may make overseas direct investment in the equity shares and compulsorily convertible preference shares in any Joint Ventures (JV)/ Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (WOS) outside India for bona fide business activities outside India within the limit of $75,000.

4. The existing limit for gift in rupees by Resident Individuals to NRI close relatives and loans in rupees by resident individuals to NRI close relatives has been reduced to $75,000 per financial year.

Schedule V [See Regulation 20A]

A. Overseas Direct Investments by Resident Individuals

1. Resident individual is prohibited from making direct investment in a JV or WOS abroad which is engaged in the real estate business or banking business or in the business of financial services activity.

2. The JV or WOS abroad shall be engaged in bona fide business activity.

3. Resident individual is prohibited from making direct investment in a JV/WOS [set up or acquired abroad individually or in association with other resident individual and/or with an Indian party] located in the countries identified by the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) as “non-co-operative countries and territories” as available on FATF website www.fatf-qafi.org or as notified by the Reserve Bank.

4. The resident individual shall not be on the Reserve Bank’s Exporters Caution List or List of defaulters to the banking system or under investigation by any investigation/enforcement agency or regulatory body.

5. At the time of investments, the permissible ceiling shall be within the overall ceiling prescribed for the resident individual under Liberalised Remittance Scheme as prescribed by the Reserve Bank from time to time. [Explanation: The investment made out of the balances held in EEFC/RFC account shall also be restricted to the limit prescribed under LRS.]

6. The JV or WOS, to be acquired/set up by a resident individual under this Schedule, shall be an operating entity only and no step-down subsidiary is allowed to be acquired or set up by the JV or WOS.

7. For the purpose of making investment under this Schedule, the valuation shall be as per Regulation 6(6)(a) of this Notification.

8. The financial commitment by a resident individual to/on behalf of the JV or WOS, other than the overseas direct investments as defined under Regulation 2(e) read with Regulation 20Aof this Notification, is prohibited.

B. Post Investment Changes

Any alteration in shareholding pattern of the JV or WOS may be reported to the designated AD within 30 days including reporting in the Annual Performance Report as required to be submitted in terms of Regulation 15 of this Notification.

C. Disinvestment by Resident Individuals

1. A resident individual, who has acquired/set up a JV or WOS under the provisions of this Schedule, may disinvest (partially or fully) by way of transfer/sale or by way of liquidation/ merger of the JV or WOS.

2. Disinvestment by a resident individual shall be allowed after one year from the date of making first remittance for setting up or acquiring the JV or WOS abroad.

3. The disinvestment proceeds shall be repatriated to India immediately and in any case not later than 60 days from the date of disinvestment and the same may be reported to the designated AD.

4. No write-off shall be allowed in case of disinvestments by the resident individuals.

D. Reporting Requirements

1. The resident individual, making overseas direct investments under the provisions of this Schedule, shall submit Part I of the Form ODI, duly completed, to the designated authorised dealer, within 30 days of making the remittance.

2. The investment, as made by a resident individual, shall be reported by the designated authorised dealer to the Reserve Bank in Form ODI Parts I and II within 30 days of making the remittance.

3. The obligations as required in terms of Regulation 15 of this Notification shall also apply to the resident individuals who have set up or acquired a JV or WOS under the provisions of this Schedule.

4. The disinvestment by the resident individual may be reported by the designated AD to the Reserve Bank in Form ODI Part IV within 30 days of receipt of disinvestment proceeds.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 23 dated 14th August, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Overseas Direct Investments

Presently, an Indian Party can invest under the Automatic Route up to 400% of its net worth as on the date of the last audited balance sheet in all its overseas Joint Ventures (JV)/Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (WOS) engaged in any bona fide business activity.

This circular has reduced the above limit of 400% of net worth to 100% of net worth in case of all fresh Overseas Direct Investment proposals under the Automatic Route. Also, in case of fresh investment in overseas unincorporated entities in the energy and natural resources sectors, the above limit of 400% of net worth has been reduced to 100% of net worth in case of all fresh Overseas Direct Investment proposals under the Automatic Route. ODI in excess of 100% of the net worth will be considered by RBI under the Approval Route. Existing JV/WOS set up under earlier regulations will continue to be governed by the same.

However, there is no change as regards investment overseas under the Automatic Route by Navratna Public Sector Undertakings (PSUs), ONGC Videsh Limited (OVL) and Oil India Ltd (OIL), in overseas unincorporated entities and the overseas incorporated entities in the oil sector (i.e., for exploration and drilling for oil and natural gas, etc.), which are duly approved by the Government of India. They can invest without any limit.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 20 dated 12th August, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (FEMA) Foreign Exchange (Compounding Proceedings) Rules, 2000 (the Rules) – Compounding of Contraventions under FEMA, 1999.

This circular states that applications for compounding must contain details of the bank account of the applicant in the format annexed to this circular to facilitate refund of compounding fees in case the application has to be returned because of nonobtaining of proper approvals or permission from the concerned authorities or for any other reason(s).

Also, annexed to this circular are the revised annexures for submission of information with regards to violation in respect of Foreign Direct Investment, External Commercial Borrowings, Overseas Direct Investment and Branch Office/Liaison Office. In the revised annexures details of PAN and the activity as per NIC codes-1987 have to be given. If the said information is not given, the application will be treated as incomplete. Also, information regarding change in the address/contact detail of the applicant has to be submitted to the Compounding Authority.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 19 dated 7th August, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Non-Resident Deposits–Comprehensive Single Return (NRD-CSR): Submission under XBRL

This circular states that RBI is shifting, from 1st October, 2013, the NRD-CSR reporting to eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) platform to provide validations for processing requirement in respect of existing NRD schemes, improve data quality, enhance the security-level in data submission, and enable banks to use various features of XBRL-based data submission, and tracking. The procedure and new formats are given in/annexed to this circular.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 18 dated 1st August, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Risk Management and Inter-Bank Dealings

This circular clarifies that an FII can enter into a hedge contract for the exposure relating to that part of the securities held by it against which it has issued any PN/ODI only if it has a mandate from the PN/ODI holder for the purpose.

Banks are expected to verify such mandates. However, in cases where this is difficult they must obtain a declaration from the FII:

a. Regarding the nature/structure of the PN/ODI establishing the need for a hedge operation; and

b. Such operations are being undertaken against specific mandates obtained from their clients.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 17 dated 23rd July, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Risk Management and Inter-Bank Dealings – Reporting of Unhedged Foreign Currency Exposures of Corporates

Presently, banks are required to submit a quarterly statement on foreign currency exposures and hedges undertaken by corporates based on bank’s books.

This circular states that banks should now submit the said quarterly report as per the revised format online only from quarter ended September 2013 through the Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) system which may be accessed at https://secweb.rbi.org.in/orfsxbrl.

levitra

Tenancy – Determination of Annual ratable – Property exempt from Rent Control Legislation – Value – Mumbai Municipal Corporation Act, 1888, section 154(1) and Maharashtra Rent Control Act, 1999 section 3.

fiogf49gjkf0d
Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai & Ors. vs. Dalamal Tower Premises Co-operative Soc. Ltd & Anr. 2012 Vol. 114(5) Bom. L.R. 3159

On a difference of opinion in a Division Bench, in an appeal arising out of the decision of a Single Judge, the following question of law was sent for reference to a third judge:

In view of the repeal of the Bombay Rent Act and enactment of the Maharashtra Rent Control Act, is the Bombay Municipal Corporation justified in taking into consideration the actual amount of rent received or receivable by the landlord in relation to the units which are let out, but where the lease is exempted from the provisions of the Rent Act for determination of annual letting value with effect from 1st April 2000?

The issue which falls for determination relates to the consequences, if any, that would ensue in computing the ratable value of land or building where the premises in a building are exempt from the provisions of the Rent Control legislation. According to the Municipal Corporation, when the premises are exempt from the operation of the Rent Control legislation, the contractual bargain between a landlord and a tenant is not circumscribed by the provision for the fixation of standard rent in the Rent Act. Moreover, once the premises are exempt from the Rent Act, it is not unlawful for a landlord to receive rent in excess of the standard rent. On the other hand, according to the property owners, the true test to be applied is whether the Rent Control legislation is in operation in the area in which the premises are situated and if it is, it would make no difference that the premises are exempt from the operation of the Rent Control legislation. Hence, according to the property owners, even if the premises are exempt from the Rent Act, the annual value for the purposes of municipal legislation cannot exceed the standard rent under the Rent Control legislation.

The Hon’ble Court observed that where the premises are exempt from the operation of the Maharashtra Rent Control Act, 1999, by the provisions of section 3, the Assessing Authority in determining the annual rent at which the premises might reasonably be expected to let from year to year u/s. 154(1) is not constrained by the outer limit of the standard rent determinable with reference to the provisions of the Rent Act and secondly, where the premises are exempt from the provisions of the Maharashtra Rent Control Act, 1999, it is not unlawful for the landlord to claim or receive an amount in excess of the standard rent, since the provisions of section 10 would not be attracted. In such a case, the actual rent received by the landlord is in the absence of special circumstances a relevant consideration which may be borne in mind by the Assessing Authority while determining the rateable value for the purposes of municipal taxation u/s. 154(1) of the MMC Act, 1888. The Assessing Authority must have regard to all relevant facts and circumstances while applying the standard of reasonableness u/s. 154(1), including the prevalent rate of rents of lands and buildings in the vicinity of the property being assessed, the advantages and disadvantages relating to the premises, such as, the situation, the nature of the property, the obligations and liabilities attached thereto and other features, if any, which enhance or decrease their value.

levitra

Registration – Property – Refusal to Register document – None can transfer a better title than what he has – Indian Registration Act:

fiogf49gjkf0d
Chairman/Secretary, Deep Apartment CHS Ltd vs. The State Maharashtra & Ors. 2012 Vol. 114 (6) Bom. L.R. 3728

Writ petition was filed challenging the orders of the Registering Authority and the Appellate Authority refusing to register a conveyance executed by and between a private limited company which was the builder of the building and the co-operative housing society of flat purchasers which had been registered under the Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Act. The order of refusal set out various provisions of various legislations which are claimed not to have been complied. The order further referred to section 72(3) of the Maharashtra Registration Manual, Part II which requires compliance with sections 19 to 26 and 33 to 35(b) of the Indian Registration Act. Under the impugned orders the Registering Authorities had consistently maintained that the vendor mentioned in the conveyance deed had no title.

The Registering Authority is required to register a document executed by the parties who present themselves before the Registering Authority and admit execution thereof.

Hence, it is seen that the document would have to be presented before the Registration office by the executors or their representatives. Once that is done, the Registering Authority would see that the executors are personally present before him or their representative is present before him. The Registering Authority will also ask whether they admit the execution. The Registering Authority will satisfy himself that the persons before him are the persons they claim to be. If that is done, the Registering Authority must register the document.

It may be mentioned that the registration of a document shows nothing other than the fact that the document which is executed is admitted to have been executed or is executed before the Registering Authority. It does not prove the contents of the document. It is settled law that even certified copies issued by the Registering Authority do not prove the truth of the contents of the documents. They only prove the fact that the document was indeed registered as per procedure. [See Omprakash Berlia vs. UTI, AIR 1983, Bom 1].

The Court observed that the Registering Authority persisted in refusing to register the document on the ground that the title of the vendor had not been shown. It is only the Civil Court which would consider the title. There is nothing in the Registration Act or the Registration Manual, to empower the Registrar to see or satisfy himself about the title of the vendor. Hence, registration entails nothing more than the factum that the executants or their agents attended before the Registrar and admitted the execution of the document.

It is contended on behalf of the respondents that there are many instances where the parties without any title seek to transfer such purported title which they do not have and legitimise the illegal act by the process of registration. That may be the ground reality. The Registering Authority, being conscious of such a fact, may consider himself obliged to prevent transfers by such illegal acts. However, the jurisprudential rule that none can transfer a better title than what he has, is indeed as elementary as it is basic. The Registering Authority, therefore, need not be take upon itself the duty of a Civil Court which alone would go into question of title upon it being challenged. The Registry Authority was directed to register the document within 4 months from the date of order.

levitra

Contract – Repayment of time barred debt – Enforceability of debtor liability Contract Act, 1872.

fiogf49gjkf0d
Dinesh B. Chokshi vs. Rahul Vasudeo Bhatt and the State of Maharashtra, 2012 Vol. 114(6) Bom. L.R. 3766

The reference to Division Bench was for deciding the two questions which were:-

(i) Does the issuance of a cheque in repayment of a time barred debt amount to a written promise to pay the said debt within the meaning of section 25(3) of the Indian Contract Act, 1872?

(ii) If it amounts to such a promise, does such a promise, by itself, create any legally enforceable debt or other liability as contemplated by section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881?

If there is a promise to pay an amount and if a breach thereof is committed, a suit for recovery is required to be filed within the stipulated period of limitation provided under the law of Limitation. After the time provided for filing a suit for recovery expires, the promise ceases to be enforceable. Section 10 of the Contract Act provides that all agreements are contracts, if they are made by free consent of the parties competent to contract for a lawful consideration and with a lawful object and which are not expressly declared to be void under the Contract Act. Section 20 of the Contract Act incorporates a category of void agreements. Sections 19 and 19A provide for categories of agreements which are voidable. Section 23 provides that if the consideration or the object of an agreement is forbidden by law or is immoral or is opposed to public policy, the consideration or object of the agreement is unlawful and the agreement is void. Sections 26 to 30 of the Contract Act also provide for different categories of agreements which are void. Therefore, apart from the agreements which cease to be enforceable by reason of bar of limitation, there are other categories of agreements which are void and, therefore, obviously not enforceable by law.

On a plain reading of section 13 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, a negotiable instrument does contain a promise to pay the amount mentioned therein. The promise is given by the drawer. U/s. 6 of the said Act of 1881, a cheque is a bill of exchange drawn on a specified banker. The drawer of a cheque promises to the person in whose name the cheque is drawn or to whom the cheque is endorsed, that the cheque on its presentation, would yield the amount specified therein. Hence, it will have to be held that a cheque is a promise within the meaning of s/s. (3) of section 25 of the Contract Act. What follows is that when a cheque is drawn to pay wholly or in part, a debt which is not enforceable only by reason of bar of limitation, the cheque amounts to a promise governed by the s/s. (3) of section 25 of the Contract Act. Such promise which is an agreement becomes exception to the general rule that an agreement without consideration is void. Though on the date of making such promise by issuing a cheque, the debt which is promised to be paid may be already time barred, in view of s/s. (3) of section 25 of the Contract Act, the promise/agreement is valid and, therefore, the same is enforceable. The promise to pay a time barred debt becomes a valid contract. Therefore, the first question was answered in the affirmative.

The Court further observed that u/s. 118 of the said Act of 1881, there is a rebuttable presumption that every negotiable instrument was made or drawn for consideration. Section 139 creates a rebuttable presumption in favour of a holder of a cheque. The presumption is that the holder of a cheque received the cheque of the nature referred to in section 138 for discharge, in whole or in part of any debt or liability. Thus, under the aforesaid two sections, there are rebuttable presumptions which extend to the existence of consideration and to the fact that the cheque was for the discharge of debt or liability.

Under the Explanation to section 138, the debt or other liability referred to in the main section has to be a legally enforceable debt or liability. Merely because a cheque is drawn for discharge, in whole or in part of the debt or other liability, section 138 of the said Act of 1881 will not be attracted. The provision will apply provided the debt or other liability is legally enforceable. Thus, section 138 will not apply to a cheque drawn in discharge of a debt or liability which is not legally enforceable. There may be several categories of debts or other liabilities which are not legally enforceable. A debt or liability is legally enforceable if the same can be lawfully recovered by adopting due process of law. A debt or liability ceases to be legally enforceable after expiry of the period of limitation provided in the law of Limitation for filing a suit for recovery of the amount. Thus, a time barred debt by no stretch of imagination can be said to be a legally enforceable debt within the meaning of the Explanation to section 138.

While considering the second question, the court specifically dealt with a case of promise created by a cheque issued for discharge of a time barred debt or liability. Once it is held that a cheque drawn for discharge of a time barred debt creates a promise which becomes an enforceable contract, it cannot be said that the cheque was drawn in discharge of debt or liability which was not legally enforceable. The promise in the form of a cheque drawn in discharge of a time barred debt or liability becomes enforceable by virtue of s/s. (3) of section 25 of the Contract Act. Thus, such a cheque becomes a cheque drawn in discharge of a legally enforceable debt as contemplated by the Explanation to section 138 of the said Act of 1881. Therefore, the second question was also answered in the affirmative.

levitra

Consumer complaint – Builder – Flat sold to other person – Builder to return the amount with interest @ 15% and pay cost: Consumer Protection Act.

fiogf49gjkf0d
Consumer Welfare Association vs. Trimurti Developers & Builders Complaint Case No. CC/12/89, dated 12-12-2012 (Maharashtra) (State Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission.)

Complainant was a flat purchaser and the complainant had booked a flat with the Opponent by agreement dated 20-4-2005. As per the said agreement, flat no.B-203 admeasuring 1100 sq.ft. super built up area on the second floor of the building Palm Towers Co-op. Hsg. Society was agreed to be sold to the Complainant. However, the said flat was sold by the Opponent after construction and possession of the said flat was not given. In respect of the said flat, the complainant had paid an amount of Rs. 19,80,000/-. However, since the flat was not delivered, there was subsequent MOU between the parties dated 5-9-2011. By the said MOU, earlier agreement was cancelled by the Opponent and the Opponent agreed to pay an amount of Rs. 30 lakh to the Complainant. The said amount was to be paid by three installments to be paid on 5-9-2011, 15-10-2011 and 25-12-2011. Out of this Rs. 30 lakh, an amount of Rs. 10 lakh was paid on 5-9-2011 and since the remaining amount had not been paid, the complaint was filed.

It was held that in view of the MOU executed between the parties, the Opponents was under obligation to return the amount as agreed. Since the amount had not been returned, the Opponents were also liable to pay interest on the said amount. Not only that, but since the flat had been sold to another person, naturally, he must have obtained price higher than the price which was agreed between the Complainant and the Opponent. The prayer in respect of allotment of the flat was not allowed in view of the fact that the Complainant had not pressed for the said prayer.

The complaint was allowed and the Opponent was directed to pay the balance amount of Rs.20 lakh with interest @ 15% p.a. from 25-12-2011 onwards till the actual realisation of the amount. By way of costs of the complaint, the Opponent was directed to pay Rs. 25,000/- to the Complainant.

levitra

Arbitration – Impleadments of party to arbitration proceeding in absence of arbitration agreement

fiogf49gjkf0d
JSW Ispat Steel Ltd vs. Jeumont Electric and Anr. 2012 Vol. 114(5) Bom. L.R. 3320

The Plaintiff had filed the suit for a declaration that there is no arbitration agreement between the Plaintiff and Defendant No. 1

The Plaintiff had also taken out a notice of motion, praying for an order of restraint restraining Defendant No. 1 from proceeding with or prosecuting the arbitration proceeding initiated by it before the International Chamber of Commerce. Defendant No. 2 is a subsidiary of the plaintiff, had an independent existence and, as such, independent contracting capacity.

The Court observed that the present case was squarely covered by the law laid down by the Apex Court in the case of Indowind Energy Ltd. vs. Wescare (I) Ltd. AIR 2010 SC 1793 wherein the Apex Court in clear terms had held that to constitute an arbitration agreement, it is necessary that it should be between the parties to the dispute and should relate to or be applicable to the dispute. The Apex Court in unequivocal terms observed that, unless the party who is sought to be implicated in the arbitration proceeding is signatory to the agreement, it cannot be roped in the arbitration proceedings. In the present case, it could clearly be seen from the contract as well as the correspondence between the Defendant No.1 and the Defendant No.2, that the Plaintiff was not a contracting party or even a consenting party to the contract between the Defendant No.1 and the Defendant No.2. Not only that, but the entire correspondence with regard to the claim of the Defendant No.1 was only between the Defendant No.1 and the Defendant No.2. It was only for the first time that in the arbitration proceedings the Plaintiff had been implicated and as the words used by the Defendant No.1 itself in the claim “to drag in this arbitration”. Thus, there was no agreement at all between the Plaintiff and the Dr. K. Shivaram Ajay R. Singh Advocates Allied laws Defendant No.1 and therefore, the Plaintiff could not be roped in the arbitration proceedings.

levitra

A. P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 15 dated 22nd July, 2013

fiogf49gjkf0d
Import of Gold by Nominated Banks/Agencies

This circular has modified the policy for import of gold by nominated banks/agencies as under:

A. Nominated Banks/Agencies

1.
They have to ensure that at least 20% of every lot of import of gold
(in any form/purity including import of gold coins/dore) is exclusively
made available for the purpose of export. Such imports have to be linked
to the financing of exporters by the nominated agencies (i.e. average
of last three years or any one year whichever is higher). Further,

2.
They can make available gold in any form for domestic use only to
entities engaged in jewellery business/bullion dealers supplying gold to
jewellers.

3. They will be required to retain 20% of the imported quantity in the customs bonded warehouses.

4.
They are permitted to undertake fresh imports of gold only after the
exports have taken place to the extent of at least 75% of gold remaining
in the customs bonded warehouse.

5. Any import of gold under any type of scheme, shall follow the 20/80 principle set out at (1) and (3) above.

6. Any other instructions, as regards import of gold on consignment basis, LC restrictions etc. stand withdrawn.

Entities/units
in the SEZ and EOU, Premier and Star trading houses are permitted to
import gold exclusively for the purpose of exports only.

levitra

A.P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 49, dated 22-11-2011 — Foreign investments in Infrastructure Debt Funds.

fiogf49gjkf0d
This Circular permits eligible non-resident investors, subject to certain terms and conditions, to invest in Infrastructure Debt Funds (IDF) as shown in tabular form on next page: The original/initial maturity period of the securities must be 5 years with a lock-in period of 3 years. However, transfer between eligible nonresident investors is permitted during this period.

Eligible instruments/securities for non-resident investment in IDFs
Eligible non-resident investor Eligible instruments
(i) SEBI-registered eligible non-resident investors Foreign currency and Rupee denominated bonds and
in IDF — Sovereign Wealth Funds, Multilateral rupee denominated units issued by IDF
Agencies, Pension Funds, Insurance Funds and
Endowment Funds
(ii) SEBI-registered FII who qualify as (i) above Foreign currency and Rupee denominated bonds and rupee denominated units issued by IDF
(iii) SEBI-registered FII who do not qualify as (i) Rupee denominated bonds and units issued by IDF
above
(iv) NRI Rupee denominated bonds and units issued by IDF
Investments by non-residents, other than NRI, must be within the overall cap/limit of US $ 10 billion within the overall cap of US $ 25 billion for FII investment in bonds/non-convertible debentures issued by Indian companies in the infrastructure sector or by infrastructure finance companies. There is no cap/limit on NRI investment IDF by way of Rupee denominated bonds/units. Foreign currency denominated bonds must comply with the External Commercial Borrowing guidelines/regulations.

levitra

A.P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 48, dated 21-11-2011 — Mid-sea trans-shipment of catch by deep sea fishing vessel.

fiogf49gjkf0d
Annexed to this Circular are the GR declaration procedures based on the norms prescribed by the Ministry of Agriculture, Government of India. These have to be followed by exporters who undertake mid-sea trans-shipment of catches by Indian-owned vessels.

levitra

WOULD BUYBACK RESULT IN AN OPEN OFER? — SAT says no and changes existing interpretation

fiogf49gjkf0d
Recently, on 21st November 2011 (Appeal No. 134 of 2011, Raghu Hari Dalmia & Others v. SEBI) the Securities Appellate Tribunal (SAT) held that the increase in percentage holding of a person because of buyback of shares does not amount to acquisition and thus cannot result in an open offer. This is, in my view, a correct legal interpretation of the law (as also argued by me earlier in this column of the Journal for the April 2010 and September 2008 issues). But SEBI had, in practice, taken a view that such increase does amount to acquisition. On this basis, it granted exemptions, selectively and subject to certain conditions, from applicability of relevant provisions including open offer. Further, where such ‘acquisitions’ triggered the open offer requirements and the ‘acquirers’ did not make such offers, SEBI passed adverse orders (here and also here which case was now reversed by the SAT). It even inserted a proviso in the Regulations exempting increase in certain cases such ‘acquisitions’, thereby implicitly assuming that such increases were ‘acquisitions’.

My preceding articles referred earlier discuss this issue in more detail where I also expressed my views why such increase should not amount to ‘acquisition’. The regulations define ‘Acquirer’ as a person who ‘acquires or agrees to acquire’ shares, voting rights, etc. Hence, if an acquirer acquires:

  • 5% or more shares, he has to make certain disclosures.

  • 15% or more (under the 1997 Regulations), he has to make an open offer.

  • In additions there are other compliance requirements.
In case of buyback of shares, if a person does not participate in it — that is — does not offer his shares in buyback, there is an involuntary or passive increase of percentage holding. For example, a person holding, say, 60% shares and does not participate in a 20% buyback of shares then, post-buyback, his percentage holding would be 75%. Thus, his percentage holding would increase by 15 percentage points without his having acquired a single additional share. In my view, this passive increase does not make the shareholder an acquirer. One may argue that the intention of the law may be that such increases should also result in an open offer. One may also say a person holding, as in the above example, 60% shares, may initiate a buyback, and then not participate in it, thereby ensuring that his percentage holding increases. However, intentions or potential misuses cannot be allowed to stretch the interpretation of the law. Nevertheless, instead of simply making an amendment to the law, though several opportunities were available when other amendments were made, SEBI initiated and persisted in adopting a practice of taking a stand that such increases amounted to acquisitions.

The SAT rejected this attempt in fairly clear and emphatic words. In the case under consideration, consequent to a buyback, the holding of the Promoters increased from 62.56% to 75%. While there are other aspects and issues in the case, the essential question before the SAT was whether this increase should result in an open offer.

The SAT relied on the definition of an ‘acquirer’ under the Regulations as well as in a legal dictionary. It held that a passive increase in percentage holding pursuant to a buyback cannot amount to acquisition. It observed (emphasis supplied in all extracts):

“In this context the word ‘acquire’ implies acquisition of voting rights through a positive act of the acquirer with a view to gain control over the voting rights. In the case before us, it is the admitted position of the parties that the appellants (promoters of the company) did not participate in the buyback and that there was no change in their shareholding. The percentage increase in their voting rights was not by reason of any act of theirs, but was incidental to the buyback of shares of other shareholders by the company. Such a passive increase in the proportion of the voting rights of the promoters of the company will not attract Regulation 11(1) of the takeover code. The argument of the learned counsel for the Board that merely because there is increase in the voting rights of the appellants, Regulation 11(1) gets triggered cannot be accepted.”

Does such an increase amount to an ‘indirect’ acquisition? This argument too was rejected by observing:

“He also referred to the definition of ‘acquirer’ in Regulation 2(b) of the takeover code and strenuously contended that a passive acquisition of the kind we are dealing with is indirect acquisition and, therefore, the provisions of Regulation 11(1) are attracted. We have no hesitation in rejecting this argument outright. The words ‘directly’ and ‘indirectly’ in the definition of ‘acquirer’ go with the person who has to acquire voting rights by his positive act and if such acquisition comes within the limits prescribed by Regulation 11(1), it would only then get attracted. Passive acquisition as in the present case cannot be regarded as indirect acquisition as was sought to be contended on behalf of the Board.

The SAT also rightly highlighted another absurdity involved. If the view that passive increase may also amount to acquisition, then even a non-controlling shareholder holding, say, 14% may find the requirements of open offer getting triggered off if he does not participate in a buyback and finds his holding increased to, say, 16%. The SAT observed:

“Again, a non-promoter shareholder may increase his percentage of shareholding without participating in the buyback over which he has no control. In such an event he would be burdened with an onerous liability to make a public announcement. It is a well-settled principle of law that a provision ought not to be interpreted in a manner which may impose upon a person an obligation which may be highly onerous or require him to do something which is impossible for no action of his.”

Other difficulties in adopting such an interpretation were also highlighted. At the end, the SAT, in quite emphatic words, held that “we are of the firm opinion that passive acquisition does not attract the provisions of Regulation 11(1) of the takeover code.”

Once such an interpretation is accepted, the following situations, arising out of buyback and under the 1997 Regulations, need to be considered: 1. If a person’s holding increases to 5% or more, will disclosure be required?

2. If a person holding 5% or more finds his holding increased by 2% or more, will disclosure be required?

3. If a person holds less than 15% finds his holding increased to 15% or more, will an open offer be required?

4. If a person holding 15% or more finds his holding increased, will such increase be counted as part of creeping acquisition or will he be entitled to acquire a further 5% in a financial year ignoring such increase?

5. If a person holding 55% or less finds his holding increased beyond 55%, will he be deemed to have violated the Regulations? — And so on.

Applying the decision of the SAT, the answer to each of the aforesaid questions appear to be in the negative.

However, while this was the position under the 1997 Regulations, the question is whether will it also hold good under the 2011 Regulations. The curious thing is that while the corresponding wording in the definition of ‘acquirer’ under the 2011 Regulations remains exactly the same, the Regulations have made further provisions on the assumption that such a passive increase amounts to acquisition. It has exempted two types of such increases (from below 25% to 25% or more, and more than the creeping acquisition if holding is already more than 25%) if certain conditions are satisfied. It is submitted that considering that even the 1997 Regulations did contain such a provision, the ratio of the decision of the SAT should hold good.

One will have to wait and see whether SEBI appeals to the Supreme Court and, if yes, what view the Supreme Court takes. It is also possible that SEBI may amend the Regulations.

In conclusion, one cannot help expressing disapproval of adopting a practice — approach of SEBI — which results in the law becoming opaque and/ or arbitrary depending on the internal — administrative — preference or practice of SEBI.